10-K 1 d643211d10k.htm 10-K 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018         Commission file number: 0-12014    

IMPERIAL OIL LIMITED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

CANADA

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

     

98-0017682

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

   505 QUARRY PARK BOULEVARD S.E., CALGARY, AB, CANADA

           (Address of principal executive offices)

  

 

T2C 5N1

(Postal Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

 

1-800-567-3776

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

None

 

      

Name of each exchange on

which registered

None

 

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Shares (without par value)

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act).

Yes   No......

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes...... No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   No......

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No......

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes   No......

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

 

Large accelerated filer    Smaller reporting company......   
Accelerated filer......    Emerging growth company......   
Non-accelerated filer......      

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act……

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12 b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Yes.....  No

As of the last business day of the 2018 second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was Canadian $10,663,467,561 based upon the reported last sale price of such stock on the Toronto Stock Exchange on that date.

The number of common shares outstanding, as of February 13, 2019, was 777,576,359.

 

1


Table of Contents
Table of contents      Page  

PART 1

       4  

Item 1.

  Business      4  
      Upstream      5  
            Disclosure of reserves      5  
            Proved undeveloped reserves      6  
            Oil and gas production, production prices and production costs      7  
            Drilling and other exploratory and development activities      9  
            Present activities      11  
            Delivery commitments      11  
            Oil and gas properties, wells, operations and acreage      12  
      Downstream      14  
            Supply      14  
            Transportation      14  
            Refining      14  
            Distribution      14  
            Marketing      15  
      Chemical      15  
      Environmental protection      16  
      Human resources      16  
      Competition      16  
      Government regulation      17  
      The company online      18  

Item 1A.

  Risk factors      19  

Item 1B.

  Unresolved staff comments      23  

Item 2.

  Properties      23  

Item 3.

  Legal proceedings      23  

Item 4.

  Mine safety disclosures      23  

PART II

     24  

Item 5.

  Market for registrant’s common equity, related stockholder matters and issuer purchases of equity securities      24  

Item 6.

  Selected financial data      25  

Item 7.

  Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations      25  

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk      25  

Item 8.

  Financial statements and supplementary data      26  

Item 9.

  Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure      26  

Item 9A.

  Controls and procedures      26  

Item 9B.

  Other information      26  

PART III

     27  

Item 10.

  Directors, executive officers and corporate governance      27  

Item 11.

  Executive compensation      27  

Item 12.

  Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters      28  

Item 13.

  Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence      29  

Item 14.

  Principal accountant fees and services      30  

PART IV

     31  

Item 15.

  Exhibits, financial statement schedules      31  

Item 16.

  Form 10-K summary      32  

SIGNATURES

     33  
Financial section      34  
Proxy information section      97  

All dollar amounts set forth in this report are in Canadian dollars, except where otherwise indicated. Note that numbers may not add due to rounding.

The following table sets forth (i) the rates of exchange for the Canadian dollar, expressed in United States (U.S.) dollars, in effect at the end of each of the periods indicated, (ii) the average of exchange rates in effect on the last day of each month during such periods, and (iii) the high and low exchange rates during such periods, in each case based on the noon buying rate in New York City for wire transfers in Canadian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

dollars

       2018          2017          2016          2015          2014  

Rate at end of period

       0.7329          0.7989          0.7448          0.7226          0.8620  

Average rate during period

       0.7693          0.7714          0.7559          0.7748          0.9023  

High

       0.8143          0.8243          0.7972          0.8529          0.9423  

Low

       0.7326          0.7275          0.6853          0.7148          0.8588  

On February 13, 2019, the noon buying rate in New York City for wire transfers in Canadian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York was $0.7563 U.S. = $1.00 Canadian.

 

2


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements

Statements of future events or conditions in this report, including projections, targets, expectations, estimates, and business plans are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as believe, anticipate, intend, propose, plan, goal, seek, project, predict, target, estimate, expect, strategy, outlook, schedule, future, continue, likely, may, should, will and similar references to future periods. Disclosure related to estimates, development, timing and recovery of reserves; the improvement of recovery through experimental operations; the timing, cost, efficiency and production of the Aspen and Cold Lake expansion projects; activities with respect to Beaufort Sea licences; Kearl production outlook and growth activities; downstream feedstock mix and logistics; anticipated capital and operating expenditures, including with respect to environmental protection; participation in future investments; anticipated share purchases; the company’s long-term business outlook including demand, supply and energy mix; segment growth, competitive strategies and benefits from integration; product sales growth through optimization and expansion; earnings sensitivities; and capital structure and financial strength as a competitive advantage and risk mitigation constitute forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements are based on the company’s current expectations, estimates, projections and assumptions at the time the statements are made. Actual future financial and operating results, including expectations and assumptions concerning demand growth and energy source, supply and mix; commodity prices and foreign exchange rates; production rates, growth and mix; project plans, dates, costs, capacities and execution; production life and resource recoveries; cost savings; product sales; applicable laws and government policies, including taxation and climate change; financing sources; and capital and environmental expenditures could differ materially depending on a number of factors. These factors include changes in the supply of and demand for crude oil, natural gas, and petroleum and petrochemical products and resulting price and margin impacts; transportation for accessing markets; political or regulatory events, including changes in law or government policy, applicable royalty rates and tax laws; the receipt, in a timely manner, of regulatory and third-party approvals; third party opposition to operations and projects; environmental risks inherent in oil and gas exploration and production activities; environmental regulation, including climate change and greenhouse gas regulation and changes to such regulation; currency exchange rates; availability and allocation of capital; availability and performance of third party service providers; unanticipated operational disruptions; management effectiveness; commercial negotiations; project management and schedules; response to technological developments; operational hazards and risks; cybersecurity incidents; disaster response preparedness; the ability to develop or acquire additional reserves; and other factors discussed in Item 1A risk factors and Item 7 management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, some that are similar to other oil and gas companies and some that are unique to Imperial Oil Limited. Imperial Oil Limited’s actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by its forward-looking statements and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on them. Imperial Oil Limited undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained herein, except as required by applicable law.

The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1.

Business

Imperial Oil Limited was incorporated under the laws of Canada in 1880 and was continued under the Canada Business Corporations Act (the “CBCA”) by certificate of continuance dated April 24, 1978. The head and principal office of the company is located at 505 Quarry Park Boulevard S.E., Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2C 5N1. Exxon Mobil Corporation (“ExxonMobil”) owns approximately 69.6 percent of the outstanding shares of the company. In this report, unless the context otherwise indicates, reference to the “company” or “Imperial” includes Imperial Oil Limited and its subsidiaries, and reference to ExxonMobil includes Exxon Mobil Corporation and its affiliates, as appropriate.

The company is one of Canada’s largest integrated oil companies. It is active in all phases of the petroleum industry in Canada, including the exploration for, and production and sale of, crude oil and natural gas. In Canada, it is a major producer of crude oil, the largest petroleum refiner and a leading marketer of petroleum products. It is also a major producer of petrochemicals.

The company’s operations are conducted in three main segments: Upstream, Downstream and Chemical. Upstream operations include the exploration for, and production of, crude oil, natural gas, synthetic oil and bitumen. Downstream operations consist of the transportation and refining of crude oil, blending of refined products and the distribution and marketing of those products. Chemical operations consist of the manufacturing and marketing of various petrochemicals.

Financial information about segments and geographic areas for the company is contained in the “Financial section” of this report under note 3 to the consolidated financial statements: “Business segments”.

 

4


Table of Contents

Upstream

Disclosure of reserves

Summary of oil and gas reserves at year-end

The table below summarizes the net proved reserves for the company, as at December 31, 2018, as detailed in the “Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities” part of the “Financial section”, starting on page 34 of this report.

All of the company’s reported reserves are located in Canada. The company has reported proved reserves based on the average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month during the last 12-month period ending December 31. Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels. No major discovery or other favourable or adverse event has occurred since December 31, 2018 that would cause a significant change in the estimated proved reserves as of that date.

 

     Liquids (a)      Natural gas      Synthetic oil      Bitumen     

Total

oil-equivalent
basis

 
     millions of
barrels
    

billions of

cubic feet

     millions of
barrels
     millions of
barrels
     millions of
barrels
 

Net proved reserves:

              

Developed

     24        273        466        2,861        3,396  

Undeveloped

     38        366        -        305        404  

Total net proved

     62        639        466        3,166        3,800  
(a)

Liquids include crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids (NGLs). NGL proved reserves are not material and are therefore included under liquids.

The estimation of proved reserves, which is based on the requirement of reasonable certainty, is an ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments, and detailed analysis of well information such as flow rates and reservoir pressures. Furthermore, the company only records proved reserves for projects which have received significant funding commitments by management made toward the development of the reserves. Although the company is reasonably certain that proved reserves will be produced, the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors, including completion of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, government policies, consumer preferences, changes in the amount and timing of capital investments, royalty framework and significant changes in long-term oil and gas price levels. In addition, proved reserves could be affected by an extended period of low prices which could reduce the level of the company’s capital spending and also impact its partners’ capacity to fund their share of joint projects. The company’s operating decisions and its outlook for future production volumes are not impacted by proved reserves as disclosed under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definition.

As a result of improved prices during 2018, under the SEC definition of proved reserves, an additional 2.3 billion barrels of bitumen at Kearl qualified as proved reserves at year-end 2018.

Technologies used in establishing proved reserves estimates

Imperial’s proved reserves in 2018 were based on estimates generated through the integration of available and appropriate geological, engineering and production data, utilizing well established technologies that have been demonstrated in the field to yield repeatable and consistent results.

Data used in these integrated assessments included information obtained directly from the subsurface via wellbores, such as well logs, reservoir core samples, fluid samples, static and dynamic pressure information, production test data, and surveillance and performance information. The data utilized also included subsurface information obtained through indirect measurements, including seismic data, calibrated with available well control information. The tools used to interpret the data included proprietary seismic processing software, proprietary reservoir modeling and simulation software, and commercially available data analysis packages.

In some circumstances, where appropriate analog reservoirs were available, reservoir parameters from these analogs were used to increase the quality of and confidence in the reserves estimates.

 

5


Table of Contents

Preparation of reserves estimates

Imperial has a dedicated reserves management group that is separate from the base operating organization. Primary responsibilities of this group include oversight of the reserves estimation process for compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations, review of annual changes in reserves estimates and the reporting of Imperial’s proved reserves. This group also maintains the official reserves estimates for Imperial’s proved reserves. In addition, this group provides training to personnel involved in the reserve estimation and reporting processes within Imperial.

The reserves management group maintains a central database containing the company’s official reserves estimates. Appropriate controls, including limitations on database access and update capabilities, are in place to ensure data integrity within this central database. An annual review of the system’s controls is performed by internal audit. Key components of the reserves estimation process include technical evaluations and analysis of well and field performance, and a rigorous peer review. No changes may be made to reserves estimates in the central database, including the addition of any new initial reserves estimates or subsequent revisions, unless those changes have been thoroughly reviewed and evaluated by duly authorized personnel within the base operating organization. In addition, changes to reserves estimates that exceed certain thresholds require further review and endorsement by the operating organization and the reserves management group, culminating in reviews with and approval by senior management and the company’s board of directors.

The internal qualified reserves evaluator is a professional geoscientist registered in Alberta, Canada and has over 20 years of petroleum industry experience, including 14 years of reserves related experience. The position provides leadership to the internal reserves management group and is responsible for filing a reserves report with the Canadian securities regulatory authorities. The company’s internal reserves evaluation staff consists of 40 persons with an average of 13 years of relevant technical experience in evaluating reserves, of whom 20 persons are qualified reserves evaluators for purposes of Canadian securities regulatory requirements. The company’s internal reserves evaluation management team is made up of 17 persons with an average of 13 years of relevant experience in evaluating and managing the evaluation of reserves.

Proved undeveloped reserves

As at December 31, 2018, approximately 11 percent of the company’s proved reserves were proved undeveloped reflecting volumes of 404 million oil-equivalent barrels. Proved undeveloped reserves are associated with Cold Lake and the Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets. This compared to 450 million oil-equivalent barrels of proved undeveloped reserves reported at the end of 2017. The decrease of 46 million oil-equivalent barrels of proved undeveloped reserves includes 63 million oil-equivalent barrels at Cold Lake and conventional assets, partially offset by an increase of 17 million oil-equivalent barrels at the Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets. Conversion of proved undeveloped reserves into proved developed was 22 million oil-equivalent barrels in 2018, associated with conventional, and Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets.

Proved undeveloped reserves that have remained undeveloped for five years or more represent about 71 percent (285 million oil-equivalent barrels) of proved undeveloped reserves and are associated with ongoing drilling programs at Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets and at Cold Lake. These undeveloped reserves are planned to be developed in a staged approach to align with operational capacity and efficient capital spending commitment over the life of the assets. The company is reasonably certain that these proved reserves will be produced; however the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors including completion of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, government policies, consumer preferences, changes in the amount and timing of capital investments, royalty framework and significant changes in long-term oil and gas price levels.

One of the company’s requirements to report resources as proved reserves is that management has made significant funding commitments towards the development of the reserves. The company has a disciplined investment strategy and many major fields require a long lead-time in order to be developed. The company made investments of about $391 million during the year to progress the development of proved undeveloped reserves in its Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets and at Cold Lake. These investments represented about 40 percent of the $991 million in total reported Upstream capital and exploration expenditures.

 

6


Table of Contents

Oil and gas production, production prices and production costs

Reference is made to the portion of the “Financial section” entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” on page 38 of this report for a narrative discussion on the material changes.

Average daily production of oil

The company’s average daily oil production by final products sold during the three years ended December 31, 2018 was as follows. All reported production volumes were from Canada.

 

thousands of barrels per day (a)

     2018        2017        2016  

Bitumen:

           

Cold Lake:

   - gross (b)      147        162        161  
  

- net (c)

     120        132        138  

Kearl:

   - gross (b)      146        126        120  
    

- net (c)

     135        123        118  

Total bitumen:

  

- gross (b)

     293        288        281  
  

- net (c)

     255        255        256  

Synthetic oil (d):

  

- gross (b)

     62        62        68  
  

- net (c)

     60        57        67  

Liquids (e):

  

- gross (b)

     6        5        15  
    

- net (c)

     7        4        13  

Total:

  

- gross (b)

     361        355        364  
    

- net (c)

     322        316        336  
(a)

Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period.

(b)

Gross production is the company’s share of production (excluding purchases) before deduction of the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both.

(c)

Net production is gross production less the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both.

(d)

The company’s synthetic oil production volumes were from the company’s share of production volumes in the Syncrude joint venture.

(e)

Liquids include crude oil, condensate and NGLs.

Average daily production and production available for sale of natural gas

The company’s average daily production and production available for sale of natural gas during the three years ended December 31, 2018 are set forth below. All reported production volumes were from Canada. All gas volumes in this report are calculated at a pressure base of 14.73 pounds per square inch absolute at 60 degrees Fahrenheit. Reference is made to the portion of the “Financial section” entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” on page 38 of this report for a narrative discussion on the material changes.

 

millions of cubic feet per day (a)

     2018        2017        2016  

Gross production (b) (c)

     129        120        129  

Net production (c) (d) (e)

     126        114        122  

Net production available for sale (f)

     94        80        87  
(a)

Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period.

(b)

Gross production is the company’s share of production (excluding purchases) before deduction of the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both.

(c)

Production of natural gas includes amounts used for internal consumption with the exception of the amounts reinjected.

(d)

Net production is gross production less the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both.

(e)

Net production reported in the above table is consistent with production quantities in the net proved reserves disclosure.

(f)

Includes sales of the company’s share of net production and excludes amounts used for internal consumption.

 

7


Table of Contents

Total average daily oil-equivalent basis production

The company’s total average daily production expressed in an oil-equivalent basis is set forth below, with natural gas converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.

 

thousands of barrels per day (a)

     2018        2017        2016  

Total production oil-equivalent basis:

        

- gross (b)

     383        375        386  

- net (c)

     343        335        356  
(a)

Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period.

(b)

Gross production is the company’s share of production (excluding purchases) before deduction of the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both.

(c)

Net production is gross production less the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both.

Average unit sales price

The company’s average unit sales price and average unit production costs by product type for the three years ended December 31, 2018 were as follows.

 

Canadian dollars per barrel

     2018        2017        2016  

Bitumen

     37.56        39.13        26.52  

Synthetic oil

     70.66        67.58        57.12  

Liquids (a)

     40.20        38.49        28.01  

Canadian dollars per thousand cubic feet

        

Natural gas

     2.43        2.58        2.41  
(a)

Liquids include crude oil, condensate and NGLs.

In 2018, Imperial’s average Canadian dollar realizations for bitumen declined generally in line with Western Canada Select, adjusted for changes in the exchange rate and transportation costs. The company’s average Canadian dollar realizations for synthetic crude increased, however the widening of the western Canadian light crude differential relative to West Texas Intermediate during the fourth quarter of 2018 negatively impacted synthetic crude realizations.

In 2017, Imperial’s average Canadian dollar realizations for bitumen and synthetic crudes increased generally in line with the North American benchmarks, adjusted for changes in the exchange rate and transportation costs.

Average unit production costs

 

Canadian dollars per barrel

     2018        2017        2016  

Bitumen

     29.39        26.81        24.24  

Synthetic oil

     60.34        58.96        46.24  

Total oil-equivalent basis (a)

     35.28        32.96        28.52  
(a)

Includes liquids, bitumen, synthetic oil and natural gas.

In 2018, bitumen unit production costs were higher, primarily driven by Kearl costs associated with improving reliability, partly offset by the impact of higher production.

In 2018, synthetic oil unit production costs were higher, primarily driven by higher maintenance costs, including impacts of the June 20 site-wide power disruption.

In 2017, synthetic oil unit production costs were higher, primarily driven by impacts of the fire at the Syncrude Mildred Lake upgrader.

 

8


Table of Contents

Drilling and other exploratory and development activities

The company has been involved in the exploration for and development of crude oil and natural gas in Canada only.

Wells drilled

The following table sets forth the net exploratory and development wells that were drilled or participated in by the company during the three years ended December 31, 2018.

 

wells    2018      2017      2016  

Net productive exploratory

     -        -        -  

Net dry exploratory

     -        -        -  

Net productive development

     19        5        6  

Net dry development

     1        -        -  

Total

     20        5        6  

In 2018, wells drilled to add productive capacity include 10 development wells at Cold Lake and 9 wells associated with the Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets.

In 2017 and 2016, wells were drilled to add productive capacity, associated primarily with the Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets.

Wells drilling

At December 31, 2018, the company was participating in the drilling of the following exploratory and development wells, located primarily within the Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets. All wells were located in Canada.

 

     2018  

wells

     Gross                 Net  

Total

     24                 11  

Exploratory and development activities regarding oil and gas resources

Cold Lake

To maintain production at Cold Lake, capital expenditures for additional production wells and associated facilities are required periodically. Additional wells were drilled on existing phases in 2018.

The company also conducts experimental pilot operations to improve recovery of bitumen from wells by means of new drilling, production or recovery techniques.

Aspen, Cold Lake expansion and other oil sands activities

The company filed a regulatory application for a new in-situ oil sands project at Aspen in December 2013, using steam-assisted gravity drainage (SAGD) technology to develop the project in three phases producing about 45,000 barrels per day before royalties, per phase. In 2015, the company amended the regulatory application to develop the Aspen project using solvent-assisted, steam-assisted gravity drainage (SA-SAGD) technology. The technology significantly improves capital efficiency and lowers greenhouse gas intensity versus the existing SAGD technologies. The project is proposed to be executed in two phases producing about 75,000 barrels per day before royalties, per phase.

In October 2018, regulatory approval for the Aspen in-situ project was received from the Alberta Energy Regulator. The first phase of the project was approved by the company’s board and appropriated for $2.6 billion. Construction began late in the fourth quarter of 2018.

In March 2016, Imperial filed a regulatory application for the Cold Lake expansion project to develop the Grand Rapids interval using SA-SAGD technology. The project is proposed to produce 50,000 barrels per day, before royalties. In August 2018, regulatory approval for the Cold Lake expansion project was received from the Alberta Energy Regulator. The regulatory approval is currently being reviewed. No final investment decisions have been made at this time.

 

9


Table of Contents

Work continues on technical evaluations to support potential Corner, Clyden and Chard in-situ development regulatory applications.

The company also has interests in other oil sands leases in the Athabasca and Peace River areas of northern Alberta. Evaluation wells completed on these leased areas established the presence of bitumen. The company continues to evaluate these leases to determine their potential for future development.

Montney and Duvernay

The company is continuing to evaluate, develop and produce resources in its Montney and Duvernay unconventional assets in the western provinces.

Beaufort Sea

In 2007, the company acquired a 50 percent interest in an exploration licence in the Beaufort Sea. As part of the evaluation, a 3-D seismic survey was conducted in 2008 and the company has since carried out data collection programs to support environmental studies and safe exploration drilling operations.

In 2010, the company executed an agreement to cross-convey interests with another company to acquire a 25 percent interest in an additional Beaufort Sea exploration licence. As a result of that agreement, the company operates both licences and its interest in the original licence was reduced to 25 percent. The exploration licences are held through 2019 and 2020, respectively.

In 2013, the company and its joint venture partners filed a project description, initiating the formal regulatory review of the project.

In December 2016, the Federal Government of Canada declared Arctic waters off limits to new offshore oil and gas licences for five years subject to review at the end of that period. Existing licences will not be impacted. The Federal Government continues to consult with existing leaseholders. Current activities continue to focus on community consultation and progressing legislative changes to extend the life of existing licences. The company continues to evaluate the licences.

Liquefied natural gas (LNG) activity

WCC LNG Ltd., jointly owned by the company (20 percent) and ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. (80 percent), was granted an export licence in 2013 for up to 30 million tonnes of LNG per year for a period of 25 years. In 2016, the licence period was extended to 40 years. In December, 2018, after careful review, Imperial and ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. withdrew the WCC LNG project from the British Columbia environmental assessment process.

Exploratory and development activities regarding oil and gas resources extracted by mining methods

The company continues to evaluate other undeveloped, mineable oil sands acreage in the Athabasca region.

 

10


Table of Contents

Present activities

Review of principal ongoing activities

Cold Lake

Cold Lake is an in-situ heavy oil bitumen operation. The product, a blend of bitumen and diluent, is shipped to the company’s refineries, Exxon Mobil Corporation refineries and to other third parties. Diluent is natural gas condensate or other light hydrocarbons added to the crude bitumen to facilitate transportation by pipeline and rail.

During 2018, net production at Cold Lake was about 120,000 barrels per day and gross production was about 147,000 barrels per day.

Kearl

Kearl is a joint venture established to recover shallow deposits of oil sands using open-pit mining methods to extract the crude bitumen, which is processed through extraction and froth treatment trains. The company holds a 70.96 percent participating interest in the joint venture and ExxonMobil Canada Properties holds the other 29.04 percent. The product, a blend of bitumen and diluent, is shipped to the company’s refineries, Exxon Mobil Corporation refineries and to other third parties.

During 2018, the company’s share of Kearl’s net bitumen production was about 135,000 barrels per day and gross production was about 146,000 barrels per day. Increased 2018 production reflects improved operational reliability associated with ore preparation, enhanced piping durability and feed management.

Imperial continues to progress work to increase Kearl annual average production to 240,000 barrels of bitumen per day (Imperial’s gross share would be about 170,000 barrels of bitumen per day), through planned investment including supplemental crushing capacity and flow distribution interconnects to enhance reliability, increase redundancy and reduce downtime. The work is expected to be complete by year-end 2019.

Syncrude

Syncrude is a joint venture established to recover shallow deposits of oil sands using open-pit mining methods to extract crude bitumen, and then upgrade it to produce a high-quality, light (32 degrees API), sweet, synthetic crude oil. The company holds a 25 percent participating interest in the joint venture. The produced synthetic crude oil is shipped to the company’s refineries, Exxon Mobil Corporation refineries and to other third parties.

In 2018, the company’s share of Syncrude’s net production of synthetic crude oil was about 60,000 barrels per day and gross production was about 62,000 barrels per day.

The Province of Alberta, in its capacity as lessor of Cold Lake, Kearl and Syncrude oil sands leases, is entitled to a royalty on production. Royalties are subject to the oil sands royalty regulations which are based upon a sliding scale determined largely by the price of crude oil.

Delivery commitments

The company has no material commitments to provide a fixed and determinable quantity of oil or gas under existing contracts and agreements.

 

11


Table of Contents

Oil and gas properties, wells, operations and acreage

Production wells

The company’s production of liquids, bitumen and natural gas is derived from wells located exclusively in Canada. The total number of wells capable of production, in which the company had interests at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, is set forth in the following table. The statistics in the table are determined in part from information received from other operators.

 

     Year ended December 31, 2018    Year ended December 31, 2017
     Crude oil    Natural gas    Crude oil    Natural gas
wells    Gross (a)     Net (b)     Gross (a)     Net (b)     Gross (a)     Net (b)     Gross (a    Net (b) 

Total (c)

   4,760      4,655      3,459      1,164      4,603      4,494      3,460      1,160  
(a)

Gross wells are wells in which the company owns a working interest.

(b)

Net wells are the sum of the fractional working interest owned by the company in gross wells, rounded to the nearest whole number.

(c)

Multiple completion wells are permanently equipped to produce separately from two or more distinctly different geological formations. At year-end 2018, the company had an interest in 16 gross wells with multiple completions (2017 - 17 gross wells).

Land holdings

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the company held the following oil and gas rights, and bitumen and synthetic oil leases, all of which are located in Canada, specifically in the western provinces, in the Canada lands and in the Atlantic offshore.

 

               Developed      Undeveloped      Total  
thousands of acres    2018      2017      2018      2017      2018      2017  

 

 
Western provinces (a):                     
  

Liquids and gas

  

- gross (b)

     1,497        1,492        807        825        2,304        2,317  
     

- net (c)

     721        718        446        455        1,167        1,173  
  

Bitumen

  

- gross (b)

     197        197        595        674        792        871  
     

- net (c)

     182        182        292        319        474        501  
  

Synthetic oil

  

- gross (b)

     118        118        136        136        254        254  
  

- net (c)

     29        29        34        34        63        63  
Canada lands (d):                     
  

Liquids and gas

  

- gross (b)

     4        4        1,831        1,831        1,835        1,835  
     

- net (c)

     2        2        498        498        500        500  
Atlantic offshore:                     
  

Liquids and gas

  

- gross (b)

     65        65        286        288        351        353  
     

- net (c)

     6        6        45        46        51        52  

 

 

Total (e):

  

- gross (b)

     1,881        1,876        3,655        3,754        5,536        5,630  
  

- net (c)

     940        937        1,315        1,352        2,255        2,289  

 

 
(a)

Western provinces include British Columbia, Alberta and Saskatchewan.

 

(b)

Gross acres include the interests of others.

 

(c)

Net acres exclude the interests of others.

 

(d)

Canada lands include the Arctic Islands, Beaufort Sea / Mackenzie Delta, and other Northwest Territories, Nunavut and Yukon regions.

 

(e)

Certain land holdings are subject to modification under agreements whereby others may earn interests in the company’s holdings by performing certain exploratory work (farm-out) and whereby the company may earn interests in others’ holdings by performing certain exploratory work (farm-in).

Western provinces

The company’s bitumen leases include about 194,000 net acres of oil sands leases near Cold Lake and an area of about 34,000 net acres at Kearl. The company also has about 69,000 net acres of undeveloped, mineable oil sands acreage in the Athabasca region. In addition, the company has interests in other bitumen oil sands leases in the Athabasca areas totaling about 177,000 net acres, which include about 62,000 net acres of oil sands leases in the Clyden area, about 34,000 net acres of oil sands leases in the Aspen area, about 30,000 net acres of oil sands leases in the Corner area and about 18,000 net acres in the Chard area. These 177,000 net acres are suitable for in-situ recovery techniques.

The company’s share of Syncrude joint venture leases covering about 63,000 net acres accounts for the entire synthetic oil acreage.

 

12


Table of Contents

Oil sands leases have an exploration period of 15 years and are continued beyond that point by meeting the minimum level of evaluation, by payment of escalating rentals, or by production. The majority of the acreage in Cold Lake, Kearl and Syncrude is continued by production.

The company holds interests in an additional 1,167,000 net acres of developed and undeveloped land in the western provinces related to crude oil and natural gas.

Crude oil and natural gas leases and licences from the western provinces have exploration periods ranging from two to 15 years and are continued beyond that point by proven production capability.

Canada lands

Land holdings in Canada lands primarily include exploration licence (EL) acreage in the Beaufort Sea of about 252,000 net acres and significant discovery licence (SDL) acreage in the Mackenzie Delta and Beaufort Sea areas of about 183,000 net acres.

Exploration licences on Canada lands and Atlantic offshore have a finite term. If a significant discovery is made, a SDL may be granted that holds the acreage under the SDL indefinitely, subject to certain conditions.

The company’s net acreage in Canada lands is either continued by production or held through ELs and SDLs.

Atlantic offshore

The Atlantic offshore acreage is continued by production or held by SDLs.

 

13


Table of Contents

Downstream

Supply

The company supplements its own production of crude oil, condensate and petroleum products with substantial purchases from a number of other sources at negotiated market prices. Purchases are made under both spot and term contracts from domestic and foreign sources, including ExxonMobil.

Transportation

Imperial currently transports the company’s crude oil production and third party crude oil required to supply refineries by contracted pipelines, common carrier pipelines and rail. To mitigate uncertainty associated with the timing of industry pipeline projects and pipeline capacity constraints, the company has developed rail infrastructure. The Edmonton rail terminal has total capacity to ship up to 210,000 barrels per day of crude oil.

Refining

The company owns and operates three refineries, which process predominantly Canadian crude oil. In 2017, Imperial decided to discontinue manufacturing base stocks, associated waxes and finished lubricants at its Strathcona Refinery lube complex and lube oil blend plant. Operations continued at the blend plant until mid-2018. In addition to crude oil, the company purchases finished products to supplement its refinery production.

The approximate average daily volumes of refinery throughput during the three years ended December 31, 2018, and the daily rated capacities of the refineries as at December 31, 2018, were as follows.

 

     Refinery throughput (a)      Rated capacities (b)  
     Year ended December 31      at December 31  
thousands of barrels per day    2018      2017      2016      2018  

Strathcona, Alberta

     173        185        168        191  

Sarnia, Ontario

     109        103        108        119  

Nanticoke, Ontario

     110        95        86        113  

Total

     392        383        362        423  
(a)

Refinery throughput is the volume of crude oil and feedstocks that is processed in the refinery atmospheric distillation units.

 

(b)

Rated capacities are based on definite specifications as to types of crude oil and feedstocks that are processed in the refinery atmospheric distillation units, the products to be obtained and the refinery process, adjusted to include an estimated allowance for normal maintenance shutdowns. Accordingly, actual capacities may be higher or lower than rated capacities due to changes in refinery operation and the type of crude oil available for processing.

Refinery throughput averaged 392,000 barrels per day in 2018, up from 383,000 barrels per day in 2017. Capacity utilization increased to 93 percent from 91 percent in 2017.

Refinery throughput averaged 383,000 barrels per day in 2017, up from 362,000 barrels per day in 2016. Capacity utilization increased to 91 percent from 86 percent in 2016, reflecting reduced turnaround maintenance activity.

Distribution

The company maintains a nationwide distribution system, to move petroleum products to market by pipeline, tanker, rail and road transport. The company owns and operates natural gas liquids and products pipelines in Alberta, Manitoba and Ontario and has interests in the capital stock of one crude oil and two products pipeline companies.

 

14


Table of Contents

Marketing

The company markets petroleum products throughout Canada under well-known brand names, most notably Esso and Mobil, to all types of customers.

Imperial supplies petroleum products to the motoring public through Esso and Mobil-branded sites and independent marketers. At the end of 2018, there were about 2,200 sites operating under a branded wholesaler model whereby Imperial supplies fuel to independent third parties who own and operate sites in alignment with Esso and Mobil brand standards. The Mobil fuels brand was launched in Canada in 2017 with the conversion of more than 200 existing unbranded third party sites completed by the end of 2018.

Imperial also sells petroleum products, including fuel, asphalt and lubricants, to large industrial and transportation customers, independent marketers, resellers, as well as other refiners. The company serves agriculture, residential heating and commercial markets through branded fuel and lubricant resellers.

The approximate daily volumes of net petroleum products (excluding purchases / sales contracts with the same counterparty) sold during the three years ended December 31, 2018, are set out in the following table.

 

thousands of barrels per day    2018              2017              2016  

Gasolines

     255        257        261  

Heating, diesel and jet fuels

     183        177        170  

Heavy fuel oils (a)

     26        18        16  

Lube oils and other products

     40        40        37  

Net petroleum product sales (a)

     504        492        484  
(a)

In 2018 and 2017, carbon black product sales are reported under Net petroleum product sales – Heavy fuel oils; in 2016, they were reported under Total petrochemical sales – Polymers and basic chemicals.

In 2018, sales growth continued to be driven by optimization across the full downstream value chain, and the expansion of Imperial’s logistic capabilities.

Chemical

The company’s Chemical operations manufacture and market benzene, aromatic and aliphatic solvents, plasticizer intermediates and polyethylene resin. Its petrochemical and polyethylene manufacturing operations are located in Sarnia, Ontario, adjacent to the company’s petroleum refinery.

The company’s total petrochemical sales volumes during the three years ended December 31, 2018, were as follows.

 

thousands of tonnes    2018              2017              2016  

Total petrochemical sales (a)

     807        774        908  
(a)

In 2018 and 2017, carbon black product sales are reported under Net petroleum product sales – Heavy fuel oils; in 2016, they were reported under Total petrochemical sales – Polymers and basic chemicals.

In 2018, sales volumes were higher primarily due to higher production in polymers and basic chemicals, driven by stronger reliability.

Lower sales volumes in 2017 were primarily due to the reclassification of carbon black product sales.

 

15


Table of Contents

Environmental protection

The company regards protecting the environment in connection with its various operations as a priority. The company works in cooperation with government agencies, industry associations and communities to address existing, and to anticipate potential, environmental protection issues. In the past five years, the company has made capital and operating expenditures of about $4.8 billion on environmental protection and facilities. In 2018, the company’s environmental capital and operating expenditures totalled approximately $0.6 billion, which was spent primarily on activities to protect the air, land and water, including remediation projects. Capital and operating expenditures relating to environmental protection are expected to be about $0.7 billion in 2019.

Human resources

 

career employees (a)    2018              2017              2016  

Total

     5,700        5,400        5,600  
(a)

Rounded. Career employees are defined as active executive, management, professional, technical, administrative and wage employees who work full time or part time for the company and are covered by the company’s benefit plans.

About 6 percent of the company’s employees are members of unions.

Competition

The Canadian energy and petrochemical industries are highly competitive. Competition exists in the search for and development of new sources of supply, the construction and operation of crude oil, natural gas and refined products pipelines and facilities and the refining, distribution and marketing of petroleum products and chemicals. The energy and petrochemical industries also compete with other industries in supplying the energy, fuel and chemical needs of both industrial and individual consumers.

 

16


Table of Contents

Government regulation

Petroleum and natural gas rights

Most of the company’s petroleum and natural gas rights were acquired from governments, either federal or provincial. These rights, in the form of leases or licences, are generally acquired for cash or work commitments. A lease or licence entitles the holder to explore for petroleum and / or natural gas on the leased lands for a specified period.

In western provinces, the lease holder can produce the petroleum or natural gas discovered on the leased lands and retains the rights based on continued production. Oil sands leases are retained by meeting the minimum level of evaluation, payment of rentals, or by production.

The holder of a licence relating to Canada lands and the Atlantic offshore can apply for a SDL if a discovery is made. If granted, the SDL holds the lands indefinitely subject to certain conditions. The holder may then apply for a production licence in order to produce petroleum or natural gas from the licenced land.

Project approval

Approvals and licences from relevant provincial or federal governmental or regulatory bodies are required for the company to carry out, or make modifications to, its oil and gas activities. The project approval process for major projects can involve, among other things, environmental assessments (including relevant mitigation measures), stakeholder and Indigenous consultation and input regarding project concerns, and public hearings. Approval may be subject to various conditions and commitments arising through these processes.

Crude oil

Production

The maximum allowable gross production of crude oil from wells in Canada is subject to limitations by various regulatory authorities on the basis of engineering and conservation principles.

Additionally, in December 2018, the Government of Alberta introduced temporary mandatory production curtailment regulations, which took effect on January 1, 2019. These regulations impose production limits on large producers in Alberta. The duration and impact of these regulations is uncertain.

Exports

Export contracts of more than one year for light crude oil and petroleum products and two years for heavy crude oil (including bitumen) require the prior approval of the National Energy Board (NEB) and the Government of Canada. Export contracts of less than one year for light crude oil and petroleum products and two years for heavy crude oil (including bitumen) require an order from the NEB.

Natural gas

Production

The maximum allowable gross production of natural gas from wells in Canada is subject to limitations by various regulatory authorities. These limitations are to ensure oil recovery is not adversely impacted by accelerated gas production practices. These limitations do not impact gas reserves, only the timing of production of the reserves and did not have a significant impact on Imperial’s 2018 gas production rates.

Exports

The Government of Canada has the authority to regulate the export price for natural gas and has a gas export pricing policy, which accommodates export prices for natural gas negotiated between Canadian exporters and U.S. importers.

Exports of natural gas from Canada require approval by the NEB and the Government of Canada. The Government of Canada allows the export of natural gas by NEB order without volume limitation for terms not exceeding 24 months.

 

17


Table of Contents

Royalties

The Government of Canada and the provinces in which the company produces crude oil and natural gas, impose royalties on production from lands where they own the mineral rights. Some producing provinces also receive revenue by imposing taxes on production from lands where they do not own the mineral rights.

Different royalties are imposed by the Government of Canada and each of the producing provinces. Royalties imposed on crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids vary depending on a number of parameters, including well production volumes, selling prices and recovery methods. For information with respect to royalties for Cold Lake, Syncrude and Kearl, see “Upstream” section entitled “Present activities” under Item 1 on page 11.

Investment Canada Act

The Investment Canada Act requires Government of Canada approval, in certain cases, of the acquisition of control of a Canadian business by an entity that is not controlled by Canadians. The acquisition of natural resource properties may, in certain circumstances, be considered a transaction that constitutes an acquisition of control of a Canadian business requiring Government of Canada approval.

The Act also requires notification of the establishment of new unrelated businesses in Canada by entities not controlled by Canadians, but does not require Government of Canada approval except when the new business is related to Canada’s cultural heritage or national identity. The Government of Canada is also authorized to take any measures that it considers advisable to protect national security, including the outright prohibition of a foreign investment in Canada. By virtue of the majority stock ownership of the company by ExxonMobil, the company is considered to be an entity which is not controlled by Canadians.

Competition Act

The Competition Bureau ensures that Canadian businesses and consumers prosper in a competitive and innovative marketplace. The Competition Bureau is responsible for the administration and enforcement of the Competition Act (the Act). A merger transaction, whether or not notifiable, is subject to examination by the Commissioner of the Competition Bureau to determine whether the merger will have, or is likely to have, the effect of preventing or lessening substantially competition in a definable market. The assessment of the competitive effects of a merger is made with reference to the factors identified under the Act.

An Advance Ruling Certificate (ARC) may be issued by the Commissioner to a party or parties to a proposed merger transaction who want to be assured that the transaction will not give rise to proceedings under section 92 of the Act. Section 102 of the Act provides that an ARC may be issued when the Commissioner is satisfied that there would not be sufficient grounds on which to apply to the Competition Tribunal for an order against a proposed merger. The issuance of an ARC is discretionary. An ARC cannot be issued for a transaction that has been completed, nor does an ARC ensure approval of the transaction by any agency other than the Competition Bureau.

The company online

The company’s website www.imperialoil.ca contains a variety of corporate and investor information which is available free of charge, including the company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports, as well as required interactive data filings. These reports are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed or furnished to the SEC. The SEC’s website, www.sec.gov, contains reports, proxy and information statements, interactive data files, and other information regarding issuers that are submitted and posted electronically with the SEC.

 

18


Table of Contents
Item 1A.

Risk factors

Imperial’s financial and operating results are subject to a variety of risks inherent in oil, gas and petrochemical businesses. Many of these risk factors are not within Imperial’s control and could adversely affect Imperial’s business, financial and operating results, or financial position. These risk factors include:

Volatility of commodity prices

The company’s operations and earnings may be significantly affected by changes in oil, natural gas and petrochemical prices, and by changes in margins on refined products and petrochemicals. Crude oil, natural gas, petrochemical and petroleum product prices and margins depend on local, regional, and global events or conditions that affect supply and demand for the relevant commodity. Commodity prices have been volatile, and the company expects that volatility to continue. Any material decline in crude oil prices could have a material adverse effect on Imperial’s Upstream operations, financial position, proved reserves and the amount spent to develop reserves. On the other hand, a material increase in crude oil prices could have a material adverse effect on Imperial’s Downstream margins, depending on the market conditions for refined products.

Demand related factors which could impact Imperial’s results include economic conditions, where periods of low or negative economic growth will typically have an adverse impact on results; technological improvements in energy efficiency; seasonal weather patterns, which affect the demand for our products, including lower demand for gasoline, impacting Downstream results in the winter; increased competitiveness of alternative energy sources; new product quality regulations; technological changes or consumer preferences that affect the market for petroleum products, such as technological advances in energy storage that make wind and solar more competitive for power generation or increased consumer demand for alternative fueled or electric vehicles; and broad-based changes in personal income levels.

Commodity prices and margins also vary depending on a number of factors affecting supply. For example, increased supply from the development of new oil and gas supply sources and technologies to enhance recovery from existing sources tend to reduce commodity prices to the extent such supply increases are not offset by commensurate growth in demand. Similarly, increases in industry refining or petrochemical manufacturing capacity relative to demand tend to reduce margins on affected products. World oil, gas and petrochemical supply levels can also be affected by factors that reduce available supplies, such as adherence by member countries or others to Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) production quotas and the occurrence of wars, hostile actions, natural disasters, disruptions in competitors’ operations, or unexpected pipeline or rail constraints that may disrupt supplies. Technological change can also alter the relative costs for competitors to find, produce, and refine oil and gas and to manufacture petrochemicals.

A significant portion of the company’s production is bitumen, which is blended with diluent to create a marketable heavy crude oil. The market price for western Canadian heavy crude oil is typically lower than light and medium grades of oil, principally due to the higher transportation and refining costs. Western Canadian crude oil may also be subject to limits on transportation capacity to markets. In Alberta, increased differentials between western Canadian crude oil and WTI in the second half of 2018 led the Government of Alberta to introduce temporary mandatory production curtailment regulations, which took effect on January 1, 2019. Future crude price differentials are uncertain and changes in the heavy or light crude oil differentials could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business. Increases to diluent prices, relative to heavy crude oil prices, could also have an adverse effect on the company’s business.

 

19


Table of Contents

Government and political factors

Imperial’s results can be adversely impacted by political, legal or regulatory developments affecting operations and markets. Changes in government policy or regulations, changes in law or interpretation of settled law, third party opposition to company or infrastructure projects, and duration of regulatory reviews could impact Imperial’s existing operations and planned projects. For example, increases in taxes or government royalty rates (including retroactive claims), changes in trade policies and agreements, changes in environmental regulations, assessment processes or other laws that increase the cost of compliance or reduce or delay available business opportunities, increasing and expanding stakeholder consultation (including Indigenous stakeholders), the adoption of regulations mandating efficiency standards, and the use of alternative fuels or uncompetitive fuel components could affect the company’s operations. Additionally, in December 2018 the Government of Alberta introduced temporary mandatory production curtailment regulations, which took effect on January 1, 2019. These regulations impose production limits on large producers in Alberta. The duration and impact of these regulations is uncertain, and could have an adverse effect on the company’s business. Imperial is actively evaluating the impact on the company. Government intervention in free markets may introduce unintended consequences such as market volatility and uncertainty, misallocation of resources, free trade risk and erosion of investor confidence.

Environmental risks

All phases of the Upstream, Downstream and Chemical businesses are subject to environmental regulation pursuant to a variety of Canadian federal, provincial, territorial and municipal laws and regulations, as well as international conventions (collectively, “environmental legislation”).

Environmental legislation imposes, among other things, restrictions, liabilities and obligations in connection with the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of hazardous substances and waste and in connection with spills, releases and emissions of various substances into the environment. As well, environmental regulations are imposed on the qualities and compositions of the products sold and imported. Environmental legislation also requires that wells, facility sites and other properties associated with the company’s operations be operated, maintained, monitored, abandoned and reclaimed to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities. In addition, certain types of operations, including exploration and development projects and significant changes to certain existing projects, may require the submission and approval of environmental impact assessments. Compliance with environmental legislation can require significant expenditures and failure to comply with environmental legislation may result in the cessation of operations, imposition of fines and penalties and liability for clean-up costs and damages.

The costs of complying with environmental legislation in the future could have a material adverse effect on the company’s financial condition or results of operations. The company anticipates that changes in environmental legislation may require, among other things, reductions in emissions from its operations to the air and water and may result in increased capital expenditures. Changes in environmental legislation (including, but not limited to, application of regulations related to air, water, land and biodiversity) may increase the cost of compliance or reduce or delay available business opportunities. Future changes in environmental legislation could occur and result in stricter standards and enforcement, larger fines and liability, and increased capital expenditures and operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on the company’s financial condition or results of operations.

There are operational risks inherent in oil and gas exploration and production activities, as well as the potential to incur substantial financial liabilities, if those risks are not effectively managed. The ability to insure such risks is limited by the capacity of the applicable insurance markets, which may not be sufficient to cover the likely cost of a major adverse operating event. Accordingly, the company’s primary focus is on prevention, including through its rigorous operations integrity management system. The company’s future results will depend on the continued effectiveness of these efforts.

 

20


Table of Contents

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions

Due to concern over the risks of climate change, a number of provinces and the Government of Canada have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These include adoption of carbon emissions pricing, cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, emissions limits, increased efficiency standards, low carbon fuel standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Such policies could make Imperial’s products more expensive and less competitive, reduce or delay available business opportunities, reduce demand for hydrocarbons, and shift hydrocarbon demand toward lower greenhouse gas emission energy sources. Current and pending greenhouse gas regulations or policies may also increase compliance and abatement costs, lengthen project evaluation and implementation times, impact reserves evaluations and affect operations. Increased costs may not be recoverable in the market place and could reduce the global competitiveness of the company’s crude oil, natural gas and refined products.

Currency

Prices for commodities produced by the company are commonly benchmarked in U.S. dollars. The majority of Imperial’s sales and purchases are related to these industry U.S. dollar benchmarks. As the company records and reports its financial results in Canadian dollars, to the extent that the value of the Canadian dollar strengthens, the company’s reported earnings will be negatively affected. The company does not currently make use of derivative instruments to offset exposures associated with foreign currency.

Other business risks

Imperial is reliant on a number of key chemicals, catalysts and third party service providers, including input and output commodity transportation (pipelines, rail, trucking, marine) and utilities providing services, including electricity and water, to various company operations. The lack of availability and capacity, and proximity of pipeline facilities and railcars could negatively impact Imperial’s ability to produce at capacity levels. Transportation disruptions could adversely affect the company’s price realizations, refining operations and sales volumes, as well as potentially limit the ability to deliver production to market. A third party utilities outage could have an adverse impact on the company’s operations and ability to produce.

Management effectiveness

In addition to external economic and political factors, Imperial’s future business results also depend on the company’s ability to manage successfully those factors that are at least in part within its control. The extent to which Imperial manages these factors will impact its performance relative to competition. For projects in which the company is not the operator, Imperial depends on the management effectiveness of one or more co-venturers whom the company does not control.

Project management

The company’s results are affected by its ability to develop and operate projects and facilities as planned. The company’s results will, therefore, be affected by events or conditions that affect the advancement, operation, cost or results of such projects or facilities. These risks include the company’s ability to obtain the necessary environmental and other regulatory approvals; changes in regulations; changes in resources and operating costs including the availability and cost of materials, equipment and qualified personnel; the impact of general economic, business and market conditions; and the occurrence of unforeseen technical difficulties.

Operational efficiency

An important component of Imperial’s competitive performance, especially given the commodity based nature of Imperial’s business, is the ability to operate efficiently, including the company’s ability to manage expenses and improve production yields on an ongoing basis. This requires continuous management focus, including technological improvements, cost control, productivity enhancements and regular reappraisal of the company’s asset portfolio. The company’s operations and results also depend on key personnel and subject matter expertise, the recruitment, development and retention of high caliber employees, and the availability of skilled labour.

 

21


Table of Contents

Research and development and technical change

Imperial relies upon the research and development organizations of the company and ExxonMobil, with whom the company conducts shared research. To maintain the company’s competitive position, especially in light of the technological nature of Imperial’s business and the need for continuous efficiency improvement, research and development organizations must be successful and able to adapt to a changing market and policy environment, including developing technologies to help reduce greenhouse gas emissions. To remain competitive, the company must also continuously adapt and capture the benefits of new technologies including growing the company’s capabilities to utilize digital data technologies to gain new business insights.

Safety, business controls and environmental risk management

The scope and nature of the company’s operations present a variety of significant hazards and risks, including operational hazards and risks such as explosions, fires, pipeline ruptures and crude oil spills. Imperial’s operations are also subject to the additional hazards of pollution, releases of toxic gas and environmental hazards and risks, such as severe weather, and geological events. The company’s results depend on management’s ability to minimize these inherent risks, to effectively control business activities and to minimize the potential for human error. Imperial applies rigorous management systems, including a combined program of effective operations integrity management, ongoing upgrades, key equipment replacements, and comprehensive inspection and surveillance. The company also maintains a disciplined framework of internal controls and applies a controls management system for monitoring compliance with this framework. Substantial liabilities and other adverse impacts could result if the company’s management systems and controls do not function as intended.

Cybersecurity

Imperial is regularly subject to attempted cybersecurity disruptions from a variety of threat actors, including state-sponsored actors. Imperial’s defensive preparedness includes multi-layered technological capabilities for prevention and detection of cybersecurity disruptions; non-technological measures such as threat information sharing with governmental and industry groups; internal training and awareness campaigns including testing of employee awareness via mock threats; and an emphasis on resiliency including business response and recovery evaluated through ongoing workshops and exercises directed to mitigating the effects of potential cybersecurity disruptions. If the measures we are taking to protect against cybersecurity disruptions prove to be insufficient, the company, customers, employees or third parties could be adversely affected. Cybersecurity disruptions could cause physical harm to people or the environment; damage or destroy assets; compromise business systems; result in proprietary information being altered, lost or stolen; result in employee, customer or third party information being compromised; or otherwise disrupt business operations. Imperial could incur significant costs to remedy the effects of such a cybersecurity disruption, in addition to costs in connection with resulting regulatory actions, litigation or reputational harm.

Preparedness

The company’s operations may be disrupted by severe weather events, natural disasters, human error, and similar events. Imperial’s ability to mitigate the adverse impacts of these events depends in part upon the effectiveness of its rigorous disaster preparedness and response planning, as well as business continuity planning.

Reputation

Imperial’s reputation is an important corporate asset. An operating incident, significant cybersecurity disruption or other adverse events, such as those described in Item 1A, may have a negative impact on Imperial’s reputation, which in turn could make it more difficult for Imperial to compete successfully for new opportunities, obtain necessary regulatory approvals, or could reduce consumer demand for the company’s branded products. Imperial’s reputation may also be harmed by events which negatively affect the image of the industry as a whole.

 

22


Table of Contents

Reserves

The company’s future production and cash flows from bitumen, synthetic oil, liquids and natural gas reserves are highly dependent upon the company’s success in exploiting its current reserve base. To maintain production and cash flows, the company must continue to replace produced reserves as they are depleted, which can be accomplished through exploration discovery of new resources, appraisal and investments in developing discovered resources, or acquisition of reserves. To the extent cash flows from operations are insufficient to fund capital expenditures and external sources of capital become limited or unavailable, the company’s ability to make the necessary capital investments to maintain and expand oil and natural gas reserves will be adversely impacted. In addition, the company may be unable to find and develop or acquire additional reserves to replace oil and natural gas production at acceptable costs.

Estimates of economically recoverable oil and natural gas reserves and future net cash flows involve many uncertainties, including factors beyond the company’s control. Key factors with uncertainty include: geological and engineering estimates; the assumed effects of regulation or changes to regulation by government agencies including royalty frameworks and environmental regulations; future commodity prices; and operating costs. Actual production, revenues, taxes, development costs, abandonment costs, and operating expenditures with respect to reserves will likely vary from such estimates, and such variances could be material.

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved staff comments

None.

 

Item 2.

Properties

Reference is made to Item 1 above.

 

Item 3.

Legal proceedings

On December 18, 2018, Imperial entered a guilty plea in the Ontario Court of Justice for committing the offence of discharging or causing or permitting the discharge of wastewater with a low pH from Imperial’s refinery in Sarnia, Ontario into the St. Clair River on April 19, 2016, which may impair the quality of the water contrary to section 30(1) of the Ontario Water Resources Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. O.40. Imperial is required to pay a fine of $325,000 plus a 25 percent victim fine surcharge, for a total of $406,250.

 

Item 4.

Mine safety disclosures

Not applicable.    

 

23


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.

Market for registrant’s common equity, related stockholder matters and issuer purchases of equity securities

Market information

The company’s common shares are listed and trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange in Canada, and have unlisted trading privileges and trade on the NYSE American LLC in the United States. The symbol for the company’s common shares on these exchanges is IMO.

As of February 13, 2019 there were 10,559 holders of record of common shares of the company.

Information for security holders outside Canada

Cash dividends paid to shareholders resident in countries with which Canada has an income tax convention are usually subject to a Canadian non-resident withholding tax of 15 percent, but may vary from one tax convention to another.

The withholding tax is reduced to 5 percent on dividends paid to a corporation resident in the U.S. that owns at least 10 percent of the voting shares of the company.

The company is a qualified foreign corporation for purposes of the reduced U.S. capital gains tax rates, which are applicable to dividends paid by U.S. domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations.

There is no Canadian tax on gains from selling shares or debt instruments owned by non-residents not carrying on business in Canada, as long as the shareholder does not, in any given 60 month period, own 25 percent or more of the shares of the company.

Between October 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018, pursuant to the company’s restricted stock unit plan, 2,125 shares were issued to employees or former employees outside the U.S. in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the “Proxy information section”, starting on page 97. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities regulations.

Reference is made to the section under the “Company executives and executive compensation”:

 

   

Entitled “Performance graph” within the “Compensation discussion and analysis” section on page 150 of this report; and

 

   

Entitled “Equity compensation plan information”, within the “Compensation discussion and analysis”, on page 156 of this report.

 

24


Table of Contents

Issuer purchases of equity securities

 

    Total number of
shares purchased
   

Average price paid
per share

(Canadian dollars)

    Total number of
shares purchased
as part of publicly
announced plans
or programs
    Maximum number 
of shares that may 
yet be purchased 
under the plans or 
programs (a) 
 

 

 

October 2018

       

(October 1 - October 31)

    3,540,254       42.82       3,540,254       26,391,088        

November 2018

       

(November 1 - November 30)

    3,862,113       41.01       3,862,113       22,528,975        

December 2018

       

(December 1 - December 31)

    2,737,760       36.36       2,737,760       19,791,215 (b)  

 

 
(a)

On June 22, 2018, the company announced by news release that it had received final approval from the Toronto Stock Exchange for a new normal course issuer bid and will continue its existing share purchase program. The program enables the company to purchase up to a maximum of 40,391,196 common shares during the period June 27, 2018 to June 26, 2019. This maximum includes shares purchased under the normal course issuer bid and from Exxon Mobil Corporation concurrent with, but outside of the normal course issuer bid. As in the past, Exxon Mobil Corporation has advised the company that it intends to participate to maintain its ownership percentage at approximately 69.6 percent. The program will end should the company purchase the maximum allowable number of shares, or on June 26, 2019.

(b)

In its most recent quarterly earnings release, the company stated that it currently anticipates exercising its share purchases uniformly over the duration of the program. Purchase plans may be modified at any time without prior notice.

The company will continue to evaluate its share purchase program in the context of its overall capital activities.

 

Item 6.

Selected financial data

 

millions of Canadian dollars

     2018            2017        2016        2015        2014  

Revenues

     34,964        29,125        25,049        26,756        36,231  

Net income (loss)

     2,314        490        2,165        1,122        3,785  

Total assets at year-end

     41,456        41,601        41,654        43,170        40,830  

Long-term debt at year-end

     4,978        5,005        5,032        6,564        4,913  

Total debt at year-end

     5,180        5,207        5,234        8,516        6,891  

Other long-term obligations at year-end

     2,943        3,780        3,656        3,597        3,565  

Canadian dollars

              

Net income (loss) per common share - basic

     2.87        0.58        2.55        1.32        4.47  

Net income (loss) per common share - diluted

     2.86        0.58        2.55        1.32        4.45  

Dividends per common share - declared

     0.73        0.63        0.59        0.54        0.52  

Reference is made to the table setting forth exchange rates for the Canadian dollar, expressed in U.S. dollars, on page 2 of this report.

 

Item 7.

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

Reference is made to the section entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” in the “Financial section”, starting on page 38 of this report.

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Reference is made to the section entitled “Market risks and other uncertainties” in the “Financial section”, starting on page 51 of this report. All statements other than historical information incorporated in this Item 7A are forward-looking statements. The actual impact of future market changes could differ materially due to, among other things, factors discussed in this report.

 

25


Table of Contents
Item 8.

Financial statements and supplementary data

Reference is made to the table of contents in the “Financial section” on page 34 of this report:

 

   

Consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) dated February 27, 2019 beginning with the section entitled “Report of independent registered public accounting firm” on page 59 and continuing through note 18, “Other comprehensive income (loss) information” on page 91;

 

   

“Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities” (unaudited) starting on page 92; and

 

   

“Quarterly financial data” on page 96.

 

Item 9.

Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A.

Controls and procedures

As indicated in the certifications in Exhibit 31 of this report, the company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2018. Based on that evaluation, these officers have concluded that the company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated and communicated to them in a manner that allows for timely decisions regarding required disclosures and are effective in ensuring that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

Reference is made to page 58 of this report for “Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting” and page 59 for the “Report of independent registered public accounting firm” on the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018.

There has not been any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.

Other information

None.

 

26


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10.

Directors, executive officers and corporate governance

Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the “Proxy information section”, starting on page 97. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities regulations.

The company currently has eight directors. The articles of the company require that the board have between five and fifteen directors. Each director is elected to hold office until the close of the next annual meeting. Each of the seven individuals listed in the section entitled “Nominees for director” on pages 98 to 101 of this report have been nominated for election at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 26, 2019. All of the nominees are directors and have been since the dates indicated. S.D. Whittaker is currently a director and is not standing for re-election in 2019 as she will reach the company’s mandatory retirement age for directors in 2019.

Reference is made to the section under “Nominees for director”:

 

   

“Director nominee tables”, on pages 98 to 101 of this report;

Reference is made to the sections under “Corporate governance disclosure”:

 

   

“Other public company directorships of our board members”, on page 109 of this report.

 

   

The table entitled “Audit committee” under “Board and committee structure”, on page 115 of this report;

 

   

“Ethical business conduct”, starting on page 127 of this report; and

 

   

“Largest shareholder”, on page 129 of this report.

Reference is made to the sections under “Company executives and executive compensation”:

 

   

“Named executive officers of the company” and “Other executive officers of the company”, on pages 131 to 133 of this report.

 

Item 11.

Executive compensation

Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the “Proxy information section”, starting on page 97. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities regulations.

Reference is made to the sections under “Corporate governance disclosure”:

 

   

“Director compensation”, on pages 119 to 125 of this report; and

 

   

“Share ownership guidelines of independent directors and chairman, president and chief executive officer”, on page 126 of this report.

Reference is made to the following sections under “Company executives and executive compensation”:

 

   

“Letter to shareholders from the executive resources committee on executive compensation”, starting on page 134 of this report; and

 

   

“Compensation discussion and analysis”, on pages 136 to 158 of this report.

 

27


Table of Contents
Item 12.

Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters

Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the “Proxy information section”, starting on page 97. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities regulations.

Reference is made to the section under “Company executives and executive compensation” entitled “Equity compensation plan information”, within the “Compensation discussion and analysis” section, on page 156 of this report.

Reference is made to the section under “Corporate governance disclosure” entitled “Largest shareholder”, on page 129 of this report.

Reference is also made to the security ownership information for directors and executive officers of the company under the preceding Items 10 and 11. The compensation of the directors and executive officers of the company for the year-ended December 31, 2018 is described in the sections under “Nominees for director” starting on page 98, “Director compensation” starting on page 119 and “Company executives and executive compensation” starting on page 131. The following table shows the number of Imperial Oil Limited and Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares owned and restricted stock units held by each named executive officer, as of February 13, 2019.

 

    

Imperial Oil Limited

 

    

Exxon Mobil Corporation

 

Named executive officer

  

Common

shares (a)

    

Restricted

stock units (b)

    

Common

shares (a)

    

Restricted

stock units (b)

R.M. Kruger

   -        545,800       1,741       118,500  

D.E. Lyons

   -        19,200       8,372       40,150  

J.R. Whelan

   -        44,000       28,065       23,200  

T.B. Redburn

   3,328        90,950            -  

P.M. Dinnick

   -        20,800       1,761       10,000  

B.A. Babcock (c)

   -        88,750       366       -  
(a)

No common shares are beneficially owned by reason of exercisable options. None of these individuals owns more than 0.01 percent of the outstanding shares of Imperial Oil Limited or Exxon Mobil Corporation.

(b)

Restricted stock units do not carry voting rights prior to the issuance of shares on settlement of the awards.

(c)

B.A. Babcock served as the company’s senior vice-president, finance and administration, and controller until her retirement on April 30, 2018.

As of February 13, 2019, the current directors and the executive officers of the company consist of 18 persons who, as a group, beneficially own 130,138 common shares of the company, being approximately 0.02 percent of the total outstanding shares of the company, and 48,510 common shares of Exxon Mobil Corporation, being less than 0.01 percent of the total outstanding shares of Exxon Mobil Corporation. None of these common shares are beneficially owned by reason of exercisable options. This information not being within the knowledge of the company has been provided by the directors and the executive officers individually. As a group as of February 13, 2019, the current directors and executive officers of the company held 954,575 restricted stock units of the company and 247,850 restricted stock units of Exxon Mobil Corporation.

 

28


Table of Contents
Item 13.

Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence

Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the “Proxy information section”, starting on page 97. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities regulations.

Reference is made to the section under “Corporate governance disclosure” entitled “Independence of our board members”, on page 106 of this report.

Reference is made to the section under “Corporate governance disclosure” entitled “Transactions with Exxon Mobil Corporation”, on page 129 of this report.

D.C. Brownell is deemed a non-independent member of the board of directors and the executive resources committee, public policy and corporate responsibility committee, nominations and corporate governance committee and community collaboration and engagement committee under the relevant standards. As an employee of Exxon Mobil Corporation, D.C. Brownell is independent of the company’s management and is able to assist these committees by reflecting the perspective of the company’s shareholders.

 

29


Table of Contents
Item 14.

Principal accountant fees and services

Auditor information

The audit committee of the board of directors recommends that PwC be reappointed as the auditor of the company until the close of the next annual meeting. PwC has been the auditor of the company for more than five years and are located in Calgary, Alberta. PwC is a participating audit firm with the Canadian Public Accountability Board.

Auditor fees

The aggregate fees of PwC for professional services rendered for the audit of the company’s financial statements and other services for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

thousands of Canadian dollars

     2018        2017  

Audit fees

     1,808        1,756  

Audit-related fees

     94        94  

Tax fees

     -        -  

All other fees

     -        -  

Total fees

     1,902        1,850  

Audit fees included the audit of the company’s annual financial statements, internal control over financial reporting, and a review of the first three quarterly financial statements in 2018. Audit-related fees consisted of other assurance services including the audit of the company’s retirement plan and royalty statement audits for oil and gas producing entities. The company did not engage the auditor for any other services.

The audit committee formally and annually evaluates the performance of the external auditor, recommends the external auditor to be appointed by the shareholders, recommends their remuneration and oversees their work. The audit committee also approves the proposed current year audit program of the external auditor, assesses the results of the program after the end of the program period and approves in advance any non-audit services to be performed by the external auditor after considering the effect of such services on their independence.

All of the services rendered by the auditor to the company were approved by the audit committee.

Auditor independence

The audit committee continually discusses with PwC their independence from the company and from management. PwC have confirmed that they are independent with respect to the company within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Alberta, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The company has concluded that the auditor’s independence has been maintained.

 

30


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, financial statement schedules

Reference is made to the table of contents in the “Financial section” on page 34 of this report.

The following exhibits, numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K, are filed as part of this report:

 

    (3)   (i)   Restated certificate and articles of incorporation of the company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (3.1) to the company’s Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2006 (File No. 0-12014)).
  (ii)   By-laws of the company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (3)(ii) to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003 (File No. 0-12014)).
    (10)   (ii)     (1)    Syncrude Ownership and Management Agreement, dated February 4, 1975 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 13(b) of the company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 21, 1979 (File No. 2-65290)).
      (2)    Letter Agreement, dated February 8, 1982, between the Government of Canada and Esso Resources Canada Limited, amending Schedule “C” to the Syncrude Ownership and Management Agreement filed as Exhibit (10)(ii)(2) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (20) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1981 (File No. 2-9259)).
      (3)    Alberta Cold Lake Crown Agreement, dated June 25, 1984, relating to the royalties payable and the assurances given in respect of the Cold Lake production project (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (10)(ii)(11) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (4)    Amendment to Syncrude Ownership and Management Agreement, dated March 10, 1982 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (10)(ii)(14) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (5)    Alberta Cold Lake Transition Agreement, effective January 1, 2000, relating to the royalties payable in respect of the Cold Lake production project and terminating the Alberta Cold Lake Crown Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (10)(ii)(20) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (6)    Amendment to Syncrude Ownership and Management Agreement effective January 1, 2001 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (10)(ii)(22) of the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (7)    Amendment to Syncrude Ownership and Management Agreement effective September 16, 1994 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (10)(ii)(23) of the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (8)    Syncrude Bitumen Royalty Option Agreement, dated November  18, 2008, setting out the terms of the exercise by the Syncrude Joint Venture owners of the option contained in the existing Crown Agreement to convert to a royalty payable on the value of bitumen, effective January  1, 2009 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.01(10)(ii)(2) of the company’s Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2008 (File No. 0-12014)).
    (iii)   (A)     (1)    Form of Letter relating to Supplemental Retirement Income (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (10)(c)(3) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1980 (File No. 2-9259)).
      (2)    Deferred Share Unit Plan for Nonemployee Directors. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(6) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (3)    Amended Restricted Stock Unit Plan with respect to Restricted Stock Units granted in 2008 and subsequent years, as amended effective November 20, 2008 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 9.01(c)[10(iii)(A)(5)] of the company’s Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2008 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (4)    Short Term Incentive Program for selected executives effective February  2, 2012 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 9.01(c)[10(iii)(A)(1)] of the company’s Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2012 (File No. 0-12014)).

 

31


Table of Contents
      (5)    Amended Restricted Stock Unit Plan with respect to Restricted Stock Units granted in 2011 and subsequent years, as amended effective November 14, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 9.01(c)[10(iii)(A)(1)] of the company’s Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2012 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (6)    Amended Restricted Stock Unit Plan with respect to Restricted Stock Units granted in 2016 and subsequent years, as amended effective October 26, 2016 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 9.01(c)[10(iii)(A)(1)] of the company’s Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2016 (File No. 0-12014)).
      (7)    Amended Short Term Incentive Program with respect to awards granted in 2016 and subsequent years, as amended effective October  26, 2016 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 9.01(c)[10(iii)(A)(1)] of the company’s Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2016 (File No. 0-12014)).
    (21)        Imperial Oil Resources Limited is incorporated in Canada, and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company. The names of all other subsidiaries of the company are omitted because, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of December 31, 2018.
    (31.1)        Certification by principal executive officer of Periodic Financial Report pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
    (31.2)        Certification by principal financial officer of Periodic Financial Report pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
    (32.1)      Certification by chief executive officer of Periodic Financial Report pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
    (32.2)      Certification by chief financial officer of Periodic Financial Report pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

Copies of Exhibits may be acquired upon written request of any shareholder to the investor relations manager, Imperial Oil Limited, 505 Quarry Park Boulevard S.E., Calgary, Alberta T2C 5N1, and payment of processing and mailing costs.

 

Item 16.

Form 10-K summary

Not applicable.

 

32


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf on February 27, 2019 by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

        Imperial Oil Limited

 

        by                /s/ Richard M. Kruger

(Richard M. Kruger)
Chairman, president and chief executive officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 27, 2019 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature      Title

/s/ Richard M. Kruger

     Chairman, president and
(Richard M. Kruger)      chief executive officer and director
     (Principal executive officer)

/s/ Daniel E. Lyons

     Senior vice-president,
(Daniel E. Lyons)      finance and administration, and controller
     (Principal financial officer and principal
     accounting officer)

/s/ Dave C. Brownell

     Director
(Dave C. Brownell)     

/s/ David W. Cornhill

     Director
(David W. Cornhill)     

/s/ Krystyna T. Hoeg

     Director
(Krystyna T. Hoeg)     

/s/ Miranda C. Hubbs

     Director
(Miranda C. Hubbs)     

/s/ Jack M. Mintz

     Director
(Jack M. Mintz)     

/s/ David S. Sutherland

     Director
(David S. Sutherland)     

/s/ Sheelagh D. Whittaker

     Director
(Sheelagh D. Whittaker)     

 

33


Table of Contents

Financial section

 

  Table of contents      Page    

Financial information (U.S. GAAP)

     35  

Frequently used terms

     36  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     38  

Overview

     38  

Business environment and risk assessment

     38  

Results of operations

     42  

Liquidity and capital resources

     47  

Capital and exploration expenditures

     50  

Market risks and other uncertainties

     51  

Critical accounting estimates

     53  

Recently issued accounting standards

     57  

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

     58  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     59  

Consolidated statement of income (U.S. GAAP)

     61  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income (U.S. GAAP)

     62  

Consolidated balance sheet (U.S. GAAP)

     63  

Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)

     64  

Consolidated statement of cash flows (U.S. GAAP)

     65  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     66  

1. Summary of significant accounting policies

     66  

2. Accounting changes

     72  

3. Business segments

     73  

4. Income taxes

     75  

5. Employee retirement benefits

     76  

6. Other long-term obligations

     82  

7. Financial and derivative instruments

     83  

8. Share-based incentive compensation programs

     84  

9. Investment and other income

     85  

10. Litigation and other contingencies

     85  

11. Common shares

     86  

12. Miscellaneous financial information

     87  

13. Financing and additional notes and loans payable information

     87  

14. Leased facilities

     88  

15. Long-term debt

     88  

16. Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs

     89  

17. Transactions with related parties

     90  

18. Other comprehensive income (loss) information

     91  

Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities (unaudited)

     92  

Quarterly financial data

     96  

 

34


Table of Contents

Financial information (U.S. GAAP)

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016        2015        2014  

Revenues

     34,964          29,125          25,049          26,756          36,231  

Net income (loss):

                      

Upstream

     (138        (706        (661        (704        2,059  

Downstream

     2,366          1,040          2,754          1,586          1,594  

Chemical

     275          235          187          287          229  

Corporate and other

     (189        (79        (115        (47        (97

Net income (loss)

     2,314          490          2,165          1,122          3,785  

Cash and cash equivalents at year-end

     988          1,195          391          203          215  

Total assets at year-end

     41,456          41,601          41,654          43,170          40,830  

Long-term debt at year-end

     4,978          5,005          5,032          6,564          4,913  

Total debt at year-end

     5,180          5,207          5,234          8,516          6,891  

Other long-term obligations at year-end

     2,943          3,780          3,656          3,597          3,565  

Shareholders’ equity at year-end

     24,489          24,435          25,021          23,425          22,530  

Cash flow from operating activities

     3,922          2,763          2,015          2,167          4,405  

Per share information (Canadian dollars)

                      

Net income (loss) per common share - basic

     2.87          0.58          2.55          1.32          4.47  

Net income (loss) per common share - diluted

     2.86          0.58          2.55          1.32          4.45  

Dividends per common share - declared

     0.73          0.63          0.59          0.54          0.52  

 

35


Table of Contents

Frequently used terms

Listed below are definitions of several of Imperial’s key business and financial performance measures. The definitions are provided to facilitate understanding of the terms and how they are calculated.

Capital employed

Capital employed is a measure of net investment. When viewed from the perspective of how capital is used by the business, it includes the company’s property, plant and equipment, and other assets, less liabilities, excluding both short-term and long-term debt. When viewed from the perspective of the sources of capital employed in total for the company, it includes total debt and equity. Both of these views include the company’s share of amounts applicable to equity companies, which the company believes should be included to provide a more comprehensive measurement of capital employed.

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Business uses: asset and liability perspective

            

Total assets

     41,456          41,601          41,654  

Less:

   Total current liabilities excluding notes and loans payable      (3,753        (3,934        (3,681
   Total long-term liabilities excluding long-term debt      (8,034        (8,025        (7,718

Add: Imperial’s share of equity company debt

     23          19          17  

Total capital employed

     29,692          29,661          30,272  

Total company sources: Debt and equity perspective

            

Notes and loans payable

     202          202          202  

Long-term debt

     4,978          5,005          5,032  

Shareholders’ equity

     24,489          24,435          25,021  

Add: Imperial’s share of equity company debt

     23          19          17  

Total capital employed

     29,692          29,661          30,272  

Return on average capital employed (ROCE)

ROCE is a financial performance ratio. From the perspective of the business segments, ROCE is annual business-segment net income divided by average business-segment capital employed (an average of the beginning and end-of-year amounts). Segment net income includes Imperial’s share of segment net income of equity companies, consistent with the definition used for capital employed, and excludes the cost of financing. The company’s total ROCE is net income excluding the after-tax cost of financing divided by total average capital employed. The company has consistently applied its ROCE definition for many years and views it as the best measure of historical capital productivity in a capital-intensive, long-term industry to demonstrate to shareholders that capital has been used wisely over the long term. Additional measures, which are more cash flow based, are used to make investment decisions.

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Net income

     2,314          490          2,165  

Financing (after tax), including Imperial’s share of equity companies

     77          48          53  

Net income excluding financing

     2,391          538          2,218  

Average capital employed

     29,677          29,967          31,116  

Return on average capital employed (percent) – corporate total

     8.1          1.8          7.1  

 

36


Table of Contents

Cash flow from operating activities and asset sales

Cash flow from operating activities and asset sales is the sum of the net cash provided by operating activities and proceeds from asset sales reported in the Consolidated statement of cash flows. This cash flow reflects the total sources of cash both from operating the company’s assets and from the divesting of assets. The company employs a long-standing and regular disciplined review process to ensure that all assets are contributing to the company’s strategic objectives. Assets are divested when they no longer meet these objectives or are worth considerably more to others. Because of the regular nature of this activity, the company believes it is useful for investors to consider sales proceeds together with cash provided by operating activities when evaluating cash available for investment in the business and financing activities, including shareholder distributions.

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018      2017      2016  

Cash from operating activities

     3,922        2,763        2,015  

Proceeds from asset sales

     59        232        3,021  

Total cash flow from operating activities and asset sales

     3,981        2,995        5,036  

Operating costs

Operating costs are the costs during the period to produce, manufacture, and otherwise prepare the company’s products for sale – including energy costs, staffing and maintenance costs. They exclude the cost of raw materials, taxes and interest expense and are on a before-tax basis. While the company is responsible for all revenue and expense elements of net income, operating costs represent the expenses most directly under the company’s control and therefore, are useful in evaluating the company’s performance.

 

Reconciliation of operating costs                         
millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

From Imperial’s Consolidated statement of income

            

Total expenses

     32,026          28,842          24,910  

Less:

            

Purchases of crude oil and products

     21,541          18,145          15,120  

Federal excise tax

     1,667          1,673          1,650  

Financing

     108          78          65  

Subtotal

     23,316          19,896          16,835  

Imperial’s share of equity company expenses

     74          62          63  

Total operating costs

     8,784          9,008          8,138  

Components of operating costs

            
millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

From Imperial’s Consolidated statement of income

            

Production and manufacturing (a)

     6,121          5,586          5,105  

Selling and general (a)

     908          883          1,118  

Depreciation and depletion

     1,555          2,172          1,628  

Non-service pension and postretirement benefit (a)

     107          122          130  

Exploration

     19          183          94  

Subtotal

     8,710          8,946          8,075  

Imperial’s share of equity company expenses

     74          62          63  

Total operating costs

     8,784          9,008          8,138  

 

(a)

Prior year amounts have been reclassified (note 2).    

 

37


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

Overview

The following discussion and analysis of Imperial’s financial results, as well as the accompanying financial statements and related notes to consolidated financial statements to which they refer, are the responsibility of the management of Imperial Oil Limited.

The company’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas and manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals and a variety of specialty products.

Imperial, with its resource base, financial strength, disciplined investment approach and technology portfolio, is well positioned to participate in substantial investments to develop new Canadian energy supplies. The company’s integrated business model, with significant investments in Upstream, Downstream and Chemical segments, reduces the company’s risk from changes in commodity prices. While commodity prices depend on supply and demand and may be volatile on a short-term basis, Imperial’s investment decisions are grounded on fundamentals reflected in its long-term business outlook, and use a disciplined approach in selecting and pursuing the most attractive investment opportunities. The corporate plan is a fundamental annual management process that is the basis for setting near-term operating and capital objectives, in addition to providing the longer-term economic assumptions used for investment evaluation purposes. Volumes are based on individual field production profiles, which are also updated annually. Price ranges for crude oil, natural gas, refined products and chemical products are based on corporate plan assumptions developed annually and are utilized for investment evaluation purposes. Major investment opportunities are evaluated over a range of potential market conditions. Once major investments are made, a reappraisal process is completed to ensure relevant lessons are learned and improvements are incorporated into future projects.

The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports.

Business environment and risk assessment

Long-term business outlook

The “Long-term business outlook” is based on Exxon Mobil Corporation’s 2018 Outlook for Energy, which is used to help inform the company’s long-term business strategies and investment plans. By 2040, the world’s population is projected at around 9.2 billion people, or about 1.7 billion more people than in 2016. Coincident with this population increase, the company expects worldwide economic growth to average close to 3 percent per year, with economic output nearly doubling by 2040. As economies and populations grow, and as living standards improve for billions of people, the need for energy is expected to continue to rise. Even with significant efficiency gains, global energy demand is projected to rise by about 25 percent from 2016 to 2040. This increase in energy demand is expected to be driven by developing countries (i.e., those that are not member nations of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)). Canada is expected to see flat to modest local energy demand growth through to 2040 and will continue to be a large supplier of energy exports to help meet rising global energy needs.

As expanding prosperity helps drive global energy demand higher, increasing use of energy efficient technologies and practices, as well as lower emission fuels will continue to help significantly reduce energy consumption and emissions per unit of economic output over time. Substantial efficiency gains are likely in all key aspects of the world’s economy through 2040, affecting energy requirements for power generation, transportation, industrial applications, and residential and commercial needs.

 

38


Table of Contents

Global electricity demand is expected to increase approximately 60 percent from 2016 to 2040, with developing countries likely to account for about 85 percent of the increase. Consistent with this projection, power generation is expected to remain the largest and fastest growing major segment of global primary energy demand, supported by a wide variety of energy sources. The share of coal fired generation is likely to decline substantially and approach 25 percent of the world’s electricity by 2040, versus nearly 40 percent in 2016, in part as a result of policies to improve air quality, as well as reduce greenhouse gas emissions to address the risks of climate change. From 2016 to 2040, the amount of electricity supplied using natural gas, nuclear power, and renewables is likely to approximately double, and account for about 95 percent of the growth in electricity supplies. Electricity from wind and solar is likely to increase about 400 percent, helping total renewables (including other sources, i.e., hydropower) to account for about half of the increase in electricity supplies worldwide through 2040. Total renewables will likely reach nearly 35 percent of global electricity supplies by 2040. Natural gas and nuclear are also expected to increase shares over the period to 2040, reaching about 25 percent and 12 percent respectively of global electricity supplies by 2040. Supplies of electricity by energy type will reflect significant differences across regions, reflecting a wide range of factors including the cost and availability of various energy types.

Energy for global transportation – including cars, trucks, ships, trains and airplanes – is expected to increase by about 30 percent from 2016 to 2040. Transportation energy demand is likely to account for approximately 60 percent of the growth in liquid fuels demand worldwide over this period. Liquid fuels demand for light duty vehicles is expected to remain relatively flat to 2040 as the impact of better fuel economy and significant growth in electric cars, led by China, Europe, and the United States, work to offset growth in the worldwide car fleet of about 75 percent. By 2040, light-duty vehicles are expected to account for about 20 percent of global liquid fuels demand. Nearly all the world’s transportation fleets are likely to continue to run on liquid fuels, which are widely available and offer practical advantages in providing a large quantity of energy in small volumes.

Liquid fuels provide the largest share of global energy supplies today due to their broad based availability, affordability, ease of transportation, storage and fitness as a practical solution to meet a wide variety of needs. By 2040, global demand for liquid fuels is projected to grow to approximately 118 million barrels per day, an increase of about 20 percent from 2016. The non-OECD share of global liquid fuels demand is expected to increase to about 65 percent by 2040, as liquid fuels demand in the OECD is likely to decline by close to 10 percent. Much of the global liquid fuels demand today is met by crude production from traditional conventional sources; these supplies will remain important and significant development activity is expected to offset much of the natural declines from these fields. At the same time, a variety of emerging supply sources – including tight oil, deep water oil, oil sands, natural gas liquids and biofuels – are expected to grow to help meet rising demand. The world’s resource base is sufficient to meet projected demand through 2040 as technological advances continue to expand the availability of economic supply options. However, timely investments will remain critical to meeting global needs with reliable and affordable supplies.

Natural gas is a versatile and practical fuel for a wide variety of applications and it is expected to grow the most of any primary energy type from 2016 to 2040, meeting more than 35 percent of global energy demand growth. Global natural gas demand is expected to rise nearly 40 percent from 2016 to 2040, with about 45 percent of that increase in the Asia Pacific region. Significant growth in supplies of unconventional gas – the natural gas found in shale and other tight rock formations – will help meet these needs. In total, about 55 percent of the growth in natural gas supplies is expected to be from unconventional sources. However, it is expected conventionally produced natural gas is likely to remain the cornerstone of global supply, meeting about two-thirds of worldwide demand in 2040. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) trade will expand significantly, meeting about one-third of the increase in demand growth, with much of this supply expected to help meet rising demand in Asia Pacific.

The world’s energy mix is highly diverse and will remain so through 2040. Oil is expected to remain the largest source of energy with its share remaining close to one-third in 2040. Coal is currently the second largest source of energy, but it is likely to lose that position to natural gas in the 2020 to 2025 timeframe. The share of natural gas is expected to reach 25 percent by 2040, while the share of coal falls to about 20 percent. Nuclear power is projected to grow significantly, as many nations are likely to expand nuclear capacity to address rising electricity needs, as well as energy security and environmental issues. Total renewable energy is likely to exceed 15 percent of total global energy by 2040, with biomass, hydro and geothermal contributing a combined share of more than 10 percent. Total energy supplied from wind, solar and biofuels is expected to increase rapidly, growing nearly 250 percent from 2016 to 2040, when they will approach about 5 percent of the world’s energy.

 

39


Table of Contents

The company anticipates that the world’s available oil and gas resource base will grow not only from new discoveries, but also from reserve increases in previously discovered fields. Technology will underpin these increases. The investments to develop and supply resources to meet global demand through 2040 will be significant - even if demand remains flat. This reflects a fundamental aspect of the oil and natural gas business, in that, as the International Energy Agency (IEA) notes in its World Energy Outlook in 2018, a “key understanding driver for new investment is declining output from existing fields”. According to the IEA’s New Policies Scenario, the investment required to meet oil and natural gas supply requirements worldwide over the period 2018 to 2040 will be about US$21 trillion (measured in 2017 dollars) or approximately US$900 billion per year on average.

International accords and underlying regional and national regulations covering greenhouse gas emissions continue to evolve with uncertain timing and outcome, making it difficult to predict their business impact. Imperial’s estimates of potential costs related to greenhouse gas emissions align with applicable provincial and federal regulations. Additionally, Imperial uses ExxonMobil’s Outlook for Energy as a foundation for estimating energy supply and demand requirements from various energy sources and uses, and the Outlook for Energy takes in account policies established to reduce energy related greenhouse gas emissions. The climate accord reached at the Conference of the Parties (COP 21) in Paris set many new goals, and many related policies are still emerging. The Outlook for Energy reflects an environment with increasingly stringent climate policies and is consistent with the aggregation of Nationally Determined Contributions which were submitted by signatories to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) 2015 Paris Agreement. The Outlook for Energy seeks to identify potential impacts of climate related policies, which often target specific sectors. It estimates potential impacts of these climate related policies on consumer energy demand by using various assumptions and tools – including, depending on the sector, application of a proxy cost of carbon or assessment of targeted policies (i.e., automotive fuel economy standards). As people and nations look for ways to reduce risks of global climate change, they will continue to need practical solutions that do not jeopardize the affordability or reliability of the energy they need.

Practical solutions to the world’s energy and climate challenges will benefit from market competition, well informed, well designed and transparent policy approaches that carefully weigh costs and benefits. Such policies are likely to help manage the risks of climate change while also enabling societies to pursue other high priority goals around the world – including clean air and water, access to reliable, affordable energy, and economic progress for all people. All practical and economically viable energy sources, both conventional and unconventional, will need to be pursued to continue meeting global energy demand, recognizing the scale and variety of worldwide energy needs, as well as the importance of expanding access to modern energy to promote better standards of living for billions of people.

The information provided in the “Long-term business outlook” includes internal estimates and forecasts based upon ExxonMobil’s internal data and analyses, as well as publicly available information from external sources including the International Energy Agency.

Upstream

Imperial produces crude oil and natural gas for sale predominantly into North American markets. Imperial’s Upstream business strategies guide the company’s exploration, development, production, research and gas marketing activities. These strategies include maximizing asset reliability, accelerating development and application of high impact technologies, maximizing value by capturing new business opportunities and managing the existing portfolio, as well as pursuing sustainable improvements in organizational efficiency and effectiveness. These strategies are underpinned by a relentless focus on operations integrity, commitment to innovative technologies, disciplined approach to investing and cost management, development of employees and investment in the communities within which the company operates.

Imperial has a significant oil and gas resource base and a large inventory of potential projects. The company continues to evaluate opportunities to support long-term growth. As future development projects bring new production online, Imperial expects growth from oil sands in-situ and mining, as well as unconventional resources, with the largest growth potential related to in-situ. Actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the factors described in Item 1A. “Risk factors”.

 

40


Table of Contents

The industry experienced challenges throughout 2018 with the volatility in crude differentials in the western Canadian market. Prices for most of the company’s crude oil sold are referenced to Western Canada Select (WCS) and West Texas Intermediate (WTI) oil markets. While WTI crude oil prices improved in 2018, abundant crude oil supply and limited pipeline takeaway capacity caused the average price of WCS to decrease slightly versus 2017. The WTI / WCS differential widened significantly during the fourth quarter of 2018 to average approximately US$40 per barrel, compared to around US$12 per barrel in the same period of 2017. In December 2018 the Government of Alberta introduced temporary mandatory production curtailment regulations, which took effect on January 1, 2019. Following the announcement to impose production limits on large producers in Alberta, the WTI / WCS differential narrowed. The duration and impact of these regulations is uncertain. Imperial believes prices over the long-term will be driven by market supply and demand, with the demand side largely being a function of general economic activities, levels of prosperity, technology advances, consumer preference and government policies. On the supply side, prices may be significantly impacted by political events, logistics constraints, the actions of OPEC, governments and other factors. To manage the risks associated with price, Imperial evaluates annual plans and all major investments across a range of price scenarios.

Downstream

Imperial’s Downstream serves predominantly Canadian markets with refining, logistics and marketing assets. Imperial’s Downstream business strategies competitively position the company across a range of market conditions. These strategies include targeting industry leading performance in reliability, safety and operations integrity, as well as maximizing value from advanced technologies, capitalizing on integration across Imperial’s businesses, selectively investing for resilient and advantaged returns, operating efficiently and effectively, and providing quality, valued and differentiated products and services to customers.

Imperial owns and operates three refineries in Canada, with aggregate distillation capacity of 423,000 barrels per day. Refining margins are largely driven by differences in commodity prices and are a function of the difference between what a refinery pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the range of products produced (primarily gasoline, heating oil, diesel oil, jet fuel, fuel oil and asphalt). Crude oil and many products are widely traded with published prices, including those quoted on the New York Mercantile Exchange. Prices for these commodities are determined by the global and regional marketplaces and are influenced by many factors, including global and regional supply / demand balances, inventory levels, industry refinery operations, import / export balances, currency fluctuations, seasonal demand, weather and political climate.

In 2018, Imperial’s margins strengthened, benefitting from widening crude differentials and strong product prices.

As described in more detail in Item 1A. “Risk factors”, proposed carbon policy and other climate related regulations, as well as continued biofuels mandates, could have negative impacts on the downstream business. Imperial’s integration across the value chain, from refining to marketing, enhances overall value across the fuels business.

Imperial supplies petroleum products to the motoring public through Esso and Mobil-branded sites and independent marketers. At the end of 2018, there were about 2,200 sites operating under a branded wholesaler model whereby Imperial supplies fuel to independent third parties who own and operate sites in alignment with Esso and Mobil brand standards. The Mobil fuels brand was launched in Canada in 2017 with the conversion of more than 200 existing unbranded third party sites completed by the end of 2018.

Chemical

North America continued to benefit from abundant supplies of natural gas and gas liquids, providing both low cost energy and feedstock for steam crackers, and a favourable margin environment for integrated chemical producers. Imperial sustained a competitive advantage through continued operational excellence, investment and cost discipline. In 2018, the company continued to capture value from the integration of its chemical plant in Sarnia with the refinery. The company also benefits from its integration within ExxonMobil’s North American chemical businesses, enabling Imperial to maintain a leadership position in its key market segments.

 

41


Table of Contents

Results of operations

Consolidated

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Net income (loss)

     2,314          490          2,165  

2018

Net income in 2018 was $2,314 million, or $2.86 per share on a diluted basis, an increase of $1,824 million compared to net income of $490 million or $0.58 per share in 2017. The prior year results included upstream non-cash impairment charges of $566 million.

2017

Net income in 2017 was $490 million, or $0.58 per share on a diluted basis, reflecting impairment charges of $289 million ($0.35 per share) associated with the Horn River development and $277 million ($0.33 per share) associated with the Mackenzie gas project. This compares with net income of $2,165 million or $2.55 per share in 2016, which included a gain of $1.7 billion ($2.01 per share) from the sale of retail sites.

 

Upstream

            
millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Net income (loss)

     (138        (706        (661

2018

Upstream recorded a net loss of $138 million in 2018, compared to a net loss of $706 million in 2017. Improved results reflect the absence of impairment charges of $566 million, higher Kearl volumes of about $210 million, lower royalties of about $80 million and favourable foreign exchange effects of about $50 million. These items were partially offset by higher operating costs of about $200 million, lower Cold Lake volumes of about $170 million and lower Canadian crude oil realizations of about $60 million.

2017

Upstream recorded a net loss of $706 million in 2017, reflecting impairment charges of $289 million associated with the Horn River development and $277 million associated with the Mackenzie gas project. Excluding these impairment charges, the net loss of $140 million compares to a net loss of $661 million in 2016. Results benefitted from higher Canadian crude oil realizations of about $1,190 million and higher Kearl volumes of about $60 million. Results were negatively impacted by higher royalties of about $250 million, lower Syncrude and Norman Wells volumes of about $190 million, higher operating expenses mainly associated with Syncrude and Kearl of about $150 million, higher energy costs of about $80 million and the impact of a stronger Canadian currency of about $60 million.

 

42


Table of Contents

Average realizations

            
Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Bitumen (per barrel)

     37.56          39.13          26.52  

Synthetic oil (per barrel)

     70.66          67.58          57.12  

Conventional crude oil (per barrel)

     41.84          53.51          32.93  

Natural gas liquids (per barrel)

     38.66          31.46          15.58  

Natural gas (per thousand cubic feet)

     2.43          2.58          2.41  

2018

WTI averaged US$65.03 per barrel in 2018, up from US$50.85 per barrel in 2017. WCS averaged US$38.71 per barrel and US$38.95 per barrel for the same periods. The WTI / WCS differential widened to average approximately US$26 per barrel in 2018, from around US$12 per barrel in 2017. The Canadian dollar averaged US$0.77 in 2018, unchanged from 2017.

Imperial’s average Canadian dollar realizations for bitumen declined generally in line with WCS, adjusted for changes in the exchange rate and transportation costs. Bitumen realizations averaged $37.56 per barrel in 2018, a decrease of $1.57 per barrel from 2017. The company’s average Canadian dollar realizations for synthetic crude increased by $3.08 per barrel to average $70.66 per barrel in 2018, however the widening of the western Canadian light crude differential relative to WTI during the fourth quarter of 2018 negatively impacted synthetic crude realizations.

2017

WTI averaged US$50.85 per barrel in 2017, up from US$43.44 per barrel in the prior year. WCS averaged US$38.95 per barrel and US$29.49 per barrel respectively for the same periods. The WTI / WCS differential narrowed to approximately US$12 per barrel in 2017, from around US$14 per barrel in 2016. The Canadian dollar averaged US$0.77 in 2017, an increase of about US$0.02 from 2016.

Imperial’s average Canadian dollar realizations for bitumen and synthetic crudes increased generally in line with the North American benchmarks, adjusted for changes in the exchange rate and transportation costs. Bitumen realizations averaged $39.13 per barrel for 2017, an increase of $12.61 per barrel versus 2016. Synthetic crude realizations averaged $67.58 per barrel, an increase of $10.46 per barrel from 2016.

 

43


Table of Contents

Crude oil and NGLs - production and sales (a)

 

thousands of barrels per day    2018        2017        2016  
      gross        net        gross        net        gross        net  

Bitumen

     293          255          288          255          281          256  

Synthetic oil (b)

     62          60          62          57          68          67  

Conventional crude oil

     5          5          4          3          14          12  

Total crude oil production

     360          320          354          315          363          335  

NGLs available for sale

     1          2          1          1          1          1  

Total crude oil and NGL production

     361          322          355          316          364          336  

Bitumen sales, including diluent (c)

     406               381               374       

NGL sales

     6                     6                     5             

Natural gas - production and production available for sale (a)

 

millions of cubic feet per day    2018        2017        2016  
      gross        net        gross        net        gross        net  

Production (d) (e)

     129          126          120          114          129          122  

Production available for sale (f)

                94                     80                     87  
(a)

Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period. Gross production is the company’s share of production (excluding purchases) before deduction of the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both. Net production excludes those shares.

(b)

The company’s synthetic oil production volumes were from the company’s share of production volumes in the Syncrude joint venture.

(c)

Diluent is natural gas condensate or other light hydrocarbons added to crude bitumen to facilitate transportation to market by pipeline and rail.

(d)

Gross production of natural gas includes amounts used for internal consumption with the exception of the amounts re-injected.

(e)

Net production is gross production less the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both. Net production reported in the above table is consistent with production quantities in the net proved reserves disclosure.

(f)

Includes sales of the company’s share of net production and excludes amounts used for internal consumption.

2018

Gross production of Cold Lake bitumen averaged 147,000 barrels per day in 2018, compared to 162,000 barrels per day in 2017. Lower volumes were primarily due to production timing associated with steam management and planned maintenance.

Gross production of Kearl bitumen averaged 206,000 barrels per day in 2018 (146,000 barrels Imperial’s share) up from 178,000 barrels per day (126,000 barrels Imperial’s share) in 2017. Increased 2018 production reflects improved operational reliability associated with ore preparation, enhanced piping durability and feed management.

During 2018, the company’s share of gross production from Syncrude averaged 62,000 barrels per day, unchanged from 2017.

2017

Gross production of Cold Lake bitumen averaged 162,000 barrels per day in 2017, up from 161,000 barrels per day in 2016.

Gross production of Kearl bitumen averaged 178,000 barrels per day in 2017 (126,000 barrels Imperial’s share) up from 169,000 barrels per day (120,000 barrels Imperial’s share) in 2016. Increased 2017 production reflects improved reliability associated with the mining and ore preparation operations.

During 2017, the company’s share of gross production from Syncrude averaged 62,000 barrels per day, compared to 68,000 barrels per day in 2016. Syncrude 2017 production was impacted by the March 2017 fire at the Syncrude Mildred Lake upgrader and planned maintenance. In 2016, production was impacted by the Alberta wildfires and planned maintenance.

 

44


Table of Contents

Downstream

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Net income (loss)

     2,366          1,040          2,754  

2018

Downstream net income was $2,366 million, an increase of $1,326 million versus the prior year. Higher earnings primarily reflect stronger margins of about $1,530 million, partially offset by the absence of a $151 million gain on the sale of a surplus property in 2017.

2017

Downstream net income was $1,040 million, compared to $2,754 million in 2016, which included a $1,841 million gain from the sale of company-owned retail sites and the general aviation business. Excluding the impact of the 2016 asset sales, earnings increased by $127 million reflecting higher refining margins of about $340 million, lower marketing expenses of about $160 million, mainly associated with the retail divestment, and a gain of $151 million from the sale of a surplus property. These factors were partially offset by lower marketing margins of about $330 million, mainly associated with the impact of the retail divestment, and higher maintenance activity of about $130 million.

Refinery utilization

 

thousands of barrels per day (a)    2018        2017        2016  

Total refinery throughput (b)

     392          383          362  

Refinery capacity at December 31

     423          423          423  

Utilization of total refinery capacity (percent)

     93          91          86  

 

Sales

 

 

thousands of barrels per day (a)    2018        2017        2016  

Gasolines

     255          257          261  

Heating, diesel and jet fuels

     183          177          170  

Heavy fuel oils (c)

     26          18          16  

Lube oils and other products

     40          40          37  

Net petroleum product sales (c)

     504          492          484  
(a)

Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period.

(b)

Crude oil and feedstocks sent directly to atmospheric distillation units.

(c)

In 2018 and 2017, carbon black product sales are reported under Net petroleum product sales – Heavy fuel oils; in 2016, they were reported under Total petrochemical sales – Polymers and basic chemicals.

2018

Refinery throughput averaged 392,000 barrels per day in 2018, up from 383,000 barrels per day in 2017. Capacity utilization increased to 93 percent from 91 percent in 2017. Petroleum product sales were 504,000 barrels per day in 2018, up from 492,000 barrels per day in 2017. Sales growth continues to be driven by optimization across the full downstream value chain, and the expansion of Imperial’s logistics capabilities.

2017

Refinery throughput averaged 383,000 barrels per day in 2017, up from 362,000 barrels per day in 2016. Capacity utilization increased to 91 percent from 86 percent in 2016, reflecting reduced turnaround maintenance activity. Petroleum product sales were 492,000 barrels per day in 2017, up from 484,000 barrels per day in 2016. Sales growth continues to be driven by optimization across the full downstream value chain.

 

45


Table of Contents

Chemical

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Net income (loss)

     275          235          187  

Sales

            
thousands of tonnes    2018        2017        2016  

Polymers and basic chemicals (a)

     602          564          697  

Intermediate and others

     205          210          211  

Total petrochemical sales (a)

     807          774          908  

(a)    In 2018 and 2017, carbon black product sales are reported under Net petroleum product sales – Heavy fuel oils; in 2016, they were reported under Total petrochemical sales – Polymers and basic chemicals.

2018

Chemical net income was $275 million, an increase of $40 million versus the prior year, reflecting higher margins and volumes.

2017

Chemical net income was $235 million, up from $187 million in 2016, mainly due to stronger margins.

Corporate and other

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Net income (loss)

     (189        (79        (115

2018

For 2018, Corporate and other expenses were $189 million, compared to $79 million in 2017. As part of the implementation of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s update, Compensation – Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost, beginning January 1, 2018, Corporate and other includes all non-service pension and postretirement benefit expenses. Prior to 2018, the majority of these costs were allocated to the operating segments.

2017

For 2017, Corporate and other costs were $79 million, versus $115 million in 2016, mainly due to lower share-based compensation charges.

 

46


Table of Contents

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources and uses of cash

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Cash provided by (used in)

            

Operating activities

     3,922          2,763          2,015  

Investing activities

     (1,559        (781        1,947  

Financing activities

     (2,570        (1,178        (3,774

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (207        804          188  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     988          1,195          391  

The company issues long-term debt from time to time and maintains a commercial paper program. However, internally generated funds cover the majority of its financial requirements. Cash that may be temporarily surplus to the company’s immediate needs is carefully managed through counterparty quality and investment guidelines to ensure that it is secure and readily available to meet the company’s cash requirements and to optimize returns.

Cash flows from operating activities are highly dependent on crude oil and natural gas prices, as well as petroleum and chemical product margins. In addition, to provide for cash flow in future periods, the company needs to continually find and develop new resources, and continue to develop and apply new technologies to existing fields in order to maintain or increase production.

The company’s financial strength enables it to make large, long-term capital expenditures. Imperial’s portfolio of development opportunities and the complementary nature of its business segments help mitigate the overall risks for the company and its cash flows. Further, due to its financial strength, debt capacity and portfolio of opportunities, the risk associated with delay of any single project would not have a significant impact on the company’s liquidity or ability to generate sufficient cash flows for its operations and fixed commitments.

Funding of registered retirement plans complies with federal and provincial pension regulations, and the company makes contributions to the plans based on an independent actuarial valuation completed at least once every three years depending on funding status. The most recent valuation of the company’s registered retirement plans was completed as at December 31, 2016. The company contributed $203 million to the registered retirement plans in 2018. Future funding requirements are not expected to affect the company’s existing capital investment plans or its ability to pursue new investment opportunities.

Cash flow from operating activities

2018

Cash flow generated from operating activities was $3,922 million in 2018, up from $2,763 million in 2017, primarily reflecting higher earnings, partially offset by unfavourable working capital effects.

2017

Cash flow generated from operating activities was $2,763 million in 2017, compared with $2,015 million in 2016, reflecting higher earnings, excluding the impact of asset sales and impairment charges, partially offset by the absence of favourable working capital effects.

Cash flow from investing activities

2018

Investing activities used net cash of $1,559 million in 2018, compared with $781 million used in 2017, reflecting higher additions to property, plant and equipment, and lower proceeds from asset sales.

2017

Investing activities used net cash of $781 million in 2017, compared with cash generated from investing activities of $1,947 million in 2016, reflecting lower proceeds from asset sales.

 

47


Table of Contents

Cash flow from financing activities

2018

Cash used in financing activities was $2,570 million in 2018, compared with $1,178 million used in 2017.

At the end of 2018, total debt outstanding was $5,180 million, compared with $5,207 million at the end of 2017.

In November 2018, the company extended the maturity date of its existing $250 million committed long-term line of credit to November 2020. The company has not drawn on the facility.

In December 2018, the company extended the maturity date of its existing $250 million committed short-term line of credit to December 2019. The company has not drawn on the facility.

During 2018, the company, under its share purchase program, purchased about 48.7 million shares for $1,971 million, including shares purchased from Exxon Mobil Corporation.

Dividends paid in 2018 were $572 million. The per share dividend paid in 2018 was $0.70, up from $0.62 in 2017.

2017

Cash used in financing activities was $1,178 million in 2017, compared with $3,774 million in 2016, mainly reflecting the absence of debt repayments, partially offset by share purchases under the company’s share purchase program.

At the end of 2017, total debt outstanding was $5,207 million, compared with $5,234 million at the end of 2016.

In November 2017, the company extended the maturity date of its existing $250 million committed long-term line of credit to November 2019. The company has not drawn on the facility.

In December 2017, the company extended the maturity date of its existing $250 million committed short-term line of credit to December 2018. The company has not drawn on the facility.

During 2017 the company purchased about 16.4 million shares for $627 million, including shares purchased from Exxon Mobil Corporation.

Dividends paid in 2017 were $524 million. The per share dividend paid in 2017 was $0.62, up from $0.58 in 2016.

 

48


Table of Contents

Financial strength

 

     2018                  2017                  2016     

Total debt as a percentage of capital (a)

     18        18        17     
(a)

Current and long-term debt (page 63) and the company’s share of equity company debt, divided by debt and shareholders’ equity (page 63).

Debt represented 18 percent of the company’s capital structure at the end of 2018.

Debt-related interest incurred in 2018, before capitalization of interest, was $133 million, compared with $103 million in 2017. The average effective interest rate on the company’s debt was 2.5 percent in 2018, compared with 2.0 percent in 2017.

The company’s financial strength represents a competitive advantage of strategic importance providing it the opportunity to readily access capital markets under the full range of market conditions and enables the company to take on large, long-term capital commitments in the pursuit of maximizing shareholder value.

Commitments

The following table shows the company’s commitments outstanding at December 31, 2018. It combines data from the Consolidated balance sheet and from individual notes to the consolidated financial statements, where appropriate.

 

            Payment due by period  
millions of Canadian dollars    Note
reference
     2019     

2020

to 2021

    

2022

to 2023

    

2024 and

beyond

     Total  

Long-term debt (a)

     15               4,478        26        474        4,978  

  - Due in one year

        27                 27  

Operating leases (b)

     14        130        125        24        12        291  

Firm capital commitments (c)

        645        91                      736  

Pension and other postretirement obligations (d)

     5        267        114        115        754        1,250  

Asset retirement obligations (e)

     6        71        81        57        1,208        1,417  

Other long-term purchase agreements (f)

              814        1,575        1,695        8,637        12,721  
(a)

Long-term debt includes a loan from an affiliated company of ExxonMobil of $4,447 million and capital lease obligations of $558 million, $27 million of which is due in one year. The payment by period for the related party long-term loan is estimated based on the right of the related party to cancel the loan on at least 370 days advance written notice.

(b)

Minimum commitments for operating leases, shown on an undiscounted basis, covers primarily storage tanks, rail cars and marine vessels.

(c)

Firm capital commitments represent legally-binding payment obligations to third parties where agreements specifying all significant terms have been executed for the construction and purchase of fixed assets and other permanent investments. In certain cases where the company executes contracts requiring commitments to a work scope, those commitments have been included to the extent that the amounts and timing of payments can be reliably estimated. Firm capital commitments related to capital projects are shown on an undiscounted basis. In 2018 the company entered into approximately $300 million in firm capital commitments mainly associated with the Aspen in-situ project.

(d)

The amount by which the benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of fund assets for pension and other postretirement plans at year end. The payments by period include expected contributions to funded pension plans in 2019 and estimated benefit payments for unfunded plans in all years.

(e)

Asset retirement obligations represent the fair value of legal obligations associated with site restoration on the retirement of assets with determinable useful lives.

(f)

Other long-term purchase agreements are non-cancelable, or cancelable only under certain conditions and long-term commitments other than unconditional purchase obligations. They include primarily transportation services agreements, raw material supply and community benefits agreements.

Unrecognized tax benefits totaling $36 million have not been included in the company’s commitments table because the company does not expect there will be any cash impact from the final settlements as sufficient funds have been deposited with the Canada Revenue Agency. Further details on the unrecognized tax benefits can be found in note 4 to the financial statements on page 75.

 

49


Table of Contents

Litigation and other contingencies

As discussed in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements on page 85, a variety of claims have been made against Imperial and its subsidiaries. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, the company does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuits against the company will have a material adverse effect on the company’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole.

Additionally, as discussed in note 10, Imperial was contingently liable at December 31, 2018, for guarantees relating to performance under contracts. These guarantees do not have a material effect on the company’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole.

There are no events or uncertainties beyond those already included in reported financial information that would indicate a material change in future operating results or financial condition.

Capital and exploration expenditures

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017  

Upstream (a)

     991          416  

Downstream

     383          200  

Chemical

     25          17  

Other

     28          38  

Total

     1,427          671  
(a)

Exploration expenses included.

Total capital and exploration expenditures were $1,427 million in 2018, an increase of $756 million from 2017.

For the Upstream segment, capital and exploration expenditures were $991 million in 2018, compared with $416 million in 2017. Investments were primarily related to growth activities including further development of unconventional assets, investment in supplemental crushing capacity at Kearl, and progressing the Aspen in-situ project.

For the Downstream segment, capital expenditures were $383 million in 2018, compared with $200 million in 2017. In 2018, investments were primarily in support of enhancing the company’s distribution network as well as refinery projects to improve reliability, feedstock flexibility, energy efficiency and environmental performance.

Total capital and exploration expenditures are expected to range between $2.3 billion to $2.4 billion in 2019. Planned increases in spending versus 2018 are largely driven by the Aspen in-situ project, drilling and other Upstream projects. Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects.

 

50


Table of Contents

Market risks and other uncertainties

Crude oil, natural gas, petroleum product and chemical prices have fluctuated in response to changing market forces. The impacts of these price fluctuations on earnings from Upstream, Downstream and Chemical operations have varied.

Imperial’s earnings are influenced by North American crude oil benchmark prices as well as changes in the differentials between these benchmarks and western Canadian prices for light and heavy crude oil. Imperial’s integrated business model reduces the company’s risk from changes in commodity prices. For instance, when light and heavy differentials between North American crude benchmarks and western Canadian prices widen together, Imperial is able to mitigate the impact of these widening differentials through integration with Downstream investments in refineries, pipeline commitments and the Edmonton rail terminal. As a result, the negative exposure to these widening differentials in the Upstream is more than offset by the benefit of lower feedstock costs in the Downstream.

At this time, Imperial is a net consumer of natural gas, used in Imperial’s Upstream operation and refineries. A decrease in the value of natural gas reduces Imperial’s operating expenses, thereby increasing Imperial’s earnings.

In the competitive downstream and chemical environments, earnings are primarily determined by margin capture rather than absolute price levels on products sold. Refining margins are a function of the difference between what a refiner pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the range of products produced. These prices in turn depend on global and regional supply / demand balances, inventory levels, refinery operations, import / export balances and weather.

Industry crude oil and natural gas commodity prices and petroleum and chemical product prices are commonly benchmarked in U.S. dollars. The majority of Imperial’s sales and purchases are related to these industry U.S. dollar benchmarks. As the company records and reports its financial results in Canadian dollars, to the extent that the Canadian / U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuates, the company’s earnings will be affected.

Imperial is exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily on its debt which carries floating interest rates. The impact of a quarter percent change in interest rates affecting Imperial’s debt would not be material to earnings, cash flow or fair value. Imperial has access to significant sources of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are expected to cover the majority of financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt as needed.

The company’s potential exposure to commodity price and margin, and Canadian / U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations is summarized in the earnings sensitivities table, which shows the estimated annual effect, under current conditions, on the company’s after-tax net income. For any given period, the extent of actual benefit or detriment will be dependent on the price movements of individual types of crude oil and products, production and sales volumes, transportation capacity, costs and egress methods, and other factors. Accordingly, changes in benchmark prices for crude oil and crude oil differentials, and other factors listed in the table following, only provide broad indicators of changes in the earnings experienced in any particular period.

 

51


Table of Contents

Earnings sensitivities (a)

 

millions of Canadian dollars, after tax               

One dollar (U.S.) per barrel change in crude oil prices

     + (-)                       100  

One dollar (U.S.) per barrel change in light and heavy crude price differentials (b)

     + (-)       40  

Ten cents per thousand cubic feet decrease (increase) in natural gas prices

     + (-)       5  

One dollar (U.S.) per barrel change in refining 2-1-1 margins (c)

     + (-)       140  

One cent (U.S.) per pound change in sales margins for polyethylene

     + (-)       7  

One cent decrease (increase) in the value of the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar

     + (-)       100  
(a)

Each sensitivity calculation shows the impact on net income resulting from a change in one factor, after tax and royalties and holding all other factors constant. These sensitivities have been updated to reflect current market conditions. They may not apply proportionately to larger fluctuations.

(b)

Light and heavy crude differentials represent the difference between WTI benchmark prices and western Canadian prices for light and heavy crudes.

(c)

The 2-1-1 crack spread is an indicator of the refining margin generated by converting two barrels of crude oil into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of diesel.

The demand for crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products and petrochemical products are generally linked closely with economic growth. The occurrence of recessions or other periods of low or negative economic growth will typically have a direct adverse impact on the company’s financial results. Although price levels of crude oil and natural gas may rise and fall significantly over the short to medium term due to global economic conditions, political events, decisions by OPEC, governments and other factors, industry economics over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand. Accordingly, the company evaluates the viability of its major investments over a range of prices.

The global energy markets can give rise to extended periods in which market conditions are adverse to one or more of the company’s businesses. Such conditions, along with the capital-intensive nature of the industry and very long lead times associated with many of the company’s projects, underscore the importance of maintaining a strong financial position. Management views the company’s financial strength as a competitive advantage.

In general, segment results are not dependent on the ability to sell and / or purchase products to / from other segments. Where such intersegment sales take place, they are the result of efficiencies and competitive advantages from integrated business segments and refinery and chemical complexes. About 59 percent of the company’s intersegment sales are crude oil produced by the Upstream and sold to the Downstream. Other intersegment sales include those between refineries and the chemical plant related to raw materials, feedstocks and finished products. All intersegment sales are at market based prices.

The company has an active asset management program in which underperforming assets are either improved to acceptable levels or considered for divestment. The asset management program includes a disciplined, regular review to ensure that all assets are contributing to the company’s strategic objectives.

Risk management

The company’s size, strong capital structure and the complementary nature of the Upstream, Downstream and Chemical businesses reduce the company’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices and currency exchange rates. Imperial uses derivative instruments to offset exposures associated with hydrocarbon prices that arise from existing assets, liabilities and forecasted transactions. The company’s derivatives are not accounted for under hedge accounting. Credit risk associated with the company’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. The company believes there are no material market or credit risks to the company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity as a result of the derivatives described in note 7 on page 83. The company maintains a system of controls that includes the authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative activity.

 

52


Table of Contents

Critical accounting estimates

The company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP). U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The company’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas and manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals and a variety of specialty products. Imperial does not use financing structures for the purpose of altering accounting outcomes or removing debt from the balance sheet. The company’s significant accounting policies are summarized in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements on page 66.

Oil and gas reserves

Evaluations of oil and natural gas reserves are important to the effective management of upstream assets. They are an integral part of investment decisions about oil and gas properties such as whether development should proceed.

The estimation of proved reserves, which is based on the requirement of reasonable certainty, is an ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments and detailed analysis of well information such as flow rates and reservoir pressure declines. The estimation of proved reserves is controlled by the company through long-standing approval guidelines. Reserve changes are made within a well-established, disciplined process driven by qualified geoscience and engineering professionals, assisted by the reserves management group which has significant technical experience, culminating in reviews with and approval by senior management and the company’s board of directors. Notably, the company does not use specific quantitative reserve targets to determine compensation. Key features of the reserve estimation process are covered in “Disclosure of reserves” in Item 1.

Oil and natural gas reserves include both proved and unproved reserves.

 

   

Proved oil and natural gas reserves are determined in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requirements. Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible under existing economic and operating conditions and government regulations. Proved reserves are determined using the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices during the reporting year.

Proved reserves can be further subdivided into developed and undeveloped reserves. Proved developed reserves include amounts which are expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped reserves include amounts expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled proved acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for completion. Proved undeveloped reserves are recognized only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that the reserves are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless specific circumstances support a longer period of time.

The percentage of proved developed reserves was 89 percent of total proved reserves at year-end 2018, an increase from 71 percent in 2017. Although the company is reasonably certain that proved reserves will be produced, the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors including completion of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals and significant changes in long-term oil and natural gas prices.

 

   

Unproved reserves are quantities of oil and natural gas with less than reasonable certainty of recoverability and include probable reserves. Probable reserves are reserves that, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered.

Revisions can include upward or downward changes in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields due to the evaluation or re-evaluation of already available geologic, reservoir or production data; new geologic, reservoir or production data; or changes in the average of first-of-the-month prices and year-end costs that are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can also result from significant changes in either development strategy or production equipment / facility capacity.

 

53


Table of Contents

At year-end 2016, downward revisions of proved developed and undeveloped bitumen reserves were a result of low prices. The entire 2.5 billion barrels of bitumen at Kearl and approximately 0.2 billion barrels of bitumen at Cold Lake no longer qualified as proved reserves under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission definition of proved reserves.

At year-end 2017, an additional 0.3 billion barrels of bitumen at Kearl and Cold Lake qualified as proved reserves resulting from improved prices in the year.

As a result of improved prices in 2018, an additional 2.3 billion barrels of bitumen at Kearl qualified as proved reserves at year-end 2018.

Under the terms of certain contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, lower prices can also increase proved reserves attributable to Imperial. The company’s operating decisions and its outlook for future production volumes are not impacted by proved reserves as disclosed under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definition.

Unit-of-production depreciation

The calculation of unit-of-production depreciation is a critical accounting estimate that measures the depreciation of upstream assets. Oil and natural gas reserve quantities are used as the basis to calculate unit-of-production depreciation rates for most upstream assets. Depreciation is calculated by taking the ratio of asset cost to total proved reserves or proved developed reserves applied to the actual cost of production. The volumes produced and asset cost are known, while proved reserves are based on estimates that are subject to some variability.

In the event that the unit-of-production method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the economic life of an upstream asset, an alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited situations where the expected life of the asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying reserves. For example, certain assets used in the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the reserves, and as such, the company uses straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by the end of its useful life.

To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted for production and technical changes. This approach was applied in 2017 and 2018, with the corresponding effect on depreciation expense immaterial when compared to prior periods. In 2019, all properties have sufficient reserves at current SEC prices which will enable equitable allocation of cost over the economic lives of the Upstream assets. The effect of this approach compared to prior periods is anticipated to be immaterial.

Impact of oil and gas reserves and prices and margins on testing for impairment

The company tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Among the events or changes in circumstances which could indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable are the following:

   

A significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset;

   

A significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is being used or in its physical condition including a significant decrease in the company’s current and projected reserve volumes;

   

A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value, including a significant adverse action or assessment by a regulator;

   

An accumulation of project costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected;

   

A current-period operating loss combined with a history and forecast of operating or cash flow losses; and

   

A current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life.

Asset valuation analyses performed as part of the company’s asset management program and other profitability reviews assist Imperial in assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of any of its assets may not be recoverable.

 

54


Table of Contents

In general, Imperial does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. Management believes prices over the long-term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long-term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new discoveries, field developments and technological and efficiency advancements. OPEC investment activities and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of general economic activities and levels of prosperity. Because the lifespans of the company’s major assets are measured in decades, the value of these assets is predominantly based on long-term views of future commodity prices and production costs. During the lifespan of these major assets, the company expects that oil and gas prices will experience significant volatility, and consequently these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even losses. In assessing whether the events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the company considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term view of prices. While near-term prices are subject to wide fluctuations, longer term price views are more stable and meaningful for purposes of assessing future cash flows.

When the industry experiences a prolonged and deep reduction in commodity prices, the market supply and demand conditions may result in changes to the company’s long-term price or margin assumptions it uses for its capital investment decisions. To the extent those changes result in a significant reduction to its long-term oil prices or natural gas prices or margin ranges, the company may consider that situation, in conjunction with other events or changes in circumstances such as a history of operating losses, as an indicator of potential impairment for certain assets.

In the upstream, the standardized measure of discounted cash flows included in the “Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities” is required to use prices based on the yearly average of first-of-month prices. These prices represent discrete points in time and could be higher or lower than the company’s long-term price assumptions which are used for impairment assessments. The company believes the standardized measure does not provide a reliable estimate of the expected future cash flows to be obtained from the development and production of its oil and gas properties or of the value of its oil and gas reserves and therefore does not consider it relevant in determining whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the need for an impairment assessment.

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the company estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of carrying amounts. In performing this assessment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Cash flows used in recoverability assessments are based on the company’s assumptions which are developed in the annual planning and budgeting process, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the company’s assumptions of future capital allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices, refining and chemical margins, volumes, costs, foreign currency exchange rates and inflation rates. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or sales. Where unproved reserves exist, an appropriately risk-adjusted amount of these reserves may be included in the evaluation. Cash flow estimates for impairment testing exclude the effects of derivative instruments.

An asset group is impaired if its estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s carrying value. Impairments are measured by the amount by which the carrying value exceeds fair value. Fair value is based on market prices if an active market exists for the asset group or discounted cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk. Significant unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized costs would be recorded based on the estimated economic chance of success and the length of time that the company expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average holding period.

Supplemental information regarding oil and gas results of operations, capitalized costs and reserves is provided following the notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Pension benefits

The company’s pension plan is managed in compliance with the requirements of governmental authorities and meets funding levels as determined by independent third-party actuaries. Pension accounting requires explicit assumptions regarding, among others, the discount rate for the benefit obligations, the expected rate of return on plan assets and the long-term rate of future compensation increases. All pension assumptions are reviewed annually by senior management. These assumptions are adjusted only as appropriate to reflect long-term changes in market rates and outlook. The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets of 5.0 percent used in 2018, compares to actual returns of 8.2 percent and 6.6 percent achieved over the last 10- and 20-year periods respectively, ending December 31, 2018. If different assumptions are used, the expense and obligations could increase or decrease as a result. The company’s potential exposure to changes in assumptions is summarized in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements starting on page 76. At Imperial, differences between actual returns on plan assets and the long-term expected returns are not recorded in pension expense in the year the differences occur. Such differences are deferred, along with other actuarial gains and losses, and are amortized into pension expense over the expected average remaining service life of employees. Employee benefit expense represented about 1 percent of total expenses in 2018.

Asset retirement obligations and other environmental liabilities

Legal obligations associated with site restoration on the retirement of assets with determinable useful lives are recognized when they are incurred, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. The obligations are initially measured at fair value and discounted to present value. Over time, the discounted asset retirement obligation amount will be accreted for the change in its present value, with this effect included in production and manufacturing expenses. As payments to settle the obligations occur on an ongoing basis and will continue over the lives of the operating assets, which can exceed 25 years, the discount rate will be adjusted only as appropriate to reflect long-term changes in market rates and outlook. For 2018, the obligations were discounted at 6 percent and the accretion expense was $85 million, before tax, which was significantly less than 1 percent of total expenses in the year. There would be no material impact on the company’s reported financial results if a different discount rate had been used.

Asset retirement obligations are not recognized for assets with an indeterminate useful life. Asset retirement obligations for these facilities generally become firm at the time the facilities are permanently shut down and dismantled. These obligations may include the costs of asset disposal and additional soil remediation. However, these sites have indeterminate lives based on plans for continued operations, and as such, the fair value of the conditional legal obligations cannot be measured, since it is impossible to estimate the future settlement dates of such obligations. For these and non-operating assets, the company accrues provisions for environmental liabilities when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Asset retirement obligations and other environmental liabilities are based on engineering estimated costs, taking into account the anticipated method and extent of remediation consistent with legal requirements, current technology and the possible use of the location. Since these estimates are specific to the locations involved, there are many individual assumptions underlying the company’s total asset retirement obligations and provision for other environmental liabilities. While these individual assumptions can be subject to change, none of them is individually significant to the company’s reported financial results.

Suspended exploratory well costs

The company continues capitalization of exploratory well costs when the well has found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify its completion as a producing well and the company is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. Exploratory well costs not meeting these criteria are charged to expense. The facts and circumstances that support continued capitalization of suspended wells at year-end are disclosed in note 16 to the consolidated financial statements on page 89.

 

56


Table of Contents

Tax contingencies

The operations of the company are complex, and related tax interpretations, regulations and legislation are continually changing. Significant management judgment is required in the accounting for income tax contingencies and tax disputes because the outcomes are often difficult to predict.

The benefits of uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take in its income tax returns are recognized in the financial statements if management concludes that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained with the tax authorities. For a position that is likely to be sustained, the benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized. A reserve is established for the difference between a position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return and the amount recognized in the financial statements. The company’s unrecognized tax benefits and a description of open tax years are summarized in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements starting on page 75.

Recently issued accounting standards

Effective January 1, 2019, Imperial adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s standard, Leases (Topic 842), as amended. The standard requires all leases to be recorded on the balance sheet as a right of use asset and a lease liability. The company used a transition method that applies the new lease standard at January 1, 2019, and recognizes any cumulative effect adjustments to the opening balance of 2019 retained earnings. Imperial applied a policy election to exclude short-term leases from balance sheet recognition and also elected certain practical expedients at adoption. As permitted under these expedients the company did not reassess whether existing contracts are or contain leases, the lease classification for any existing leases, initial direct costs for any existing lease and whether existing land easements and rights of way, that were not previously accounted for as leases, are or contain a lease. At January 1, 2019, the operating lease liability and right of use asset is estimated to be in the range of $300 million. The cumulative effect adjustment is expected to be de minimis.

 

57


Table of Contents

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, including the company’s chief executive officer and principal accounting officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over the company’s financial reporting. Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that Imperial Oil Limited’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, as stated in their report which is included herein.

/s/ Richard M. Kruger

R.M. Kruger

Chairman, president and

chief executive officer

/s/ Daniel E. Lyons

D.E. Lyons

Senior vice-president,

finance and administration, and controller

(Principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)

February 27, 2019

 

58


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

 

LOGO

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Imperial Oil Limited

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Imperial Oil Limited and its subsidiaries, (together, the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and their results of operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

59


Table of Contents

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Calgary, Canada

February 27, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1934.

 

60


Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of income (U.S. GAAP)

 

millions of Canadian dollars         
For the years ended December 31      2018        2017        2016  
Revenues and other income         
Revenues (a)      34,964        29,125        25,049  
Investment and other income (note 9)      135        299        2,305  
Total revenues and other income      35,099        29,424        27,354  
Expenses         
Exploration (note 16)      19        183        94  
Purchases of crude oil and products (b)      21,541        18,145        15,120  
Production and manufacturing (c)      6,121        5,586        5,105  
Selling and general (c)      908        883        1,118  
Federal excise tax      1,667        1,673        1,650  
Depreciation and depletion      1,555        2,172        1,628  
Non-service pension and postretirement benefit (e)      107        122        130  
Financing (d) (note 13)      108        78        65  
Total expenses      32,026        28,842        24,910  
Income (loss) before income taxes      3,073        582        2,444  
Income taxes (note 4)      759        92        279  
Net income (loss)      2,314        490        2,165  
Per share information (Canadian dollars)         
Net income (loss) per common share - basic (note 11)      2.87        0.58        2.55  
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted (note 11)      2.86        0.58        2.55  

(a)  Amounts from related parties included in revenues, (note 17).

     6,383        4,110        2,342  

(b)  Amounts to related parties included in purchases of crude oil and products, (note 17).

     4,092        2,687        2,224  

(c)   Amounts to related parties included in production and manufacturing, and selling and general expenses, (note 17).

     566        544        533  

(d)  Amounts to related parties included in financing, (note 17).

     89        60        89  

(e)  Prior year amounts have been reclassified, (note 2).

        

The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income (U.S. GAAP)

 

millions of Canadian dollars          
For the years ended December 31        2018          2017        2016  
Net income (loss)        2,314          490        2,165  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

Postretirement benefits liability adjustment

(excluding amortization)

    

 

158

 

    

 

(54

  

 

(210

Amortization of postretirement benefits liability adjustment

included in net periodic benefit costs

       140          136        141  
Total other comprehensive income (loss)        298          82        (69
                                

Comprehensive income (loss)

       2,612          572        2,096  

The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheet (U.S. GAAP)

 

millions of Canadian dollars          
At December 31        2018          2017  

Assets

         

Current assets

         

Cash

       988          1,195  

Accounts receivable, less estimated doubtful accounts (a)

       2,529          2,712  

Inventories of crude oil and products (note 12)

       1,297          1,075  

Materials, supplies and prepaid expenses

       541          425  

Total current assets

       5,355          5,407  

Investments and long-term receivables (b)

       857          865  

Property, plant and equipment,
less accumulated depreciation and depletion

       34,225          34,473  

Goodwill

       186          186  

Other assets, including intangibles, net (note 6)

       833          670  

Total assets

       41,456          41,601  

Liabilities

         
Current liabilities          

Notes and loans payable (c) (note 13)

       202          202  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (a) (note 12)

       3,688          3,877  

Income taxes payable

       65          57  
Total current liabilities        3,955          4,136  
Long-term debt (d) (note 15)        4,978          5,005  
Other long-term obligations (e) (note 6)        2,943          3,780  
Deferred income tax liabilities (note 4)        5,091          4,245  
Total liabilities        16,967          17,166  
Commitments and contingent liabilities (note 10)          
Shareholders’ equity          
Common shares at stated value (f) (note 11)        1,446          1,536  
Earnings reinvested        24,560          24,714  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (note 18)        (1,517        (1,815
Total shareholders’ equity        24,489          24,435  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

       41,456          41,601  
(a)

Accounts receivable, less estimated doubtful accounts included net amounts receivable from related parties of $666 million (2017 - $509 million), (note 17).

(b)

Investments and long-term receivables included amounts from related parties of $146 million (2017 – $19 million), (note 17).

(c)

Notes and loans payable included amounts to related parties of $75 million (2017 – $75 million), (note 17).

(d)

Long-term debt included amounts to related parties of $4,447 million (2017 – $4,447 million), (note 17).

(e)

Other long-term obligations included amounts to related parties of $15 million (2017 – $60 million), (note 17).

(f)

Number of common shares authorized and outstanding were 1,100 million and 783 million, respectively (2017 – 1,100 million and 831 million, respectively), (note 11).

The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements.

Approved by the directors.

 

/s/ Richard M. Kruger

   /s/ Daniel E. Lyons

R.M. Kruger

Chairman, president and

chief executive officer

  

D.E. Lyons

Senior vice-president,

finance and administration, and controller

 

63


Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)

millions of Canadian dollars

    

At December 31

     2018       2017       2016  

Common shares at stated value (note 11)

      

At beginning of year

     1,536       1,566       1,566  

Issued under the stock option plan

     -       -       -  

Share purchases at stated value

     (90     (30     -  

At end of year

     1,446       1,536       1,566  

Earnings reinvested

      

At beginning of year

     24,714       25,352       23,687  

Net income (loss) for the year

     2,314       490       2,165  

Share purchases in excess of stated value

     (1,881     (597     -  

Dividends declared

     (587     (531     (500

At end of year

     24,560       24,714       25,352  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (note 18)

      

At beginning of year

     (1,815     (1,897     (1,828

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     298       82       (69

At end of year

     (1,517     (1,815     (1,897

Shareholders’ equity at end of year

     24,489       24,435       25,021  

The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of cash flows (U.S. GAAP)

 

millions of Canadian dollars

    

Inflow (outflow)

    

For the years ended December 31

     2018       2017       2016  

Operating activities

                        

Net income (loss)

     2,314       490       2,165  

Adjustments for non-cash items:

      

Depreciation and depletion

     1,509       2,172       1,628  

Impairment of intangible assets

     46       -       -  

(Gain) loss on asset sales (note 9)

     (54     (220     (2,244

Deferred income taxes and other

     806       321       114  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     224       (689     (442

Inventories, materials, supplies and prepaid expenses

     (338     (83     197  

Income taxes payable

     8       (431     36  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (764     678       237  

All other items - net (a) (b)

     171       525       324  

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities

     3,922       2,763       2,015  

Investing activities

      

Additions to property, plant and equipment (b)

     (1,491     (993     (1,073

Proceeds from asset sales (note 9)

     59       232       3,021  

Additional investments

     -       (1     (1

Loans to equity company

     (127     (19     -  

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities

     (1,559     (781     1,947  

Financing activities

      

Short-term debt - net

     -       -       (1,749

Long-term debt - additions (note 15)

     -       -       495  

Long-term debt - reductions (note 15)

     -       -       (2,000

Reduction in capitalized lease obligations (note 15)

     (27     (27     (28

Dividends paid

     (572     (524     (492

Common shares purchased (note 11)

     (1,971     (627     -  

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

     (2,570     (1,178     (3,774

Increase (decrease) in cash

     (207     804       188  

Cash at beginning of year

     1,195       391       203  

Cash at end of year (c)

     988       1,195       391  

(a)  Included contribution to registered pension plans.

     203       212       163  

(b)  The impact of carbon emission programs are included in additions to property, plant and equipment, and all other items - net.

(c)   Cash is composed of cash in bank and cash equivalents at cost. Cash equivalents are all highly liquid securities with maturity of three months or less when purchased.

Non-cash transactions

In 2018, as a result of the Government of Ontario’s revocation of its cap and trade legislation, the company reclassified approximately $570 million of its Ontario carbon emission obligation from long-term liabilities to current liabilities. The impact of this reclassification was not reflected in the “Accounts payable and accrued liabilities” and “All other items - net” lines on the Consolidated statement of cash flows as it was not a cash transaction.

The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements.

 

65


Table of Contents

Notes to consolidated financial statements

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and the supporting and supplemental material are the responsibility of the management of Imperial Oil Limited.

The company’s principal business is energy, involving the exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas and manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals and a variety of specialty products.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP), which requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Prior years’ data has been reclassified in certain cases to conform to the 2018 presentation basis. All amounts are in Canadian dollars unless otherwise indicated.

1. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of subsidiaries the company controls. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Subsidiaries include those companies in which Imperial has both an equity interest and the continuing ability to unilaterally determine strategic, operating, investing and financing policies. Imperial Oil Resources Limited is the only significant subsidiary included in the consolidated financial statements and is wholly owned by Imperial Oil Limited. The consolidated financial statements also include the company’s share of the undivided interest in certain upstream assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including its 25 percent interest in the Syncrude joint venture and its 70.96 percent interest in the Kearl joint venture.

Revenues

Imperial generally sells crude oil, natural gas and petroleum and chemical products under short-term agreements at prevailing market prices. In some cases, products may be sold under long-term agreements, with periodic price adjustments to reflect market conditions.

Revenue is recognized at the amount the company expects to receive when the customer has taken control, which is typically when title transfers and the customer has assumed the risks and rewards of ownership. The prices of certain sales are based on price indices that are sometimes not available until the next period. In such cases, estimated realizations are accrued when the sale is recognized, and are finalized when final information is available. Such adjustments to revenue from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods are not significant. Payment for revenue transactions is typically due within 30 days.

Revenues include amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling. Shipping and handling costs incurred up to the point of final storage prior to delivery to a customer are included in “Purchases of crude oil and products” in the Consolidated statement of income. Delivery costs from final storage to customer are recorded as a marketing expense in “Selling and general” expenses. The company does not enter into ongoing arrangements whereby it is required to repurchase its products, nor does the company provide the customer with a right of return.

Future volume delivery obligations that are unsatisfied at the end of the period are expected to be fulfilled through ordinary production or purchases. These performance obligations are based on market prices at the time of the transaction and are fully constrained due to market price volatility.

Purchases and sales of inventory with the same counterparty that are entered into in contemplation of one another are combined and recorded as exchanges measured at the book value of the item sold.

“Revenues” and “Accounts receivable, less estimated doubtful accounts” primarily arise from contracts with customers. Long-term receivables are primarily from non-customers. Contract assets are mainly from marketing assistance programs and are not significant. Contract liabilities are mainly customer prepayments, loyalty programs and accruals of expected volume discounts, and are not significant.

 

66


Table of Contents

Consumer taxes

Taxes levied on the consumer and collected by the company are excluded from the Consolidated statement of income. These are primarily provincial taxes on motor fuels, the federal goods and services tax and the federal/provincial harmonized sales tax.

Derivative instruments

Imperial uses derivative instruments to offset exposures associated with hydrocarbon prices that arise from existing assets, liabilities and forecasted transactions. The gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded under “Revenues” or “Purchases of crude oil and products” on the Consolidated statement of income. The company does not currently make use of derivative instruments to offset exposures associated with foreign currency and interest rates.

Fair value

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Hierarchy Levels 1, 2 and 3 are terms for the priority of inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Hierarchy Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Hierarchy Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Hierarchy Level 3 inputs are inputs that are not observable in the market.

Inventories

Inventories are recorded at the lower of current market value or cost. The cost of crude oil and products is determined primarily using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. LIFO was selected over the alternative first-in, first-out and average cost methods because it provides a better matching of current costs with the revenues generated in the period.

Inventory costs include expenditures and other charges (including depreciation), directly or indirectly incurred in bringing the inventory to its existing condition and location. Selling and general expenses are reported as period costs and excluded from inventory costs.

Investments

The company’s interests in the underlying net assets of affiliates it does not control, but over which it exercises significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method. They are recorded at the original cost of the investment plus Imperial’s share of earnings since the investment was made, less dividends received. Imperial’s share of the after-tax earnings of these investments is included in “Investment and other income” in the Consolidated statement of income. Investments in equity securities, other than consolidated subsidiaries and equity method investments, are measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value recognized in net income. The company uses a modified approach for equity securities that do not have a readily determinable fair value. This modified approach measures investments at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions in similar investment of the same issuer. Dividends from these investments are included in “Investment and other income”.

These investments represent interests in non-publicly traded pipeline companies and a rail loading joint venture that facilitate the sale and purchase of liquids in the conduct of company operations. Other parties who also have an equity interest in these investments share in the risks and rewards according to their percentage of ownership. Imperial does not invest in these investments in order to remove liabilities from its balance sheet.

Property, plant and equipment

Cost basis

Imperial uses the “successful efforts” method to account for its exploration and production activities. Under this method, costs are accumulated on a field-by-field basis. Costs incurred to purchase, lease, or otherwise acquire a property (whether unproved or proved) are capitalized when incurred. Exploratory well costs are carried as an asset when the well has found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify its completion as a producing well and where the company is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. Exploratory well costs not meeting these criteria are charged to expense. Other exploratory expenditures, including geophysical costs and annual lease rentals, are expensed as incurred. Development costs, including costs of productive wells and development dryholes, are capitalized.

 

67


Table of Contents

Maintenance and repair costs, including planned major maintenance, are expensed as incurred. Improvements that increase or prolong the service life or capacity of an asset are capitalized.

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

Depreciation, depletion and amortization are primarily determined under either the unit-of-production method or the straight-line method, which is based on estimated asset service life taking obsolescence into consideration. Depreciation and depletion for assets associated with producing properties begin at the time when production commences on a regular basis. Depreciation for other assets begins when the asset is in place and ready for its intended use. Assets under construction are not depreciated or depleted.

Acquisition costs of proved properties are amortized using a unit-of-production method, computed on the basis of total proved oil and gas reserves. Capitalized exploratory drilling and development costs associated with productive depletable extractive properties are amortized using the unit-of-production rates based on the amount of proved developed reserves of oil and gas that are estimated to be recoverable from existing facilities using current operating methods. Under the unit-of-production method, oil and gas volumes are considered produced once they have been measured through meters at custody transfer or sales transaction points at the outlet valve on the lease or field storage tank. In the event that the unit-of-production method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the economic life of an upstream asset, an alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited situations where the expected life of the asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying reserves. For example, certain assets used in the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the reserves, and as such, the company uses straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by the end of its useful life. Investments in mining heavy equipment and certain ore processing plant assets at oil sands mining properties are depreciated on a straight-line basis over a maximum of 15 years and 50 years respectively. Depreciation of other plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method, based on the estimated service life of the asset.

To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted for production and technical changes. This approach was applied in 2017 and 2018, with the corresponding effect on depreciation expense immaterial when compared to the prior periods. In 2019, all properties have sufficient reserves at current SEC prices which will enable equitable allocation of cost over the economic lives of the Upstream assets. The effect of this approach on the company’s 2019 depreciation expense compared to 2018 is anticipated to be immaterial.

Investments in refinery, chemical process, and lubes basestock manufacturing equipment are generally depreciated on a straight-line basis over a 25-year life. Maintenance and repairs, including planned major maintenance, are expensed as incurred. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized and the assets replaced are retired.

Impairment assessment

The company tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Among the events or changes in circumstances which could indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable are the following:

   

A significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset;

   

A significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is being used or in its physical condition including a significant decrease in the company’s current and projected reserve volumes;

   

A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value, including a significant adverse action or assessment by a regulator;

   

An accumulation of project costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected;

   

A current-period operating loss combined with a history and forecast of operating or cash flow losses; and

   

A current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life.

 

68


Table of Contents

Asset valuation analyses performed as part of the company’s asset management program and other profitability reviews assist Imperial in assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of any of its assets may not be recoverable.

In general, Imperial does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. Management believes prices over the long-term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long-term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new discoveries, field developments and technological and efficiency advancements. OPEC investment activities and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of general economic activities and levels of prosperity. Because the lifespans of the company’s major assets are measured in decades, the value of these assets is predominantly based on long-term views of future commodity prices and production costs. During the lifespan of these major assets, the company expects that oil and gas prices will experience significant volatility, and consequently these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even losses. In assessing whether the events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the company considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term view of prices. While near-term prices are subject to wide fluctuations, longer term price views are more stable and meaningful for purposes of assessing future cash flows.

When the industry experiences a prolonged and deep reduction in commodity prices, the market supply and demand conditions may result in changes to the company’s long-term price or margin assumptions it uses for its capital investment decisions. To the extent those changes result in a significant reduction to its long-term oil prices or natural gas prices or margin ranges, the company may consider that situation, in conjunction with other events or changes in circumstances such as a history of operating losses, as an indicator of potential impairment for certain assets.

In the upstream, the standardized measure of discounted cash flows included in the “Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities” is required to use prices based on the yearly average of first-of-month prices. These prices represent discrete points in time and could be higher or lower than the company’s long-term price assumptions which are used for impairment assessments. The company believes the standardized measure does not provide a reliable estimate of the expected future cash flows to be obtained from the development and production of its oil and gas properties or of the value of its oil and gas reserves and therefore does not consider it relevant in determining whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the need for an impairment assessment.

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the company estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of carrying amounts. In performing this assessment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Cash flows used in recoverability assessments are based on the company’s assumptions which are developed in the annual planning and budgeting process, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the company’s assumptions of future capital allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices, refining and chemical margins, volumes, costs, foreign currency exchange rates and inflation rates. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or sales. Where unproved reserves exist, an appropriately risk-adjusted amount of these reserves may be included in the evaluation. Cash flow estimates for impairment testing exclude the effects of derivative instruments.

An asset group is impaired if its estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s carrying value. Impairments are measured by the amount by which the carrying value exceeds fair value. Fair value is based on market prices if an active market exists for the asset group or discounted cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk. Significant unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized costs would be recorded based on the estimated economic chance of success and the length of time that the company expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average holding period.

 

69


Table of Contents

Gains on sales of proved and unproved properties are only recognized when there is neither uncertainty about the recovery of costs applicable to any interest retained nor any substantial obligation for future performance by the company. Losses on properties sold are recognized when incurred or when the properties are held for sale and the fair value of the properties is less than the carrying value.

Gains or losses on assets sold are included in “Investment and other income” in the Consolidated statement of income.

Interest capitalization

Interest costs incurred to finance expenditures during the construction phase of projects are capitalized as part of property, plant and equipment and are depreciated over the service life of the related assets. The project construction phase commences with the development of the detailed engineering design and ends when the constructed assets are ready for their intended use.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill is not subject to amortization. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate it might be impaired. Impairment losses are recognized in current period earnings. The evaluation for impairment of goodwill is based on a comparison of the carrying values of goodwill and associated operating assets with the estimated present value of net cash flows from those operating assets.

Intangible assets with determinable useful lives are amortized over the estimated service lives of the assets. Computer software development costs are amortized over a maximum of 15 years and customer lists are amortized over a maximum of 10 years. The amortization is included in “Depreciation and depletion” in the Consolidated statement of income.

Asset retirement obligations and other environmental liabilities

Legal obligations associated with site restoration on the retirement of assets with determinable useful lives are recognized when they are incurred, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. These obligations primarily relate to soil reclamation and remediation, and costs of abandonment and demolition of oil and gas wells and related facilities. The company uses estimates, assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as the existence of a legal obligation for an asset retirement obligation, technical assessments of the assets, estimated amounts and timing of settlements, the credit-adjusted risk-free rate to be used, and inflation rates. The obligations are initially measured at fair value and discounted to present value. A corresponding amount equal to that of the initial obligation is added to the capitalized costs of the related asset. Over time, the discounted asset retirement obligation amount will be accreted for the change in its present value, and the initial capitalized costs will be depreciated over the useful lives of the related assets.

No asset retirement obligations are set up for those manufacturing, distribution, marketing and office facilities with an indeterminate useful life. Asset retirement obligations for these facilities generally become firm at the time the facilities are permanently shut down and dismantled. These obligations may include the costs of asset disposal and additional soil remediation. However, these sites have indeterminate lives based on plans for continued operations, and as such, the fair value of the conditional legal obligations cannot be measured, since it is impossible to estimate the future settlement dates of such obligations. Provision for environmental liabilities of these assets is made when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Provisions for environmental liabilities are determined based on engineering estimated costs, taking into account the anticipated method and extent of remediation consistent with legal requirements, current technology and the possible use of the location. These provisions are not reduced by possible recoveries from third parties and projected cash expenditures are not discounted.

Foreign-currency translation

Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies have been translated at the rates of exchange prevailing on December 31. Any exchange gains or losses are recognized in income.

Share-based compensation

The company awards share-based compensation to certain employees in the form of restricted stock units. Compensation expense is measured each reporting period based on the company’s current stock price and is recorded as “Selling and general” expenses in the Consolidated statement of income over the requisite service period of each award. See note 8 to the consolidated financial statements on page 84 for further details.

 

70


Table of Contents

Recently issued accounting standards

Effective January 1, 2019, Imperial adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s standard, Leases (Topic 842), as amended. The standard requires all leases to be recorded on the balance sheet as a right of use asset and a lease liability. The company used a transition method that applies the new lease standard at January 1, 2019, and recognizes any cumulative effect adjustments to the opening balance of 2019 retained earnings. Imperial applied a policy election to exclude short-term leases from balance sheet recognition and also elected certain practical expedients at adoption. As permitted under these expedients the company did not reassess whether existing contracts are or contain leases, the lease classification for any existing leases, initial direct costs for any existing lease and whether existing land easements and rights of way, that were not previously accounted for as leases, are or contain a lease. At January 1, 2019, the operating lease liability and right of use asset is estimated to be in the range of $300 million. The cumulative effect adjustment is expected to be de minimis.

 

71


Table of Contents

2. Accounting changes

Effective January 1, 2018, Imperial adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s standard, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), as amended. The standard establishes a single revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers, eliminates industry and transaction specific requirements, and expands disclosure requirements. The standard was adopted using the modified retrospective method, under which prior-year results are not restated, but supplemental information is provided for any material impacts of the standard on 2018 results. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on any of the lines reported in the company’s consolidated financial statements. The cumulative effect of adoption of the standard was de minimis. The company did not elect any practical expedients that require disclosure.

Effective January 1, 2018, Imperial adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s standard update, Compensation – Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. The update requires separate presentation of the service cost component from other components of net benefit costs. The other components are reported in a new line on the company’s Consolidated statement of income, “Non-service pension and postretirement benefit”. Imperial elected to use the practical expedient which uses the amounts disclosed in the pension and other postretirement benefit plan note for the prior comparative periods as the estimation basis for applying the retrospective presentation requirements, as it is impracticable to determine the amounts capitalized in those periods. Beginning in 2018, the other components of net benefit costs are included in the Corporate and other expenses. The “Non-service pension and postretirement benefit” line reflects the non-service costs, which primarily includes interest costs, expected return on plan assets, and amortization of actuarial gains and losses, that were previously included in “Production and manufacturing” and “Selling and general” expenses. The estimated after-tax impact from the change in segmentation is an increase in Corporate and other expenses of about $78 million for 2018. The increase in Corporate and other expenses is offset by lower expenses across the operating segments. Additionally, only the service cost component of net benefit costs is eligible for capitalization in situations where it is otherwise appropriate to capitalize employee costs in connection with the construction or production of an asset.

The impact of the retrospective presentation change on Imperial’s Consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, is shown below.

 

millions of Canadian dollars

     2017        2016  
      

As

reported

 

 

     Change      

As

adjusted

 

 

    

As

reported

 

 

     Change      

As

adjusted

 

 

Production and manufacturing

     5,698        (112     5,586        5,224        (119     5,105  

Selling and general

     893        (10     883        1,129        (11     1,118  

Non-service pension and postretirement benefit

     -        122       122        -        130       130  

Effective January 1, 2018, Imperial adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s standard update, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The standard requires investments in equity securities, other than consolidated subsidiaries and equity method investments, to be measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value recognized through net income. The company elected a modified approach for equity securities that do not have a readily determinable fair value. This modified approach measures investments at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. There was no cumulative effect related to the adoption of this standard. The carrying value of equity securities without readily determinable fair values as at December 31, 2018 were not significant to Imperial. The standard also expanded disclosures related to financial instruments, which did not have a material impact on the company’s disclosures - see note 7 for additional details.

 

72


Table of Contents

3. Business segments

The company operates its business in Canada. The Upstream, Downstream and Chemical functions best define the operating segments of the business that are reported separately. The factors used to identify these reportable segments are based on the nature of the operations that are undertaken by each segment and the structure of the company’s internal organization. The Upstream segment is organized and operates to explore for and ultimately produce crude oil and its equivalent, and natural gas. The Downstream segment is organized and operates to refine crude oil into petroleum products and to distribute and market these products. The Chemical segment is organized and operates to manufacture and market hydrocarbon-based chemicals and chemical products. The above segmentation has been the long-standing practice of the company and is broadly understood across the petroleum and petrochemical industries.

These functions have been defined as the operating segments of the company because they are the segments (a) that engage in business activities from which revenues are earned and expenses are incurred; (b) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the company’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to each segment and assess its performance; and (c) for which discrete financial information is available.

Corporate and other includes assets and liabilities that do not specifically relate to business segments – primarily cash, capitalized interest costs, short-term borrowings, long-term debt and liabilities associated with incentive compensation and postretirement benefits liability adjustment. Net earnings effects under Corporate and other activities primarily include debt-related financing, corporate governance costs, non-service pension and postretirement benefit costs, share-based incentive compensation expenses and interest income.

Segment accounting policies are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Upstream, Downstream and Chemical expenses include amounts allocated from Corporate and other activities. The allocation is based on proportional segment expenses. Transfers of assets between segments are recorded at book amounts. Intersegment sales are made essentially at prevailing market prices. Assets and liabilities that are not identifiable by segment are allocated.

 

73


Table of Contents
     Upstream     Downstream     Chemical  
millions of Canadian dollars    2018     2017     2016     2018     2017     2016     2018     2017     2016  
Revenues and other income                   
Revenues (a)      8,525       7,302       5,492       25,200       20,714       18,511       1,239       1,109       1,046  
Intersegment sales      2,634       2,264       2,215       1,542       1,155       1,007       279       262       212  
Investment and other income (note 9)      11       16       13       95       269       2,278       -       -       -  
       11,170       9,582       7,720       26,837       22,138       21,796       1,518       1,371       1,258  
Expenses                   
Exploration (b) (note 16)      19       183       94       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Purchases of crude oil and products      5,833       4,526       3,666       19,326       16,543       14,178       831       751       705  
Production and manufacturing (c)      4,305       3,913       3,591       1,606       1,576       1,428       210       209       205  
Selling and general (c)      -       -       (5     773       772       972       87       78       83  
Federal excise tax      -       -       -       1,667       1,673       1,650       -       -       -  
Depreciation and depletion (b) (d)      1,278       1,939       1,396       242       202       206       14       12       10  
Non-service pension and postretirement benefit (c)      -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Financing (note 13)      1       13       (7     2       -       -       -       -       -  
Total expenses      11,436       10,574       8,735       23,616       20,766       18,434       1,142       1,050       1,003  
Income (loss) before income taxes      (266     (992     (1,015     3,221       1,372       3,362       376       321       255  
Income taxes (note 4)                   
Current      (184     484       (491     189       (504     674       21       (32     68  
Deferred      56       (770     137       666       836       (66     80       118       -  
Total income tax expense (benefit)      (128     (286     (354     855       332       608       101       86       68  
Net income (loss)      (138     (706     (661     2,366       1,040       2,754       275       235       187  
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities      916       1,257       402       2,749       1,396       1,574       354       235       203  
Capital and exploration expenditures (e)      991       416       896       383       200       190       25       17       26  
Property, plant and equipment                   
Cost      46,435       45,542       45,850       5,900       5,683       6,166       916       888       872  
Accumulated depreciation and depletion      (15,050     (13,844     (12,312     (3,763     (3,594     (4,037     (662     (644     (629
Net property, plant and equipment (f)      31,385       31,698       33,538       2,137       2,089       2,129       254       244       243  
Total assets      34,829       35,044       36,840       5,119       4,890       3,958       438       399       346  
    

Corporate and other

 

   

Eliminations

 

   

Consolidated

 

 
millions of Canadian dollars    2018     2017     2016     2018     2017     2016     2018     2017     2016  
Revenues and other income                   
Revenues (a)      -       -       -       -       -       -       34,964       29,125       25,049  
Intersegment sales      -       -       -       (4,455     (3,681     (3,434     -       -       -  
Investment and other income (note 9)      29       14       14       -       -       -       135       299       2,305  
       29       14       14       (4,455     (3,681     (3,434     35,099       29,424       27,354  
Expenses                   
Exploration (b) (note 16)      -       -       -       -       -       -       19       183       94  
Purchases of crude oil and products      -       -       -       (4,449     (3,675     (3,429     21,541       18,145       15,120  
Production and manufacturing (c)      -       -       -       -       -       -       6,121       5,698       5,224  
Selling and general (c)      54       49       84       (6     (6     (5     908       893       1,129  
Federal excise tax      -       -       -       -       -       -       1,667       1,673       1,650  
Depreciation and depletion (b) (d)      21       19       16       -       -       -       1,555       2,172       1,628  
Non-service pension and postretirement benefit (c)      107       -       -       -       -       -       107       -       -  
Financing (note 13)      105       65       72       -       -       -       108       78       65  
Total expenses      287       133       172       (4,455     (3,681     (3,434     32,026       28,842       24,910  
Income (loss) before income taxes      (258     (119     (158     -       -       -       3,073       582       2,444  
Income taxes (note 4)                   
Current      (40     (6     (51     -       -       -       (14     (58     200  
Deferred      (29     (34     8       -       -       -       773       150       79  
Total income tax expense (benefit)      (69     (40     (43     -       -       -       759       92       279  
Net income (loss)      (189     (79     (115     -       -       -       2,314       490       2,165  
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities      (116     (125     (143     19       -       (21     3,922       2,763       2,015  
Capital and exploration expenditures (e)      28       38       49       -       -       -       1,427       671       1,161  
Property, plant and equipment                   
Cost      693       665       627       -       -       -       53,944       52,778       53,515  
Accumulated depreciation and depletion      (244     (223     (204     -       -       -       (19,719     (18,305     (17,182
Net property, plant and equipment (f)      449       442       423       -       -       -       34,225       34,473       36,333  
Total assets      1,548       1,703       894       (478     (435     (384     41,456       41,601       41,654  

 

74


Table of Contents
(a)

Includes export sales to the United States of $6,661 million (2017 - $4,392 million, 2016 - $3,612 million). Export sales to the United States were recorded in all operating segments, with the largest effects in the Upstream segment.

(b)

The Upstream segment in 2017 includes non-cash impairment charges of $396 million, before tax, associated with the Horn River development and $379 million, before tax, associated with the Mackenzie gas project. The impairment charges are recognized in the lines “Exploration” and “Depreciation and depletion” on the Consolidated statement of income, and the “Accumulated depreciation and depletion” line of the Consolidated balance sheet.

(c)

As part of the implementation of Accounting Standard Update, Compensation – Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), beginning January 1, 2018, Corporate and other includes all non-service pension and postretirement benefit expense. Prior to 2018, the majority of these costs were allocated to the operating segments. See note 2 for additional details.

(d)

The Downstream segment in 2018 includes a non-cash impairment charge of $46 million, before tax, associated with the Government of Ontario’s revocation of its carbon emission cap and trade regulation. The impairment charge is recognized in the “Depreciation and depletion” line on the Consolidated statement of income, and the “Other assets, including intangibles, net” line on the Consolidated balance sheet.

(e)

Capital and exploration expenditures (CAPEX) include exploration expenses, additions to property, plant and equipment, additions to capital leases, additional investments and acquisitions. CAPEX excludes the purchase of carbon emission credits.

(f)

Includes property, plant and equipment under construction of $1,553 million (2017 - $1,047 million, 2016 - $2,705 million).

4. Income taxes

 

millions of Canadian dollars

       2018          2017          2016  

Current income tax expense (a)

       (14        (58        200  

Deferred income tax expense (a)

       773          150          79  

Total income tax expense (a) (b)

       759          92          279  

Statutory corporate tax rate (percent)

       26.9          26.9          26.8  

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

              

Disposals (c)

       (0.3        (5.3        (11.6

Enacted tax rate change (a)

       -          0.9          -  

Other

       (1.9        (6.6        (3.8

Effective income tax rate

       24.7          15.9          11.4  
(a)

On November 2, 2017 the British Columbia government enacted a 1 percent increase in the provincial tax rate from 11 percent to 12 percent.

(b)

Cash outflow from income taxes, plus investment credits earned, was $162 million (2017 - $322 million, 2016 - $172 million).

(c)

2017 disposals are primarily associated with the sale of surplus property in Ontario. 2016 disposals are primarily associated with the sales of company-owned Esso retail sites and the general aviation business. Capital gains tax treatment was applied on the majority of disposals.

In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the decrease in the statutory tax rate in the other category mainly represents prior year adjustments and re-assessments.

Deferred income taxes are based on differences between the accounting and tax values of assets and liabilities. These differences in value are re-measured at each year-end using the tax rates and tax laws expected to apply when those differences are realized or settled in the future. Components of deferred income tax liabilities and assets as at December 31 were:

 

millions of Canadian dollars

       2018          2017          2016  

Depreciation and amortization

       5,726          5,564          5,361  

Successful drilling and land acquisitions

       856          762          891  

Pension and benefits

       (336        (422        (457

Asset retirement obligation

       (381        (376        (396

Capitalized interest

       121          118          114  

LIFO inventory valuation

       (107        (318        (240

Tax loss carryforwards

       (658        (936        (1,056

Other

       (150        (196        (212

Net deferred income tax liabilities

       5,071          4,196          4,005  

 

75


Table of Contents

Unrecognized tax benefits

Unrecognized tax benefits reflect the difference between positions taken or expected to be taken on income tax returns and the amounts recognized in the financial statements.

The following table summarizes the movement in unrecognized tax benefits:

 

millions of Canadian dollars

     2018       2017       2016  

Balance as of January 1

     78       106       132  

Additions for prior years’ tax position

     9       2       2  

Reductions for prior years’ tax positions

     (2     -       (18

Reductions due to lapse of the statute of limitations

     -       -       (5

Settlements with tax authorities

     (49     (30     (5

Balance as of December 31

     36       78       106  

The unrecognized tax benefit balances shown above are predominately related to tax positions that would reduce the company’s effective tax rate if the positions are favourably resolved. Unfavourable resolution of these tax positions generally would not increase the effective tax rate. The 2018, 2017 and 2016 changes in unrecognized tax benefits did not have a material effect on the company’s net income or cash flow. The company’s tax filings from 2011 to 2018 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. Tax filings from 2003 to 2010 have open objections and therefore are also subject to examination by the tax authorities. The Canada Revenue Agency has proposed certain adjustments to the company’s filings. Management is currently evaluating those proposed adjustments and believes that a number of outstanding matters are expected to be resolved in 2019. The impact on unrecognized tax benefits and the company’s effective income tax rate from these matters is not expected to be material.

Resolution of the related tax positions could take many years to complete. It is difficult to predict the timing of resolution for tax positions since such timing is not entirely within the control of the company.

The company classifies interest on income tax related balances as interest expense or interest income and classifies tax related penalties as operating expense.

5. Employee retirement benefits

Retirement benefits, which cover almost all retired employees and their surviving spouses, include pension income and certain health care and life insurance benefits. They are met through funded registered retirement plans and through unfunded supplementary benefits that are paid directly to recipients.

Pension income benefits consist mainly of company-paid defined benefit plans that are based on years of service and final average earnings. The company shares in the cost of health care and life insurance benefits. The company’s benefit obligations are based on the projected benefit method of valuation that includes employee service to date and present compensation levels, as well as a projection of salaries to retirement.

The expense and obligations for both funded and unfunded benefits are determined in accordance with accepted actuarial practices and U.S. GAAP. The process for determining retirement-income expense and related obligations includes making certain long-term assumptions regarding the discount rate, rate of return on plan assets and rate of compensation increases. The obligation and pension expense can vary significantly with changes in the assumptions used to estimate the obligation and the expected return on plan assets.

 

76


Table of Contents

The benefit obligations and plan assets associated with the company’s defined benefit plans are measured on December 31.

 

       Pension benefits              Other postretirement
benefits
 
         2018          2017                  2018          2017  

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 (percent)

                              

Discount rate

       3.90          3.40            3.90          3.40  

Long-term rate of compensation increase

       4.50          4.50                  4.50          4.50  

millions of Canadian dollars

                                                   

Change in projected benefit obligation

                     

Projected benefit obligation at January 1

       8,785          8,356            670          706  

Current service cost

       239          217            17          16  

Interest cost

       302          313            22          23  

Actuarial loss (gain)

       (498        415            (101        (49

Benefits paid (a)

       (469        (516                (26        (26

Projected benefit obligation at December 31

       8,359          8,785                  582          670  

Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31

       7,661          8,043                                

The discount rate for the purpose of calculating year-end postretirement benefits plan liabilities is determined by using the Canadian Institute of Actuaries recommended spot curve for high-quality, long-term Canadian corporate bonds with an average maturity (or duration) approximating that of the liabilities. The measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation assumes a health care cost trend rate of 4.50 percent in 2019 and subsequent years.

 

       Pension benefits             

Other postretirement

benefits

 

millions of Canadian dollars

       2018          2017                     2018          2017  

Change in plan assets

                     

Fair value at January 1

       7,870          7,359              

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

       20          700              

Company contributions

       203          212              

Benefits paid (b)

       (402        (401            

Fair value at December 31

       7,691          7,870              

Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected benefit obligation at December 31

                     

Funded plans

       (180        (408            

Unfunded plans

       (488        (507                (582        (670

Total (c)

       (668        (915                (582        (670
(a)

Benefit payments for funded and unfunded plans.

(b)

Benefit payments for funded plans only.

(c)

Fair value of assets less projected benefit obligation shown above.

Funding of registered retirement plans complies with federal and provincial pension regulations, and the company makes contributions to the plans based on an independent actuarial valuation. In accordance with authoritative guidance relating to the accounting for defined pension and other postretirement benefits plans, the underfunded status of the company’s defined benefit postretirement plans was recorded as a liability in the Consolidated balance sheet, and the changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occurred was recognized through other comprehensive income.

 

77


Table of Contents
       Pension benefits                 

Other postretirement

benefits

 

millions of Canadian dollars

       2018          2017                   2018          2017  

Amounts recorded in the Consolidated balance sheet consist of:

                      

Current liabilities

       (27        (28           (28        (28

Other long-term obligations

       (641        (887           (554        (642

Total recorded

       (668        (915                 (582        (670

Amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

                      

Net actuarial loss (gain)

       2,117          2,408             33          140  

Prior service cost

       -          4             -          -  

Total recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, before tax

       2,117          2,412                   33          140  

The company establishes the long-term expected rate of return on plan assets by developing a forward-looking long-term return assumption for each asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return for the specific asset class and inflation. A single, long-term rate of return is then calculated as the weighted average of the target asset allocation percentages and the long-term return assumption for each asset class. The 2018 long-term expected return of 5.0 percent used in the calculations of pension expense compares to an actual rate of return of 8.2 percent and 6.6 percent over the last 10- and 20-year periods respectively, ending December 31, 2018.

 

       Pension benefits     

Other postretirement

benefits

 

millions of Canadian dollars

       2018        2017        2016        2018        2017        2016  
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31 (percent)                    

Discount rate

       3.40        3.75        4.00        3.40        3.75        4.00  

Long-term rate of return on funded assets

       5.00        5.50        5.50        -        -        -  

Long-term rate of compensation increase

       4.50        4.50        4.50        4.50        4.50        4.50  

millions of Canadian dollars

                                                       

Components of net periodic benefit cost

                   

Current service cost

       239        217        203        17        16        16  

Interest cost

       302        313        319        22        23        27  

Expected return on plan assets

       (402      (408      (400      -        -        -  

Amortization of prior service cost

       4        10        9        -        -        -  

Amortization of actuarial loss (gain)

       175        176        162        6        8        13  

Net periodic benefit cost

       318        308        293        45        47        56  

Changes in amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income

                   

Net actuarial loss (gain)

       (116      123        241        (101      (49      46  

Amortization of net actuarial (loss) gain included in net periodic benefit cost

       (175      (176      (162      (6      (8      (13

Amortization of prior service cost included in net periodic benefit cost

       (4      (10      (9      -        -        -  

Total recorded in other comprehensive income

       (295      (63      70        (107      (57      33  

Total recorded in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income, before tax

       23        245        363        (62      (10      89  

Costs for defined contribution plans, primarily the employee savings plan, were $41 million in 2018 (2017 - $40 million, 2016 - $44 million).

 

78


Table of Contents

A summary of the change in accumulated other comprehensive income is shown in the table below:

 

    Total pension and other
postretirement benefits
 

millions of Canadian dollars

    2018        2017       2016  

(Charge) credit to other comprehensive income, before tax

    402        120       (103

Deferred income tax (charge) credit (note 18)

    (104      (38     34  

(Charge) credit to other comprehensive income, after tax

    298        82       (69

The company’s investment strategy for pension plan assets reflects a long-term view, a careful assessment of the risks inherent in various asset classes and broad diversification to reduce the risk of the portfolio. Consistent with the long-term nature of the liability, the plan assets are primarily invested in global, market-cap-weighted indexed equity and domestic indexed bond funds to diversify risk while minimizing costs. The equity funds hold Imperial Oil Limited stock only to the extent necessary to replicate the relevant equity index. The balance of the plan assets is largely invested in high-quality corporate and government debt securities. Studies are periodically conducted to establish the preferred target asset allocation. The target asset allocation for equity securities is 30 percent. The target allocation for debt securities is 67 percent. Plan assets for the remaining 3 percent are invested in venture capital partnerships that pursue a strategy of investment in U.S. and international early stage ventures.

The 2018 fair value of the pension plan assets, including the level within the fair value hierarchy, is shown in the table below:

 

                    Fair value measurements at December 31, 2018, using:           

millions of Canadian dollars

     Total        Level 1        Level 2        Level 3       
Net Asset
Value
 
 

Asset class

              

Equity securities

              

Canadian

     170        -        -        -        170  

Non-Canadian

     2,035        -        -        -        2,035  

Debt securities - Canadian

              

Corporate

     1,231        -        -        -        1,231  

Government

     3,987        -        -        -        3,987  

Asset backed

     3        -        -        -        3  

Equities – Venture capital

     226        -        -        -        226  

Cash

     39        33        -        -        6  

Total plan assets at fair value

     7,691        33        -        -        7,658  

 

79


Table of Contents

The 2017 fair value of the pension plan assets, including the level within the fair value hierarchy, is shown in the table below:

 

              Fair value measurements at December 31, 2017, using:    
millions of Canadian dollars    Total    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3     Net Asset
Value

Asset class

             

Equity securities

             

Canadian

   182    -    -      -     182

Non-Canadian

   2,138    -    -      -     2,138

Debt securities - Canadian

             

Corporate

   1,248    -    -      -     1,248

Government

   4,016    -    -      -     4,016

Asset backed

   -    -    -      -     -

Equities – Venture capital

   215    -    -      -     215

Cash

   71    34    -      -     37

Total plan assets at fair value

   7,870    34    -      -     7,836

A summary of pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets is shown in the table below:

 

             Pension benefits      
millions of Canadian dollars    2018              2017  

For funded pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:

        

Projected benefit obligation

     -           -  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     -           -  

Fair value of plan assets

     -           -  

Accumulated benefit obligation less fair value of plan assets

     -           -  

For unfunded plans covered by book reserves:

        

Projected benefit obligation

     488           507  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     451                 480  

Estimated 2019 amortization from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

millions of Canadian dollars    Pension benefits    

Other postretirement

benefits

 

Net actuarial loss (gain) (a)

     150       2  
(a)

The company amortizes the net balance of actuarial loss (gain) as a component of net periodic benefit cost over the average remaining service period of active plan participants.

 

80


Table of Contents

Cash flows

Benefit payments expected in:

 

millions of Canadian dollars    Pension benefits     

Other postretirement

benefits

 

2019

     435        28  

2020

     435        29  

2021

     440        29  

2022

     440        29  

2023

     440        29  

2024 - 2028

     2,170        150  

In 2019, the company expects to make cash contributions of about $212 million to its pension plans.

Sensitivities

A one percent change in the assumptions at which retirement liabilities could be effectively settled is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

millions of Canadian dollars

  

One percent

increase

   

One percent

decrease

 

Rate of return on plan assets:

    

Effect on net benefit cost, before tax

     (80     80  

Discount rate:

    

Effect on net benefit cost, before tax

     (95     130  

Effect on benefit obligation

     (1,110     1,425  

Rate of pay increases:

    

Effect on net benefit cost, before tax

     65       (50

Effect on benefit obligation

     255       (215

A one percent change in the assumed health-care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

Increase (decrease)

millions of Canadian dollars

  

One percent

increase

    

One percent

decrease

 

Effect on service and interest cost components

     6        (5

Effect on benefit obligation

     65        (50

 

81


Table of Contents

6. Other long-term obligations

 

millions of Canadian dollars      2018        2017  

Employee retirement benefits (a) (note 5)

       1,195          1,529  

Asset retirement obligations and other environmental liabilities (b) (d)

       1,435          1,460  

Share-based incentive compensation liabilities (note 8)

       78          99  

Other obligations (c)

       235          692  

Total other long-term obligations

       2,943          3,780  

 (a)

  Total recorded employee retirement benefits obligations also included $55 million in current liabilities (2017 – $56 million).

 

 (b)

 

Total asset retirement obligations and other environmental liabilities also included $118 million in current liabilities (2017 – $101 million).

 

 (c)

  Included carbon emission program obligations. Carbon emission program credits are recorded under other assets, including intangibles, net.

 

 (d)

 

For 2018, the asset retirement obligations were discounted at 6 percent (2017 - 6 percent).

         
  Asset retirement obligations incurred in the current period were Level 3 fair value measurements. The following table summarizes the activity in the liability for asset retirement obligations:

 

    millions of Canadian dollars      2018        2017  
  Balance as at January 1        1,397          1,472  
  Additions (deductions)        (5        (124
  Accretion        85          92  
  Settlement        (60        (43
  Balance as at December 31        1,417          1,397  

 

82


Table of Contents

7.  Financial and derivative instruments

Financial instruments

The fair value of the company’s financial instruments is determined by reference to various market data and other appropriate valuation techniques. There are no material differences between the fair value of the company’s financial instruments and the recorded carrying value. At December 31, 2018, the fair value of long-term debt ($4,447 million, excluding capitalized lease obligations) was primarily a level 2 measurement.

Derivative instruments

The company’s size, strong capital structure and the complementary nature of the Upstream, Downstream and Chemical businesses reduce the company’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices and currency exchange rates. The company uses derivatives instruments to offset exposures associated with hydrocarbon prices that arise from existing assets, liabilities and forecasted transactions. Credit risk associated with the company’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. The company believes there are no material market or credit risks to the company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity as a result of the derivatives. The company maintains a system of controls that includes the authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative activity. The company does not designate derivative instruments as a hedge for hedge accounting purposes. Derivative instruments are currently not subject to a master netting agreement, and Imperial has not offset collateral against the carrying value of the derivatives.

The carrying values of derivative instruments on the Consolidated balance sheet were gross assets of $31 million (2017 - $0 million) and gross liabilities of $15 million (2017 - $4 million) at year-end.

At December 31, 2018, the net notional forward long / (short) position of derivative instruments was (340,000) barrels for crude and was (350,000) barrels for products.

Realized and unrealized gain or (loss) on derivative instruments recognized in the Consolidated statement of income is included in the following lines on a before-tax basis:

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016  

Revenues

     6          -          -  

Purchases of crude oil and products

     (24        (5        -  

Total

     (18        (5        -  

 

83


Table of Contents

8. Share-based incentive compensation programs

Share-based incentive compensation programs are designed to retain selected employees, reward them for high performance and promote individual contribution to sustained improvement in the company’s future business performance and shareholder value over the long-term. The nonemployee directors also participate in share-based incentive compensation programs.

Restricted stock units and deferred share units

Under the restricted stock unit plan, each unit entitles the recipient to the conditional right to receive from the company, upon vesting, an amount equal to the value of one common share of the company, based on the five-day average of the closing price of the company’s common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange on and immediately prior to the vesting dates. Fifty percent of the units vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, and the remainder vest on the seventh anniversary of the grant date. The company may also issue units where either 50 percent of the units vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vest on the tenth anniversary of the grant date, or where 50 percent of the units vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vest on the tenth anniversary of the grant date, or date of retirement of the recipient, whichever is later.

The deferred share unit plan is made available to nonemployee directors. The nonemployee directors can elect to receive all or part of their eligible directors’ fees in units. The number of units granted is determined at the end of each calendar quarter by dividing the dollar amount of the nonemployee director’s fees for that calendar quarter elected to be received as deferred share units by the average closing price of the company’s shares for the five consecutive trading days (“average closing price”) immediately prior to the last day of the calendar quarter. Additional units are granted based on the cash dividend payable on the company’s shares divided by the average closing price immediately prior to the payment date for that dividend and multiplying the resulting number by the number of deferred share units held by the recipient, as adjusted for any share splits. Deferred share units cannot be exercised until after termination of service as a director, including termination due to death, and must be exercised in their entirety in one election no later than December 31 of the year following the year of termination of service. On the exercise date, the cash value to be received for the units is determined based on the company’s average closing price immediately prior to the date of exercise, as adjusted for any share splits.

All units require settlement by cash payments with the following exceptions. The restricted stock unit program provides that, for units granted to Canadian residents, the recipient may receive one common share of the company per unit or elect to receive the cash payment for the units that vest on the seventh year anniversary of the grant date. For units where 50 percent vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vest on either the tenth anniversary of grant, or the later of ten years following the grant date or the retirement date of the recipient, the recipient may receive one common share of the company per unit or elect to receive cash payment for all that vest.

The company accounts for all units by using the fair-value-based method. The fair value of awards in the form of restricted stock and deferred share units is the market price of the company’s stock. Under this method, compensation expense related to the units of these programs is measured each reporting period based on the company’s current stock price and is recorded in the Consolidated statement of income over the requisite service period of each award.

The following table summarizes information about these units for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

      Restricted
stock units
    Deferred
share units
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2018

     5,859,050       149,408  

Granted

     739,870       15,540  

Vested / Exercised

     (1,275,640     (13,253

Forfeited and cancelled

     (20,455     -  

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

     5,302,825       151,695  

In 2018, the before-tax compensation expense charged against income for these programs was $32 million (2017 - $14 million, 2016 - $83 million). Income tax benefit recognized in income related to compensation expense for the year was $9 million (2017 - $4 million, 2016 - $24 million). Cash payments of $59 million were made for these programs in 2018 (2017 - $71 million, 2016 - $79 million).

 

84


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018, there was $75 million of total before-tax unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock units based on the company’s share price at the end of the current reporting period. The weighted average vesting period of non-vested restricted stock units is 3.9 years. All units under the deferred share programs have vested as of December 31, 2018.

9. Investment and other income

Investment and other income includes gains and losses on asset sales as follows:

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018        2017        2016   

Proceeds from asset sales

     59          232          3,021   

Book value of asset sales

     5          12          777   

Gain (loss) on asset sales, before-tax (a) (b)

     54          220          2,244   

Gain (loss) on asset sales, after-tax (a) (b)

     38          192          1,908   
(a)

2017 included a gain of $174 million ($151 million after tax) from the sale of surplus property in Ontario.

(b)

2016 included a gain of $2.0 billion ($1.7 billion, after tax) from the sale of company-owned Esso-branded retail sites; and a gain of $161 million ($134  million, after tax) from the sale of Imperial’s general aviation business.

10. Litigation and other contingencies

A variety of claims have been made against Imperial and its subsidiaries in a number of lawsuits. Management has regular litigation reviews, including updates from corporate and outside counsel, to assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. The company accrues an undiscounted liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If a range of amounts can be reasonably estimated and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, then the minimum of the range is accrued. The company does not record liabilities when the likelihood that the liability has been incurred is probable but the amount cannot be reasonably estimated or when the liability is believed to be only reasonably possible or remote. For contingencies where an unfavourable outcome is reasonably possible and which are significant, the company discloses the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss. For purposes of the company’s contingency disclosures, “significant” includes material matters, as well as other matters which management believes should be disclosed. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, the company does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuits against the company will have a material adverse effect on the company’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole.

Additionally, the company has other commitments arising in the normal course of business for operating and capital needs, all of which are expected to be fulfilled with no adverse consequences material to the company’s operations or financial condition. Unconditional purchase obligations, as defined by accounting standards, are those long-term commitments that are non-cancelable or cancelable only under certain conditions and that third parties have used to secure financing for the facilities that will provide the contracted goods and services. The company has not entered into any unconditional purchase obligations.

As a result of the completed sale of Imperial’s remaining company-owned Esso retail sites, the company was contingently liable at December 31, 2018, for guarantees relating to performance under contracts of other third-party obligations totaling $35 million (2017 - $42 million).

In 2018 the company entered into an indemnification arrangement, under the terms of which the company is contingently liable for up to $46 million, for costs associated with continuing a third party pipeline project development.

 

85


Table of Contents

11. Common shares

 

thousands of shares

At December 31

   2018        2017    

Authorized

     1,100,000          1,100,000    

Common shares outstanding

     782,565          831,242    

The current 12-month normal course issuer bid program came into effect June 27, 2018, under which Imperial will continue its existing share purchase program. The program enables the company to purchase up to a maximum of 40,391,196 common shares (5 percent of the total shares on June 13, 2018) which includes shares purchased under the normal course issuer bid and from Exxon Mobil Corporation concurrent with, but outside of the normal course issuer bid. As in the past, Exxon Mobil Corporation has advised the company that it intends to participate to maintain its ownership percentage at approximately 69.6 percent.

The excess of the purchase cost over the stated value of shares purchased has been recorded as a distribution of earnings reinvested.

The company’s common share activities are summarized below:

 

              Thousands of
shares
    Millions of
dollars
 

Balance as at January 1, 2016

        847,599       1,566  

Issued under employee share-based awards

        1       -  

Purchases at stated value

              (1     -  

Balance as at December 31, 2016

        847,599       1,566  

Issued under employee share-based awards

        2       -  

Purchases at stated value

              (16,359     (30

Balance as at December 31, 2017

        831,242       1,536  

Issued under employee share-based awards

        2       -  

Purchases at stated value

              (48,679     (90

Balance as at December 31, 2018

              782,565       1,446  
The following table provides the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share and the dividends declared by the company on its outstanding common shares:

 

      2018                  2017                 2016  

Net income (loss) per common share – basic

       

Net income (loss) (millions of Canadian dollars)

     2,314        490       2,165  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (millions of shares)

     807.5        842.9       847.6  

Net income (loss) per common share (dollars)

     2.87        0.58       2.55  

Net income (loss) per common share – diluted

       

Net income (loss) (millions of Canadian dollars)

     2,314        490       2,165  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (millions of shares)

     807.5        842.9       847.6  

Effect of employee share-based awards (millions of shares)

     2.6        2.8       2.9  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, assuming dilution (millions of shares)

     810.1        845.7       850.5  

Net income (loss) per common share (dollars)

     2.86        0.58       2.55  

Dividends per common share – declared (dollars)

     0.73        0.63       0.59  

 

86


Table of Contents

12. Miscellaneous financial information

In 2018, net income included an after-tax gain of $16 million (2017 – $5 million gain, 2016 – $5 million gain) attributable to the effect of changes in last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventories. The replacement cost of inventories was estimated to exceed their LIFO carrying values at December 31, 2018 by about $0.9 billion (2017 – $1.4 billion). Inventories of crude oil and products at year-end consisted of the following:

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018      2017   

Crude oil

     731        690   

Petroleum products

     473        307   

Chemical products

     72        42   

Natural gas and other

     21        36   

Total inventories of crude oil and products

     1,297        1,075   

Research expenditures are mainly spent on developing technologies to improve bitumen recovery, reduce costs and reduce the environmental impact of upstream operations, including technologies to reduce greenhouse gas emissions intensity, supporting environmental and process improvements in the refineries, as well as accessing ExxonMobil’s research worldwide.

The company has scientific research agreements with affiliates of ExxonMobil, which provide for technical and engineering work to be performed by all parties, the exchange of technical information and the assignment and licencing of patents, and patent rights. These agreements provide mutual access to scientific and operating data related to nearly every phase of the petroleum and petrochemical operations of the parties.

Net research and development costs charged to expenses in 2018 were $110 million (2017 – $111 million, 2016 – $152 million). These costs are included in expenses due to the uncertainty of future benefits.

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities included accrued taxes other than income taxes of $413 million at December 31, 2018 (2017 – $437 million).

13. Financing and additional notes and loans payable information

 

millions of Canadian dollars    2018     2017     2016    

Debt-related interest (a)

     133       103       121    

Capitalized interest

     (28     (38     (49)   

Net interest expense

     105       65       72    

Other interest

     3       13       (7)   

Total financing (b)

     108       78       65    
(a)

Includes related party interest with ExxonMobil.

(b)

Cash interest payments in 2018 were $88 million (2017 – $58 million, 2016 – $73 million). The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings in 2018 was 1.5 percent (2017 – 0.9 percent, 2016 – 0.8 percent). Average effective rate on the long-term borrowings with ExxonMobil in 2018 was 2.0 percent (2017 – 1.3 percent, 2016 – 1.0 percent).

As at December 31, 2018, the company had borrowed $75 million under an arrangement with an affiliated company of ExxonMobil that provides for a non-interest bearing, revolving demand loan from ExxonMobil to the company of up to $75 million. The loan represents ExxonMobil’s share of a working capital facility required to support purchasing, marketing and transportation arrangements for crude oil and diluent products undertaken by Imperial on behalf of ExxonMobil.

In November 2018, the company extended the maturity date of its existing $250 million committed long-term line of credit to November 2020. The company has not drawn on the facility.

In December 2018, the company extended the maturity date of its existing $250 million committed short-term line of credit to December 2019. The company has not drawn on the facility.

 

87


Table of Contents

14. Leased facilities

At December 31, 2018, the company held non-cancelable operating leases covering primarily storage tanks, rail cars and marine vessels, with minimum undiscounted lease commitments totaling $291 million as indicated in the following table:

 

       Payments due by period
millions of Canadian dollars      2019        2020        2021        2022        2023        After
2023
       Total 

Lease payments under minimum commitments (a)

       130          82          43          13          11          12        291
(a)

Net rental cost under cancelable and non-cancelable operating leases incurred in 2018 was $221 million (2017 - $206 million, 2016 - $253 million). Related rental income was not material.

15. Long-term debt

 

millions of Canadian dollars

 

At December 31

   2018        2017  

Long-term debt (a)

     4,447          4,447  

Capital leases (b)

     531          558  

Total long-term debt

     4,978          5,005  
(a)

Borrowed under an existing agreement with an affiliated company of ExxonMobil that provides for a long-term, variable-rate, Canadian dollar loan from ExxonMobil to the company of up to $7.75 billion at interest equivalent to Canadian market rates. The agreement is effective until July 31, 2020, cancelable if ExxonMobil provides at least 370 days advance written notice.

(b)

Capital leases are primarily associated with transportation facilities and services agreements. The average imputed rate was 7.1 percent in 2018 (2017 – 7.0 percent). Total capitalized lease obligations also include $27 million in current liabilities (2017 - $27 million). Principal payments on capital leases of approximately $14 million on average per year are due in each of the next four years after December 31, 2019.

 

88


Table of Contents

16. Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs

The company continues capitalization of exploratory well costs when the well has found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify its completion as a producing well and the company is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports.

Exploratory well costs at year-end 2016 that were capitalized as part of the Horn River project for a period greater than 12 months were expensed in 2017.

The following two tables provide details of the changes in the balance of suspended exploratory well costs, as well as an aging summary of those costs.

Change in capitalized suspended exploratory well costs:

 

millions of Canadian dollars      2018        2017      2016  

Balance as at January 1

       -          143        167  

Additions pending the determination of proved reserves

       -          -        -  

Charged to expense

       -          (143      (24

Reclassification to wells, facilities and equipment based on the determination of proved reserves

       -          -        -  

Balance as at December 31

       -          -        143  

Period end capitalized suspended exploratory well costs:

 

 

millions of Canadian dollars      2018        2017      2016  

Capitalized for a period of one year or less

       -          -        -  

Capitalized for a period of between one and ten years

       -          -        143  

Capitalized for a period of greater than one year

       -          -        143  

Total

       -          -        143  

Exploration activity often involves drilling multiple wells, over a number of years, to fully evaluate a project. The table below provides a breakdown of the number of projects with exploratory well costs capitalized in the preceding 12 months and those that have had exploratory well costs capitalized for a period greater than 12 months.

 

 

        2018        2017      2016  

Number of projects with first capitalized well drilled in the preceding 12 months

       -          -        -  

Number of projects that have exploratory well costs capitalized for a period of greater than 12 months

       -          -        1  

Total

       -          -        1  

 

89


Table of Contents

17. Transactions with related parties

Revenues and expenses of the company also include the results of transactions with affiliated companies of ExxonMobil in the normal course of operations. These were conducted on terms comparable to those which would have been conducted with unrelated parties and primarily consisted of the purchase and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum and chemical products, as well as technical, engineering and research, and development costs. Transactions with ExxonMobil also included amounts paid and received in connection with the company’s participation in a number of upstream activities conducted jointly in Canada.

In addition, the company has existing agreements with ExxonMobil:

 

a)

To provide computer and customer support services to the company and to share common business and operational support services that allow the companies to consolidate duplicate work and systems;

 

b)

To operate certain western Canada production properties owned by ExxonMobil, as well as provide for the delivery of management, business and technical services to ExxonMobil in Canada. These agreements are designed to provide organizational efficiencies and to reduce costs. No separate legal entities were created from these arrangements. Separate books of account continue to be maintained for the company and ExxonMobil. The company and ExxonMobil retain ownership of their respective assets, and there is no impact on operations or reserves;

 

c)

To provide for the delivery of management, business and technical services to Syncrude Canada Ltd. by ExxonMobil;

 

d)

To provide for the option of equal participation in new upstream opportunities; and

 

e)

To enter into derivative agreements on the company’s behalf.

Certain charges from ExxonMobil have been capitalized; they are not material in the aggregate.

The amounts of purchases and sales by Imperial in 2018, with ExxonMobil, were $4,036 million and $6,364 million respectively (2017 - $2,648 million and $4,080 million respectively). The amount of financing costs with ExxonMobil were $87 million (2017 - $57 million).

As at December 31, 2018, the company had outstanding long-term loans of $4,447 million (2017 – $4,447 million) and short-term loans of $75 million (2017 – $75 million) from ExxonMobil (see note 15, Long-term debt, on page 88 and note 13, Financing and additional notes and loans payable information, on page 87 for further details).

Imperial has other related party transactions not detailed above in note 17, as they are not significant.

 

90


Table of Contents

18. Other comprehensive income (loss) information

 

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

            
millions of Canadian dollars      2018        2017      2016  

Balance at January 1

       (1,815        (1,897      (1,828

Postretirement benefits liability adjustment:

            

Current period change excluding amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

       158          (54      (210

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

       140          136        141  

Balance at December 31

       (1,517        (1,815      (1,897

Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) - before-tax income (expense):

 

millions of Canadian dollars      2018        2017      2016  

Amortization of postretirement benefits liability adjustment included in net periodic benefit cost (a)

       (185        (194      (184

(a)  This accumulated other comprehensive income component is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (note 5).

   

Income tax expense (credit) for components of other comprehensive income (loss):

 

  
millions of Canadian dollars      2018        2017      2016  

Postretirement benefits liability adjustments:

            

Postretirement benefits liability adjustment (excluding amortization)

       59          (20      (77

Amortization of postretirement benefits liability adjustment included in net periodic benefit cost

       45          58        43  

Total

       104          38        (34

 

91


Table of Contents

Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities (unaudited)

The information on pages 92 to 93 excludes items not related to oil and natural gas extraction, such as administrative and general expenses, pipeline operations, gas plant processing fees and gains or losses on asset sales. The company’s 25 percent interest in proved synthetic oil reserves in the Syncrude joint-venture is included as part of the company’s total proved oil and gas reserves and in the calculation of the standardized measure of discounted future cash flows, in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board rules. Results of operations, costs incurred in property acquisitions, exploration and development activities, and capitalized costs include the company’s share of Syncrude, Kearl and other unproved mineable acreages in the following tables.

 

Results of operations             

millions of Canadian dollars

     2018                2017              2016  

Sales to customers (a)

     3,264          3,283        2,210  

Intersegment sales (a) (b)

     1,964                1,750              1,791  
     5,228          5,033        4,001  

Production expenses

     4,342          3,959        3,657  

Exploration expenses

     19          183        94  

Depreciation and depletion

     1,151          1,623        1,275  

Income taxes

     (92              (217            (366) 

Results of operations

     (192              (515            (659) 

 

The amounts reported as costs incurred in property acquisitions, exploration and development activities include both capitalized costs and costs charged to expense during the year. Costs incurred also include new asset retirement obligations established in the current year, as well as increases or decreases to the asset retirement obligation resulting from changes in cost estimates or abandonment date.

 

Costs incurred in property acquisitions, exploration and development activities             

millions of Canadian dollars

     2018                2017              2016  

Property costs (c)

            

Proved

     -          -        1  

Unproved

     -          32        -  

Exploration costs

     19          40        70  

Development costs

     966                214              543  

Total costs incurred in property acquisitions, exploration and development activities

     985                286              614  
(a)

Sales to customers or intersegment sales do not include the sale of natural gas and natural gas liquids purchased for resale, as well as royalty payments. These items are reported gross in note 3 in “Revenues”, “Intersegment sales” and in “Purchases of crude oil and products”.

(b)

Sales of crude oil to consolidated affiliates are at market value, using posted field prices. Sales of natural gas liquids to consolidated affiliates are at prices estimated to be obtainable in a competitive, arm’s-length transaction.

(c)

“Property costs” are payments for rights to explore for petroleum and natural gas and for purchased reserves (acquired tangible and intangible assets such as gas plants, production facilities and producing-well costs are included under “producing assets”). “Proved” represents areas where successful drilling has delineated a field capable of production. “Unproved” represents all other areas.

 

92


Table of Contents
Capitalized costs

millions of Canadian dollars

     2018              2017  

Property costs (a)

       

Proved

     2,296        2,214  

Unproved

     2,372        2,465  

Producing assets

     38,695        38,332  

Incomplete construction

     1,214              673  

Total capitalized cost

     44,577        43,684  

Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (14,897            (13,733) 

Net capitalized costs

     29,680              29,951  
(a)

“Property costs” are payments for rights to explore for petroleum and natural gas and for purchased reserves (acquired tangible and intangible assets such as gas plants, production facilities and producing-well costs are included under “producing assets”). “Proved” represents areas where successful drilling has delineated a field capable of production. “Unproved” represents all other areas.

Standardized measure of discounted future cash flows

As required by the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board, the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows is computed by applying first-day-of-the-month average prices, year-end costs and legislated tax rates and a discount factor of 10 percent to net proved reserves. The standardized measure includes costs for future dismantlement, abandonment and remediation obligations. The company believes the standardized measure does not provide a reliable estimate of the company’s expected future cash flows to be obtained from the development and production of its oil and gas properties or of the value of its proved oil and gas reserves. The standardized measure is prepared on the basis of certain prescribed assumptions, including first-day-of-the-month average prices, which represent discrete points in time and therefore may cause significant variability in cash flows from year to year as prices change.

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows related to proved oil and gas reserves

 

millions of Canadian dollars

     2018                2017              2016  

Future cash flows

     174,326          72,325        53,743  

Future production costs

     (124,316        (44,822      (36,100) 

Future development costs

     (25,507        (14,640      (11,917) 

Future income taxes

     (5,232              (3,916            (1,263) 

Future net cash flows

     19,271          8,947        4,463  

Annual discount of 10 percent for estimated timing of cash flows

     (10,537              (3,811            (1,717) 

Discounted future cash flows

     8,734                5,136              2,746  

 

Changes in standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows related to proved oil and gas reserves

 

millions of Canadian dollars

     2018                2017              2016  

Balance at beginning of year

     5,136          2,746        3,230  

Changes resulting from:

            

Sales and transfers of oil and gas produced, net of production costs

     (1,117        (1,516      (718) 

Net changes in prices, development costs and production costs (a)

     1,395          4,231        (1,468) 

Extensions, discoveries, additions and improved recovery, less related costs

     259          81        14  

Development costs incurred during the year

     923          376        651  

Revisions of previous quantity estimates

     2,157          110        56  

Accretion of discount

     584          290        417  

Net change in income taxes

     (603              (1,182            564  

Net change

     3,598                2,390              (484) 

Balance at end of year

     8,734                5,136              2,746  

(a) SEC rules require the company’s reserves to be calculated on the basis of average first-of-month oil and natural gas prices during the reporting year. Future net cash flows are determined based on the net proved reserves as outlined in the Net Proved Reserves table.

 

93


Table of Contents

Net proved reserves (a)

           Liquids (b)         Natural gas        Synthetic oil    Bitumen   

Total 

  oil-equivalent 
basis (c) 

     millions of
barrels
  

billions of

cubic feet

   millions of
barrels
           millions of
barrels
   millions of
barrels
                          

Beginning of year 2016

   34     583     581     3,515     4,227  

Revisions

      (58)       (2,720)    (2,719) 

Improved recovery

               -  

(Sale) purchase of reserves in place

               -  

Discoveries and extensions

      15           4  

Production

   (4)    (45)    (25)    (94)    (130) 

End of year 2016

   35     495     564     701     1,382 

Revisions

      115     (70)    332     286  

Improved recovery

               6  

(Sale) purchase of reserves in place

      28           9  

Discoveries and extensions

      43           9  

Production

   (1)    (41)    (21)    (93)    (122) 

End of year 2017

   44     641     473     946     1,570  

Revisions

      (66)    15     2,313     2,321  

Improved recovery

               -  

(Sale) purchase of reserves in place

               -  

Discoveries and extensions

   16     110           34  

Production

   (2)    (46)    (22)    (93)    (125) 

End of year 2018

   62     639     466     3,166     3,800  

Net proved developed reserves included above, as of

January 1, 2016

   23     283     581     3,063     3,714  

December 31, 2016

   19     263     564     436     1,063  

December 31, 2017

      282     473     591     1,120  

December 31, 2018

   24     273     466     2,861     3,396  

Net proved undeveloped reserves included above, as of

January 1, 2016

   11     300        452     513  

December 31, 2016

   16     232        265     319  

December 31, 2017

   35     359        355     450  

December 31, 2018

   38     366        305     404  
(a)

Net reserves are the company’s share of reserves after deducting the shares of mineral owners or governments or both. All reported reserves are located in Canada. Reserves of natural gas are calculated at a pressure of 14.73 pounds per square inch at 60°F.

(b)

Liquids include crude, condensate and natural gas liquids (NGLs). NGL proved reserves are not material and are therefore included under liquids.

(c)

Gas converted to oil-equivalent at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.

The information above describes changes during the years and balances of proved oil and gas reserves at year-end 2016, 2017 and 2018. The definitions used are in accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule 4-10 (a) of Regulation S-X.

Proved oil and natural gas reserves are those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible – from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods and government regulations – prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire. In some cases, substantial new investments in additional wells and other facilities will be required to recover these proved reserves.

 

94


Table of Contents

In accordance with SEC rules, the year-end reserves volumes, as well as the reserves change categories shown in the proved reserves tables are required to be calculated on the basis of average prices during the 12-month period prior to the ending date of the period covered by the report, determined as an unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within such period. These reserves quantities were also used in calculating unit-of-production depreciation rates and in calculating the standardized measure of discounted net cash flow.

Revisions can include upward or downward changes in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields due to the evaluation or re-evaluation of already available geologic, reservoir or production data; new geologic, reservoir or production data; or changes in the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices and / or costs that are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can result from significant changes in either development strategy or production equipment / facility capacity.

At year-end 2016, downward revisions of proved developed and undeveloped bitumen reserves were a result of low prices. The entire 2.5 billion barrels of bitumen at Kearl and approximately 0.2 billion barrels of bitumen at Cold Lake no longer qualified as proved reserves under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission definition of proved reserves.

At year-end 2017, an additional 0.3 billion barrels of bitumen at Kearl and Cold Lake qualified as proved reserves resulting from improved prices in the year. Downward revisions of proved developed synthetic oil reserves were a result of higher royalty obligations driven by higher pricing and mine plan updates.

As a result of improved prices in 2018, an additional 2.3 billion barrels of bitumen at Kearl qualified as proved reserves at year-end 2018.

Under the terms of certain contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, lower prices can also increase proved reserves attributable to Imperial. The company’s operating decisions and its outlook for future production volumes are not impacted by proved reserves as disclosed under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definition.

Net proved reserves are determined by deducting the estimated future share of mineral owners or governments or both. For liquids and natural gas, net proved reserves are based on estimated future royalty rates as of the date the estimate is made incorporating the applicable governments’ oil and gas royalty regimes. For bitumen, net proved reserves are based on the company’s best estimate of average royalty rates over the remaining life of each of the Cold Lake and Kearl fields, and they incorporate the Alberta government’s oil sands royalty regime. For synthetic oil, net proved reserves are based on the company’s best estimate of average royalty rates over the remaining life of the project, and they incorporate the Alberta government’s oil sands royalty regime. In all cases, actual future royalty rates may vary with production, price and costs.

Net proved developed reserves are those volumes that are expected to be recovered through existing wells and facilities with existing equipment and operating methods or in which the cost of the required equipment is relatively minor compared to the cost of a new well or facility. Net proved undeveloped reserves are those volumes that are expected to be recovered as a result of future investments to drill new wells, to recomplete existing wells and/or to install facilities to collect and deliver the production from existing and future wells and facilities.

 

95


Table of Contents

Quarterly financial data (a)

 

    

2018

 

  

2017

 

    

three months ended

 

  

three months ended

 

     Dec. 31    Sept. 30    June 30    Mar. 31    Dec. 31    Sept. 30    June 30    Mar. 31
                                         

Financial data (millions of Canadian dollars)

                                  

Total revenues and other income

   7,890     9,732     9,543     7,934     8,077     7,158     7,033     7,156  

Total expenses

   6,804     8,706     9,279     7,237     8,286     6,662     7,158     6,736  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   1,086     1,026     264     697     (209)    496     (125)    420  

Income taxes

   233     277     68     181     (72)    125     (48)    87  

Net income (loss)

   853     749     196     516     (137)    371     (77)    333  

Net income (loss) (millions of Canadian dollars)

                 

Upstream

   (310)    222     (6)    (44)    (481)    62     (201)    (86) 

Downstream

   1,142     502     201     521     290     292     78     380  

Chemical

   55     69     78     73     74     52     64     45  

Corporate and other

   (34)    (44)    (77)    (34)    (20)    (35)    (18)    (6) 

Net income (loss)

   853     749     196     516     (137)    371     (77)    333  

Per share information (Canadian dollars)

                    

Net income (loss) per common share - basic (b)

   1.08     0.94     0.24     0.62     (0.16)    0.44     (0.09)    0.39  

Net income (loss) per common share - diluted (b)

   1.08     0.94     0.24     0.62     (0.16)    0.44     (0.09)    0.39  

Dividends per common share - declared

   0.19     0.19     0.19     0.16     0.16     0.16     0.16     0.15  
(a)

Quarterly data has not been audited by the company’s independent auditors.

 

(b)

Computed using the average number of shares outstanding during each period. The sum of the four quarters may not add to the full year.

 

96


Table of Contents

Proxy information section

 

Table of contents

     Page  

Nominees for director

     98  

Director nominee tables

     98  

Majority voting policy

     102  

Corporate governance disclosure

     103  

Corporate governance disclosure at a glance

     103  

Statement of corporate governance practice

     104  

Composition of our board nominees

     104  

Tenure of our board nominees

     104  

Skills and experience of our board members

     105  

Independence of our board members

     106  

Committee membership of our board

     107  

Number of meetings

     107  

Attendance of our board members in 2018

     108  

Other public company directorships of our board members

     109  

Interlocking directorships of our board members

     109  

Director qualification and selection process

     110  

Director orientation, education and development

     111  

Board performance assessment

     111  

Board and committee structure

     112  

Director compensation

     119  

Share ownership guidelines of independent directors and chairman, president and chief executive officer

     126  

Ethical business conduct

     127  

Restrictions on insider trading

     128  

Diversity

     128  

Shareholder engagement

     129  

Largest shareholder

     129  

Transactions with Exxon Mobil Corporation

     129  

Company executives and executive compensation

     131  

Named executive officers of the company

     131  

Other executive officers of the company

     132  

Letter to shareholders from the executive resources committee on executive compensation

     134  

Compensation discussion and analysis

     136  

Overview

     137  

Compensation program

     140  

Compensation decision making process and considerations for named executive officers

     146  

Executive compensation tables and narratives

     152  

Appendix

     159  

Appendix A – Board of director and committee charters

     159  

 

97


Table of Contents

 

Nominees for director

The director nominee tables on the following pages provide information on the seven nominees proposed for election to the board of directors of the company. All of the nominees are now directors and have been since the dates indicated. S.D. Whittaker is currently a director and is not standing for re-election in 2019 as she will reach the company’s mandatory retirement age for directors in 2019. M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board on July 26, 2018 and D.C. Brownell was appointed to the board on November 1, 2018.

Included in these tables is information relating to the director nominees’ biographies, independence status, expertise, committee memberships, attendance, public board memberships and shareholdings in the company. The information is as of February 13, 2019, the effective date of this circular, unless otherwise indicated.

For more information on our director nominees, please see the Statement of corporate governance practice starting on page 104.

Director nominee tables

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

David C. Brownell

Spring, Texas, United States of America

 

Non-independent director

Age: 52

Director since: November 1, 2018

Skills and experience: Leadership of large organizations, Operations/technical, Project management, Global experience, Strategy development, Financial expertise, Government relations, Executive compensation

  D.C. (Dave) Brownell is senior vice-president of global operations at ExxonMobil Fuels & Lubricants Company since January 2018, responsible for refining and
midstream operations across the downstream. Mr. Brownell has also held leadership positions within supply, chemicals and refining. Prior to his current position, Mr. Brownell was vice-president of downstream business development and portfolio management, responsible for pursuing growth, restructuring or divestment opportunities across the downstream.

  Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d)

    

IMO Common

Shares

(% of class)

  

IMO Deferred    

Share Units    

(DSU)    

 

Total Vested    

Equity Holdings    

(Common + DSU)    

  

Restricted    

Stock Units    

(RSU)    

  

Total    
Holdings *    

(Common + DSU + RSU)    

           

  Holdings as at February 13, 2019 (#)

  0    0       0        0        0    

  Total market value as at February 13, 2019 ($)

  0    0       0        0        0    
           

  Year over year change (#)

  0    0      

0    

   0        0    

    *No share ownership guidelines apply

  Board and Committee Membership    Meeting
Attendance 2018
   Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years*

  Imperial Oil Limited board

  Executive resources committee

  Public policy and corporate responsibility committee

  Nominations and corporate governance committee

  Community collaboration and engagement committee

  

2 of 2 (100%)

2 of 2 (100%)

1 of 1 (100%)

1 of 1 (100%)

1 of 1 (100%)

  

None

*no public board interlocks

  Voting Results of 2018 Annual General Meeting:                             

Other Positions in the Past Five Years:

(position, date office held, and status of employer)

  Votes in Favour:

  n/a

  

Votes Withheld:                

n/a

     

-  Senior vice president, global operations, ExxonMobil Fuels & Lubricants Company (2018 - Present) (Affiliate)

-  Vice president, downstream business development and portfolio management, ExxonMobil Refining & Supply Company (2014 – 2018) (Affiliate)

-  Refinery manager (Antwerp), ExxonMobil Refining & Supply Company (2012 – 2014) (Affiliate)

 

98


Table of Contents
 

 

LOGO  

David W. Cornhill

 

Calgary, Alberta, Canada

 

Nonemployee director (independent)

Age: 65

Director since: November 29, 2017

Skills and experience: Leadership of large organizations, Operations/Technical, Project management, Strategy development, Audit committee financial expert, Financial expertise, Executive compensation

 

  David Cornhill is chairman of the board of directors of AltaGas Ltd., a position he has held since the inception of AltaGas’ predecessor in 1994. Mr. Cornhill is a founding shareholder of AltaGas (and its predecessors). He was Chief Executive Officer of AltaGas from 1994 to 2016 and served as interim co-chief executive officer from
July to December 2018. Prior to forming AltaGas, Mr. Cornhill served in various capacities with Alberta and Southern Gas Co. Ltd, including Vice President, Finance and Administration, Treasurer and President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Cornhill is an experienced leader in the business community and is a strong supporter of communities and community collaboration, investment and enhancement. He is a member of the Ivey Advisory Board at Western University. Mr. Cornhill holds a Bachelor of Science (Hons.) degree and a Master of Business Administration degree, both from Western University, and he was awarded an honorary Doctor of Laws degree by the University in 2015.

 

  Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d)
    

    IMO Common    

Shares

(% of class)

  

    IMO Deferred    

Share Units

(DSU)

  Total Vested
    Equity Holdings    
(Common + DSU)
  

Restricted
    Stock Units    

(RSU)

  

Total

Holdings *

    (Common + DSU + RSU)    

           

  Holdings as at February 13, 2019 (#)

 

12,500

(<0.01%)

   1,090   13,590    5,600    19,190

  Total market value as at February 13, 2019 ($)

  445,750    38,869   484,619    199,696    684,315
           

  Year over year change (#)

  0    736   736    3,000    3,736

    *Meets the necessary share ownership requirements

  Board and Committee Membership    Meeting
Attendance 2018
   Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years*

  Imperial Oil Limited board

  Audit committee

  Executive resources committee

  Public policy and corporate responsibility committee

  Nominations and corporate governance committee

  Community collaboration and engagement committee (Chair)

   7 of 7 (100%)
4 of 5 (80%)
5 of 6 (83%)
2 of 3 (66%)
4 of 4 (100%)
2 of 2 (100%)
  

- AltaGas Ltd. (2010 – present)

- AltaGas Canada Inc. (2018 – present)

- Alterra Power Corp. (2008 – 2018)

- Painted Pony Energy Ltd. (2015 – 2017)

- Northern Power Systems Inc. (2014 – 2015)

*no public board interlocks    

  Voting Results of 2018 Annual General Meeting:          Other Positions in the Past Five Years:
(position, date  office held, and status of employer)
  Votes in Favour:                     Votes Withheld:       - AltaGas Ltd., Chairman of the Board (1994 – present)
  748,899,962     (99.84%)          1,199,471     (0.16%)       - AltaGas Ltd., Interim CEO (July to December 2018)
      - AltaGas Ltd., Chief Executive Officer (1994 – 2016)

 

 

 

LOGO  

Krystyna T. Hoeg

 

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

 

Nonemployee director (independent)

Age: 69

Director since: May 1, 2008

Skills and experience: Leadership of large organizations, Project management, Global experience, Strategy development, Audit committee financial expert, Financial expertise, Executive compensation

 

  Ms. Hoeg was the president and chief executive officer of Corby Distilleries Limited from 1996 until her retirement in February 2007. She previously held several positions in the finance and controllers functions of Allied Domecq PLC and Hiram Walker & Sons Limited. Prior to that, she spent five years in public practice as a chartered accountant with the accounting firm of Touche Ross. She is currently a director of New Flyer Industries Inc. and is also a director of Samuel, Son & Co. Limited,
Revera Inc. and Arterra Wines Canada Inc., privately owned corporations. Ms. Hoeg is a past chair of the board of the Michael Garron Hospital.

 

  Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d)
    

    IMO Common    

Shares

(% of class)

  

    IMO Deferred    

Share Units

(DSU)

  Total Vested
    Equity Holdings    
(Common + DSU)
  

Restricted
    Stock Units    

(RSU)

  

Total

Holdings *

    (Common + DSU + RSU)    

           

  Holdings as at February 13, 2019 (#)

  0    34,790   34,790    12,200    46,990

  Total market value as at February 13, 2019 ($)

  0    1,240,611   1,240,611    435,052    1,675,663
           

  Year over year change (#)

  0    3,649   3,649    1,000    4,649

    *Meets the necessary share ownership requirements

  Board and Committee Membership    Meeting
Attendance 2018
   Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years*

  Imperial Oil Limited board

  Audit committee (Chair)

  Executive resources committee

  Public policy and corporate responsibility committee

  Nominations and corporate governance committee

  Community collaboration and engagement committee

   7 of 7 (100%)
5 of 5 (100%)
6 of 6 (100%)
3 of 3 (100%)
4 of 4 (100%)
2 of 2 (100%)
  

- New Flyer Industries (2015 – Present)

- Sun Life Financial Inc. (2002 – 2016)

- Canadian Pacific Railway Limited (2007 – 2015)

- Canadian Pacific Railway Company (2007 – 2015)

- Shoppers Drug Mart Corporation (2006 – 2014)

*no public board interlocks    

  Voting Results of 2018 Annual General Meeting:          Other Positions in the Past Five Years:
(position, date  office held, and status of employer)
  Votes in Favour:                     Votes Withheld:       None
  747,621,826     (99.67%)         2,477,607     (0.33%)      

 

99


Table of Contents
 

 

LOGO  

Miranda C. Hubbs

 

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

 

Nonemployee director (independent)

Age: 52

Director since: July 26, 2018

Skills and experience: Global experience, Strategy development, Audit committee financial expert, Financial expertise, Information technology/Cybersecurity, Executive compensation

 

  Miranda Hubbs is currently an independent director of Nutrien Ltd. and also serves as an independent director of PSP Investments (Public Sector Pension Investment Board). Ms. Hubbs serves on the board of the Canadian Red Cross and is a founding member and past national co-chair of the Canadian Red Cross Tiffany Circle—Women Leading Through Philanthropy. Prior to retirement in 2011, Ms. Hubbs was executive vice president and managing director of McLean Budden.
Ms. Hubbs holds a BSc from Western University and an MBA from Schulich School of Business at York University and is a CFA charterholder and a National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD) Governance Fellow. Ms. Hubbs also received her CERT Certificate in Cybersecurity Oversight issued by the CERT Division of the Software Engineering Institute at Carnegie Mellon University.

 

  Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d)
    

    IMO Common    

Shares

(% of class)

  

    IMO Deferred    

Share Units

(DSU)

  Total Vested
    Equity Holdings    
(Common + DSU)
  

Restricted
    Stock Units    

(RSU)

  

Total

Holdings *

    (Common + DSU + RSU)    

           

  Holdings as at February 13, 2019 (#)

  0    1,454   1,454    3,000    4,454

  Total market value as at February 13, 2019 ($)

  0    51,850   51,850    106,980    158,830
           

  Year over year change (#)

  n/a    n/a   n/a    n/a    n/a

    *Has five years from appointment to meet the necessary share ownership requirements

  Board and Committee Membership    Meeting
Attendance 2018
   Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years*

  Imperial Oil Limited board

  Audit committee

  Executive resources committee

  Public policy and corporate responsibility committee

  Nominations and corporate governance committee

  Community collaboration and engagement committee

   4 of 4 (100%)
2 of 2 (100%)
3 of 3 (100%)
2 of 2 (100%)
2 of 2 (100%)
2 of 2 (100%)
  

- Nutrien Ltd. (2018 – present)

- Agrium Inc. (2016 – 2018)

- Spectra Energy Corporation (2015 – 2017)

*no public board interlocks    

  Voting Results of 2018 Annual General Meeting:          Other Positions in the Past Five Years:
(position, date  office held, and status of employer)
  n/a                                                                 n/a       None

 

 

 

LOGO  

Richard M. Kruger

 

Calgary, Alberta, Canada

 

Non-independent director

Age: 59

Director since: March 1, 2013

Skills and experience: Leadership of large organizations, Operations/technical, Project management, Global experience, Strategy development, Financial expertise, Government relations, Executive compensation

 

  Mr. Kruger was appointed chairman, president and chief executive officer of Imperial Oil Limited effective March 1, 2013. Mr. Kruger has worked for Exxon Mobil Corporation and its predecessor companies since 1981 in various upstream and downstream assignments with responsibilities in the United States, the former Soviet Union, the Middle East, Africa and Southeast Asia. In his previous position, Mr. Kruger was vice-president of Exxon Mobil Corporation and president of ExxonMobil
Production Company, a division of Exxon Mobil Corporation, with responsibility for ExxonMobil’s global oil and gas producing operations.

 

  Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d)
    

    IMO Common    

Shares

(% of class)

  

    IMO Deferred    

Share Units

(DSU)

  Total Vested
    Equity Holdings    
(Common + DSU)
  

    Restricted    

Stock Units

(RSU)

  

Total

Holdings *

    (Common + DSU + RSU)    

           

  Holdings as at February 13, 2019 (#)

  0    0   0    545,800    545,800

  Total market value as at February 13, 2019 ($)

  0    0   0    19,463,228    19,463,228
           

  Year over year change (#)

  0    0   0    53,300    53,300

    *Meets the necessary share ownership requirements

  Board and Committee Membership    Meeting
Attendance 2018
   Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years*

  Imperial Oil Limited board (Chair)

  Community collaboration and engagement committee

   7 of 7 (100%)
2 of 2 (100%)
  

None

*no public board interlocks    

  Voting Results of 2018 Annual General Meeting:          Other Positions in the Past Five Years:
(position, date  office held, and status of employer)
  Votes in Favour:                     Votes Withheld:       None
  743,310,611   (99.09%)           6,788,822     (0.91%)      

 

100


Table of Contents
 

 

LOGO  

Jack M. Mintz

 

Calgary, Alberta, Canada

 

Nonemployee director (independent)

Age: 67

Director since: April 21, 2005

Skills and experience: Global experience, Strategy development, Financial expertise, Government relations, Academic/research, Executive compensation

 

  Dr. Mintz is currently the President’s Fellow at the University of Calgary’s School of Public Policy, a position he has held since July 2015. Dr. Mintz also serves as the national policy advisor for EY (formerly Ernst & Young) and in November 2017 he was appointed as Senior Fellow at Massey College, Toronto. From 2006 to 2015, Dr. Mintz was the founding Director and Palmer Chair in Public Policy for the University of Calgary, and from 1999 to 2006, he was the president and chief executive
officer of The C.D. Howe Institute. He has been a member of the board of Morneau Shepell since 2010. He has also been a professor at Queen’s University Economics Department from 1978 to 1989 and the Joseph L. Rotman School of Management at the University of Toronto from 1989 to 2007. Dr. Mintz also has published widely in the fields of public economics and fiscal federalism, has been an advisor to governments throughout the world on fiscal matters, and has frequently published articles in national newspapers and magazines. Dr. Mintz received the Order of Canada in 2015.

  Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d)

    

    IMO Common    

Shares

(% of class)

 

    IMO Deferred    

Share Units

(DSU)

 

Total Vested

Equity Holdings

    (Common + DSU)    

 

Restricted

    Stock Units    

(RSU)

 

Total

Holdings *

    (Common + DSU + RSU)    

  Holdings as at February 13, 2019 (#)

 

1,000

(<0.01%)

  30,592   31,592   12,200   43,792

  Total market value as at February 13, 2019 ($)

  35,660   1,090,911   1,126,571   435,052   1,561,623

  Year over year change (#)

  0   3,569   3,569   1,000   4,569

    *Meets the necessary share ownership requirements

  Board and Committee Membership    Meeting
Attendance 2018
     Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years*

  Imperial Oil Limited board

  Audit committee

  Executive resources committee

  Public policy and corporate responsibility committee (Chair)

  Nominations and corporate governance committee

  Community collaboration and engagement committee

  

7 of 7 (100%)

5 of 5 (100%)

6 of 6 (100%)

3 of 3 (100%)

4 of 4 (100%)

2 of 2 (100%)

    

- Morneau Shepell Inc. (2010 – Present)

*no public board interlocks

  Voting Results of 2018 Annual General Meeting:          

Other Positions in the Past Five Years:

(position, date office held, and status of employer)

  Votes in Favour:                     Votes Withheld:

  747,103,390     (99.60%)          2,996, 043       (0.40%)

        None

 

 

 

LOGO  

David S. Sutherland

 

Scottsdale, Arizona, United States of America

 

Nonemployee director (independent)

Age: 69

Director since: April 29, 2010

Skills and experience: Leadership of large organizations, Operations/technical, Global experience, Strategy development, Audit committee financial expert, Financial expertise, Government relations, Executive compensation

 

  In July 2007, Mr. Sutherland retired as president and chief executive officer of the former IPSCO, Inc. after spending 30 years with the company and more than five years as president and chief executive officer. Mr. Sutherland is the chairman of the board of United States Steel Corporation and director of GATX Corporation. Mr. Sutherland is also chairman of Graham Group Ltd., an employee owned corporation and is a director of Steelcraft Inc., a privately owned corporation. Mr. Sutherland is a former chairman of the American Iron and Steel Institute and served as a member of the board of directors of the Steel Manufacturers
Association, the International Iron and Steel Institute, the Canadian Steel Producers Association and the National Association of Manufacturers.

  Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d)

    

    IMO Common    

Shares

(% of class)

 

    IMO Deferred    

Share Units

(DSU)

 

Total Vested

    Equity Holdings    

(Common + DSU)

 

Restricted

    Stock Units    

(RSU)

 

Total

Holdings *

    (Common + DSU + RSU)    

  Holdings as at February 13, 2019 (#)

 

55,000

(<0.01%)

  27,969   82,969   12,200   95,169

  Total market value as at February 13, 2019 ($)

  1,961,300   997,375   2,958,675   435,052   3,393,727

  Year over year change (#)

  0   3,520   3,520   1,000   4,520

    *Meets the necessary share ownership requirements

  Board and Committee Membership    Meeting
Attendance 2018
     Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years*

  Imperial Oil Limited board

  Audit committee

  Executive resources committee (Chair)

  Public policy and corporate responsibility committee

  Nominations and corporate governance committee

  Community collaboration and engagement committee

  

7 of 7 (100%)

5 of 5 (100%)

6 of 6 (100%)

3 of 3 (100%)

4 of 4 (100%)

2 of 2 (100%)

    

- GATX Corporation (2007 – Present)

- United States Steel Corporation, (2008 – Present)

*no public board interlocks

  Voting Results of 2018 Annual General Meeting:          

Other Positions in the Past Five Years:

(position, date office held, and status of employer)

  Votes in Favour:                     Votes Withheld:

  748,032,202     (99.72%)          2,067,231       (0.28%)

        None

 

101


Table of Contents

Footnotes to director nominee tables on pages 98 through 101:

 

(a)

The information includes the beneficial ownership of common shares of Imperial Oil Limited, which information not being within the knowledge of the company has been provided by the nominees individually.

(b)

The company’s plan for restricted stock units for nonemployee directors is described on page 122. The company’s plan for deferred share units for nonemployee directors is described on page 121. The company’s plan for restricted stock units for selected employees is described on page 142.

(c)

The numbers for the company’s restricted stock units represent the total of the outstanding restricted stock units received in 2012 through 2018 and deferred share units received since directors’ appointment.

(d)

The value for Imperial Oil Limited common shares, deferred share units and restricted stock units is based on the closing price for Imperial Oil Limited common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange of $35.66 on February 13, 2019.

Director holdings in Exxon Mobil Corporation (a)

  Director  

XOM Common Shares

(#)

 

XOM Restricted Stock

(#)(b)

 

 

Total Common Shares
and Restricted Stock
(#)

 

 

Total Market Value of Common  

Shares and Restricted Stock  

($)(c)

  D.C. Brownell

  2,841   56,000   58,841   5,940,293

  R.M. Kruger

  1,741   118,500   120,241   12,138,930

  D.S. Sutherland

  5,730   -   5,730   578,472

 

(a)

Holdings as at February 13, 2019. The information includes the beneficial ownership of common shares of Exxon Mobil Corporation, which information not being within the knowledge of the company has been provided by the nominees individually. D.W. Cornhill, K.T. Hoeg, M.C. Hubbs and J.M. Mintz do not own common shares or hold restricted stock of Exxon Mobil Corporation.

(b)

The numbers for Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock include outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under its restricted stock plan which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan.

(c)

The value for Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares and restricted stock is based on the closing price for Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares on the New York Stock Exchange of $76.25 U.S., which is converted to Canadian dollars at the daily rate of exchange of $1.3240 provided by the Bank of Canada for February 13, 2019.

Majority voting policy    

In order to better align with the Canadian Coalition for Good Governance’s policy, “Governance Differences of Equity Controlled Corporations” – October, 2011, in 2012, the board of directors of the company passed a resolution adopting a majority voting policy. As of the date of this circular, Exxon Mobil Corporation holds 69.6 percent of the company’s shares. If Exxon Mobil Corporation’s shareholdings were ever to fall below 50 percent, the company’s policy provides that for any non-contested election of directors, any director nominee who receives a greater number of votes “withheld” from his or her election than votes “for” in such election shall tender his or her resignation. Within 90 days after certification of the election results, the board of directors will decide, through a process managed by the nominations and corporate governance committee and excluding the nominee in question, whether to accept the resignation. Absent a compelling reason for the director to remain on the board, the board shall accept the resignation. The board will promptly disclose its decision and, if applicable, the reasons for rejecting the tendered resignation.

 

102


Table of Contents

 

Corporate governance disclosure

 

Corporate governance at a glance

 

      

Controlled company

 

   Yes  

Size of current board

 

   8  

Current number of independent directors

 

   6  

Women on current board

 

   3  

Average attendance of directors at board and committee meetings

 

   96%  

Independent chair of the executive sessions

 

   Yes  

In camera sessions of independent directors at every board meeting

 

   Yes  

Independent status of audit committee

 

   100%  

Audit committee members financially literate

 

   All  

Independent status of executive resources committee

 

   85%  

Independent status of nominations and corporate governance committee

 

   85%  

Majority of independent directors on all committees

 

   Yes  

Individual director elections

 

   Yes  

Average tenure of director nominees (approximate)

 

   6 years  

Average age of director nominees (approximate)

 

   62 years  

Mandatory retirement age

 

   72 years  

Majority voting policy

 

   Yes  

Separate board chair and CEO

 

   No  

Number of board interlocks

 

   None  

No director serves on more than two boards of another reporting issuer

 

   Yes  

Share ownership requirements for independent directors

 

   Yes  

Share ownership requirements for chairman and chief executive officer

 

   Yes  

Board orientation and education program

 

   Yes  

Code of business conduct and ethics

 

   Yes  

Board and committee charters

 

   Yes  

Position descriptions for the chairman and chief executive officer and the chair of each committee

 

   Yes  

Skills matrix for directors

 

   Yes  

Annual board evaluation process

 

   Yes  

Annual advisory vote on executive compensation

 

   No  

Dual-class shares

 

   No  

Change of control agreements

   No  

 

103


Table of Contents

 

Statement of corporate governance practice

This section provides information pertaining to our board, the committees of the board, ethics, diversity and shareholder engagement. The company is committed to high corporate governance standards and best practices. The company’s corporate governance policies and practices comply with and in most cases exceed the requirements of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees (NI 52-110), National Policy 58-201 Corporate Governance Guidelines (NP 58-201) and National Instrument 58-101 Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices (NI 58-101). The company’s common shares trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NYSE American LLC and our corporate governance practices reflect the standards of these exchanges.

 

 

The company continually reviews its governance practices and monitors regulatory changes.

 

 

Composition of our board nominees    

 

LOGO

Tenure of our board nominees

The board charter provides that incumbent directors will not be re-nominated if they have attained the age of 72, except under exceptional circumstances and at the request of the chairman. The company does not have term limits for independent directors because it values the comprehensive knowledge of the company that long serving directors possess and independent directors are expected to remain qualified to serve for a minimum of five years. The following chart shows the current years of service of the nominees for the board of directors and the year they would normally be expected to retire from the board.

 

Name of director nominee

  Years of service on the board   Year of expected retirement from the
board for independent directors
     

D.C. Brownell

 

  2 months   -

D.W. Cornhill

 

  1 year   2025

K.T. Hoeg

 

  11 years   2022

M.C. Hubbs

 

  7 months   2038

R.M. Kruger

 

  6 years   -

J.M. Mintz

 

  14 years   2023

D.S. Sutherland

 

  9 years   2022

Years of combined experience on the board: approximately 42 years

Average tenure on the board: approximately 6 years

Average age of directors: approximately 62 years

 

104


Table of Contents

Skills and experience of our board members

 

 

Our directors provide a wide range of skills, diversity and experience.

 

 

The current directors collectively have experience and expertise required to ensure effective stewardship and governance of the company. The key areas of experience and skills for each of the nominees for election as directors can also be found in each of the nominees tables on pages 98 through 101 of this circular.

The table below sets out the diverse skill set required of the board and identifies the particular experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of each director that led the board to conclude that such person should serve as a director of the company.

 

    

 

D.C.
Brownell

(a)

 

   D.W.
Cornhill
  

K.T.

Hoeg

  

M.C.
Hubbs

(b)

  

R.M.

Kruger

  

J.M.

Mintz

   D.S.
Sutherland
  

S.D.
Whittaker

(c)

  

 

                   

Leadership of large organizations

 

                          

Operations / Technical

 

                          

Project management

 

                          

Global experience

 

                          

Strategy development

 

                          

Audit committee financial expert

 

                          

Financial expertise

 

                          

Government relations

 

                          

Academic / Research

 

                          

Information technology / Cybersecurity

 

                          

Executive compensation

 

                          

 

(a)

D.C. Brownell was appointed to the board and its committees on November 1, 2018.

(b)

M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board and its committees on July 26, 2018.

(c)

S.D. Whittaker is currently a director, but is not standing for re-election at the annual meeting of shareholders.

 

105


Table of Contents

Independence of our board members

 

 

Five out of seven of the director nominees are independent.

 

 

The board is currently composed of eight directors, seven of whom will be standing for re-election at the annual meeting of shareholders on April 26, 2019. S.D. Whittaker will not stand for re-election as she will reach the company’s mandatory retirement age for directors in 2019. The majority of the board (six out of eight) and nominees (five out of seven) are independent. The independent directors are not employees of the company.

The board determines independence on the basis of the standards specified by National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees (NI 52-110), the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC. The board has reviewed relevant relationships between the company and each nonemployee director and director nominee to determine compliance with these standards.

Based on the directors’ responses to an annual questionnaire, the board determined that none of the independent directors has any interest, business or other relationship that could or could reasonably be perceived to constitute a material relationship with the company. R.M. Kruger is a director and chairman, president and chief executive officer of the company and not considered to be independent. The board believes that Mr. Kruger’s extensive knowledge of the business of the company and Exxon Mobil Corporation is beneficial to the other directors and his participation enhances the effectiveness of the board.

D.C. Brownell is also a non-independent director as he is an officer of Exxon Mobil Corporation. The company believes that Mr. Brownell, although deemed non-independent under the relevant standards by virtue of his employment, can be viewed as independent of the company’s management and that his ability to reflect the perspective of the company’s shareholders enhances the effectiveness of the board.

 

Name of director

   Management    Independent   

 

Not
independent

 

  Reason for non-independent status
         

D.C. Brownell (a)

 

          

D.C. Brownell is an officer of Exxon Mobil Corporation.

 

D.W. Cornhill

 

          

K.T. Hoeg

 

          

M.C. Hubbs (b)

 

          

R.M. Kruger

          

R.M. Kruger is a director and chairman, president and chief executive officer of Imperial Oil Limited.

 

J.M. Mintz

 

          

D.S. Sutherland

 

          

S.D. Whittaker (c)

 

          

 

  (a)

D.C. Brownell was appointed to the board and its committees on November 1, 2018.

  (b)

M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board and its committees on July 26, 2018.

  (c)

S.D. Whittaker is currently a director, but is not standing for re-election at the annual meeting of shareholders.

 

106


Table of Contents

Committee membership of our board

 

Each committee is chaired by a different independent director and

all of the independent directors are members of each committee.

 

 

The chart below shows the company’s current committee memberships and the chair of each committee.

 

Director   

 

Nominations
and corporate
governance
committee

 

  

Audit
committee

(b)

   Public policy
and corporate
responsibility
committee
   Executive
resources
committee
   Community
collaboration
and engagement
committee
           

D.C. Brownell (a)

 

      -         

D.W. Cornhill (c)

 

              

Chair

K.T. Hoeg (c)

     

Chair

 

        

M.C. Hubbs (c)

 

              

R.M. Kruger (a)

 

   -    -    -    -   

J.M. Mintz

        

Chair

 

     

D.S. Sutherland (c)

           

Chair

 

  

S.D. Whittaker (c)

  

Chair

 

           

 

(a)

Not independent directors.

(b)

All members of the audit committee are independent and financially literate within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees and the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC.

(c)

Audit committee financial experts under U.S. regulatory requirements.

Number of meetings

The chart below shows the number of board, committee and annual meetings held in 2018.

 

 

Board or committee

 

  Number of meetings held in 2018    
   

Imperial Oil Limited board

 

  7  

Audit committee

 

  5  

Executive resources committee

 

  6  

Public policy and corporate responsibility committee

 

  3  

Nominations and corporate governance committee

 

  4  

Community collaboration and engagement committee

 

  2  

Annual meeting of shareholders

 

  1  

 

107


Table of Contents

Attendance of our board members in 2018

 

 

96% board and committee meeting attendance from all members.

 

 

The following chart provides a summary of the attendance record of each of the directors in 2018. The attendance record of each director nominee is also set out in his or her biographical information on pages 98 through 101. The attendance chart also provides an overall view of the attendance per committee. Senior management directors and other members of management periodically attend committee meetings at the request of the committee chair.

 

Director    Board    Audit
committee
   Executive
resources
committee
  

Public policy
and corporate
responsibility
committee

(e)

   Nominations
and
corporate
governance
committee
  

Community
collaboration
and
engagement
committee

(e)

 

   Annual
meeting
   Total    Percentage
by director

 

  D.C. Brownell (a)

 

   2 of 2    -      2 of 2    1 of 1    1 of 1    1 of 1    -      7 of 7    100%

 

  D.W. Cornhill

 

   7 of 7    4 of 5    5 of 6    2 of 3    4 of 4   

2 of 2

(chair)

   1 of 1    25 of 28    89%

 

  K.T. Hoeg

 

   7 of 7   

5 of 5

(chair)

   6 of 6    3 of 3    4 of 4    2 of 2    1 of 1    28 of 28    100%

 

  M.C. Hubbs (b)

 

   4 of 4    2 of 2    3 of 3    2 of 2    2 of 2    2 of 2    -      15 of 15    100%

 

  R.M. Kruger

 

  

7 of 7

(chair)

   -      -      -      -      2 of 2    1 of 1    9 of 9    100%

 

  J.M. Mintz

 

   7 of 7    5 of 5    6 of 6   

3 of 3

(chair)

   4 of 4    2 of 2    1 of 1    28 of 28    100%

 

  D.S. Sutherland

 

   7 of 7    5 of 5   

6 of 6

(chair)

   3 of 3    4 of 4    2 of 2    1 of 1    28 of 28    100%

 

  D.G. Wascom (c)

 

   5 of 5    -      3 of 4    2 of 2    2 of 3    1 of 1    1 of 1    14 of 16    88%

 

  S.D. Whittaker

 

   7 of 7    5 of 5    6 of 6    3 of 3   

4 of 4

(chair)

   2 of 2    1 of 1    28 of 28    100%

 

  V.L. Young (d)

 

   2 of 3    2 of 3    2 of 3    1 of 1    1 of 2    -      1 of 1    9 of 13    69%
  Percentage by
  committee
   98%    93%    93%    95%    93%    100%    100%    191 of 200    Overall attendance   96%

 

  (a)

D.C. Brownell was appointed to the board and its committees on November 1, 2018.

  (b)

M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board and its committees on July 26, 2018.

  (c)

D.G Wascom resigned from the board and its committees on October 31, 2018.

  (d)

V.L. Young retired from the board and its committees on April 27, 2018 and was chair of the audit committee until retirement.

  (e)

In 2018, the environment, health and safety committee was changed to the public policy and corporate responsibility committee and the contributions committee was changed to the community collaboration and engagement committee. For a discussion on these changes, see the Committee structure section on page 112.

 

108


Table of Contents

Other public company directorships of our board members

 

 

No director serves on more than two boards of another reporting issuer.

 

 

The following table shows which directors serve on the boards of other reporting issuers and the committee memberships in those companies.

 

  Name of
  director
  

 

Other reporting issuers of
which director is also a
director

 

   Type of company   

Stock
symbol:

Exchange

   Committee appointments

 

  D.C. Brownell

 

   -      -      -      -

 

  D.W. Cornhill

 

  

 

AltaGas Ltd.

 

   Diversified energy company    ALA:TSX    Chairman of the board
  

 

AltaGas Canada Inc.

 

   Diversified energy company    ACI:TSX    Chairman of the board

 

  K.T. Hoeg

 

   New Flyer Industries Inc.    Manufacturer of heavy duty transit buses    NFI:TSX    Human resources, compensation, and corporate governance committee and audit committee

 

  M.C. Hubbs

 

   Nutrien Ltd.    Fertilizer manufacturing    NTR:TSX, NYSE    Corporate governance and nominating committee and safety, health, environment and security committee

 

  R.M. Kruger

 

   -      -      -      -

 

  J.M. Mintz

 

   Morneau Shepell Inc.    Human resources consulting    MSI:TSX    Audit committee (chair) and governance committee

  D.S. Sutherland

  

 

GATX Corporation

 

   Commercial rail vehicles and aircraft engines – shipping    GMT:NYSE    Compensation committee (chair) and governance committee
  

 

United States Steel Corporation

 

   Iron and steel    X:NYSE    Chairman of the board

 

  S.D. Whittaker

 

   -      -      -      -

Interlocking directorships of our board members

As of the date of this proxy circular, there are no interlocking public company directorships among the directors listed in this circular.

 

109


Table of Contents

Director qualification and selection process

The nominations and corporate governance committee is responsible for identifying and recommending new candidates for board nomination. The committee identifies candidates from a number of sources, including executive search firms and referrals from existing directors. The process for selection is described in paragraph 10 (a) of the Board of Directors Charter found in Appendix A of this circular. The committee will consider potential future candidates as required. In considering the qualifications of potential nominees for election as directors, the nominations and corporate governance committee considers the work experience and other areas of expertise of the potential nominees with the objective of providing for diversity among the nonemployee directors. The following key criteria are considered to be relevant to the work of the board of directors and its committees:

Work experience

   

Experience in leadership of businesses or other large organizations (Leadership of large organizations)

   

Operations/technical experience (Operations / Technical)

   

Project management experience (Project management)

   

Experience in working in a global work environment (Global experience)

   

Experience in development of business strategy (Strategy development)

Other expertise

   

Audit committee financial expert (also see the financial expert section in the audit committee table starting on page 115)

   

Expertise in financial matters (Financial expertise)

   

Expertise in managing relations with government (Government relations)

   

Experience in academia or in research (Academic / Research)

   

Expertise in information technology and cybersecurity (Information technology / Cybersecurity)

   

Expertise in executive compensation policies and practices (Executive compensation)

The nominations and corporate governance committee may consider the following additional factors in assessing potential nominees:

   

possessing expertise in any of the following areas: law, science, marketing, administration, social/political environment or community and civic affairs;

   

individual competencies in business and other areas of endeavour in contributing to the collective experience of the directors; and

   

providing diversity of age, gender and regional association.

The nominations and corporate governance committee assesses the work experience and other expertise each existing director possesses and whether the candidate is able to fill any gaps in such experience, expertise and diversity of age, gender and regional association. Consideration is also given to whether candidates possess the ability to contribute to the broad range of issues with which the board and its committees must deal, are able to devote the necessary amount of time to prepare for and attend board and committee meetings and are free of any potential legal impediment or conflict of interest.

Candidates are expected to remain qualified to serve for a minimum of five years and independent directors are expected to achieve ownership of no less than 15,000 common shares, deferred share units and restricted share units within five years of becoming an independent director.

When the committee is recommending candidates for re-nomination, it assesses such candidates against the criteria for re-nomination as set out in paragraph 10 (b) of the Board of Directors Charter found in Appendix A of this circular. Candidates for re-nomination are expected not to change their principal position, the thrust of their involvement or their regional association in a way that would significantly detract from their value as a director of the corporation. They are also expected to continue to be compatible with the criteria that led to their selection as nominees.

 

110


Table of Contents

Director orientation, education and development

 

 

The company regularly provides in-depth presentations to the directors on relevant

and emerging issues and encourages continuing education opportunities.

 

 

The corporate secretary organizes an orientation program for all new directors. In a series of meetings over several days, new directors are briefed by staff and functional managers on all significant areas of the company’s operations, industry specific topics, risk oversight and regulatory issues. New directors are also briefed on significant company policies, organizational structure, security, information technology management and on critical planning and reserves processes. They also receive key governance and disclosure documents and a comprehensive board manual which contains a record of historical information about the company, by-laws, company policies, the charters of the board and its committees, other relevant company business information, information on directors’ duties and additional board related activities and calendars.

Continuing education is provided to board and committee members through regular presentations by management, which focus on providing more in-depth information about key aspects of the business. Each year the board has an extended meeting that focuses on a particular area of the company’s operations and includes a visit to one or more of the company’s operating sites or a site of relevance. In September 2018, the board visited the Kearl site for a tour of the facility and presentations specific to the work being performed at the site. The board and the committees also received a number of presentations in 2018 that focused on performance, strategy and opportunities for the business. Some of these presentations included an asset impairment review, an investor relations review, a risk management review, climate and carbon policy updates, a review of environmental performance, a review of upstream and downstream performance and improvement plans, and a competition and anti-corruption review. The board was also provided an information technology and cybersecurity update including key cybersecurity trends, risks, mitigation efforts, and system improvements.

Members of Exxon Mobil Corporation’s management also provide reviews of various aspects of ExxonMobil’s global business. In 2018, the directors received a presentation on ExxonMobil’s information technology and cybersecurity processes, an energy outlook presentation, an overview of ExxonMobil’s global business, and a presentation on ExxonMobil’s audit program and processes.

Members of the board also receive an extensive package of materials prior to each board meeting that provides a comprehensive summary on each agenda item to be discussed. Similarly, the committee members also receive a comprehensive summary on each agenda item to be discussed by that particular committee. Informational communications and other written publications or reports of interest to the directors are also forwarded routinely.

The board members are canvassed as to whether there are any additional topics relevant to the board or to a specific committee that they would like to see addressed and management schedules presentations covering these areas. In addition, at every meeting the board receives an extensive update from the chairman, president and chief executive officer on business environment trends, relevant geopolitical activities, federal government priorities, key provincial issues and competitor activities, as appropriate.

Directors are encouraged to participate in other continuing education programs and events to ensure their skills and knowledge remain current.

Board performance assessment

The board and its committees, as well as the performance of the directors, are assessed on an annual basis. In 2018, the directors engaged in a performance assessment with the chairman, president and chief executive officer during which the directors evaluated the board and each committee’s effectiveness in various areas. The chairman, president and chief executive officer also meets regularly with directors individually to discuss any outstanding issues. The nominations and corporate governance committee discussed a summary of these assessment outcomes at its January 2019 meeting.

 

111


Table of Contents

Board and committee structure

Leadership structure

The company has chosen to combine the positions of chairman, president and chief executive officer. The board believes the interests of all shareholders are best served at the present time through a leadership model with a combined chairman and chief executive officer position. The company does not have a lead director. While the chairman of the board is not an independent director, S.D. Whittaker, chair of the executive sessions of the board, provides leadership for the independent directors. The duties of the chair of the executive sessions include presiding at executive sessions, and reviewing and modifying, if necessary, the agenda of the meetings of the board in advance to ensure that the board may successfully carry out its duties. The position description of the chair of the executive sessions is described in paragraph 9 (c) of the Board of Directors Charter attached as Appendix A.

Independent director executive sessions

The executive sessions of the board are in camera meetings of the independent directors and are held in conjunction with every board meeting. These meetings are held in the absence of management. The independent directors held seven executive sessions in 2018. The purposes of the executive sessions of the board include the following:

 

   

raising substantive issues that are more appropriately discussed in the absence of management;

 

   

discussing the need to communicate to the chairman of the board any matter of concern raised by any committee or director;

 

   

addressing issues raised but not resolved at meetings of the board and assessing any follow-up needs with the chairman of the board;

 

   

discussing the quality, quantity, and timeliness of the flow of information from management that is necessary for the independent directors to effectively and responsibly perform their duties, and advising the chairman of the board of any changes required; and

 

   

seeking feedback about board processes.

In camera sessions of the board committees

Various committees also regularly hold in camera sessions without management present. The audit committee regularly holds private sessions of the committee members as well as private meetings of the committee with each of the external auditor, the internal auditor and senior management as part of every regularly scheduled committee meeting.

Committee structure

The board has created five committees to help carry out its duties. In 2018, the board of directors approved changes to two committees of the board. The name of the environment, health and safety committee was changed to the public policy and corporate responsibility committee, and a new charter was adopted for this committee. The name of the contributions committee was changed to the community collaboration and engagement committee, and a new charter was adopted for this committee. Each committee is chaired by a different independent director and all of the independent directors are members of each committee. D.C. Brownell is also a member of each committee, with the exception of the audit committee, which is composed entirely of independent directors. R.M. Kruger is also a member of the community collaboration and engagement committee.

 

LOGO

 

112


Table of Contents

Board committees work on key issues in greater detail than would be possible at full board meetings, allowing directors to more effectively discharge their stewardship responsibilities. The independent chairs of the five committees are able to take a leadership role in executing the board’s responsibility with respect to a specific area of the company’s operations falling within the responsibility of the committee he or she chairs. The board and each committee have a written charter that can be found in Appendix A of this circular. The charters are reviewed and approved by the board annually. The charters set out the purpose, structure, position description for the chair, and the responsibility and authority of that committee.

Risk oversight

The company is governed by a comprehensive and well-established risk management system, and the company’s success in managing risk over time has been achieved through emphasis on execution of this disciplined management framework.

 

LOGO

The company’s risk management system includes a process for identifying, prioritizing, measuring, and managing the principal risks across the company, as well as assessing the company’s response to these risks. The system is implemented through various policies, guidelines, processes and systems, including:

   

energy outlook scenarios;

   

strategic planning;

   

risk management guidelines;

   

code of ethics and standards of business conduct;

   

delegation of authority guidelines;

   

credit risk assessment guidelines;

   

controls and operations integrity management systems;

   

capital project management systems;

   

IT risk management (including information technology, systems and cybersecurity);

   

guidelines for the management and protection of information; and

   

business continuity plans.

For a discussion on the company’s risk management in relation to executive compensation, see the Compensation discussion and analysis section starting on page 136.

The chairman, president and chief executive officer is charged with identifying the company’s principal risks and ensuring appropriate systems are in place to manage these risks. The full board of directors is responsible for reviewing the principal risks and overseeing the implementation of the risk management system. In addition, the various committees of the board assist in risk oversight for issues that fall under their responsibility. For example, the audit committee oversees the company’s system of internal accounting and financial controls, the executive resources committee oversees the compensation programs and practices in relation to risk management, and the public policy and corporate responsibility committee oversees the policies and practices that manage environment, health and safety risk.

 

113


Table of Contents

The board and its committees carry out their risk oversight responsibility through regular reviews and assessments. The board carefully considers these risks in evaluating strategic plans and specific proposals for capital expenditures and budget additions. Topic-specific assessments, such as for compliance programs, controls, business performance, regulatory changes and risk management, are conducted regularly and as necessary. The board also visits one or more of the company’s operating sites each year to better understand issues associated with the company’s business. Members of the board ask questions of management to ensure risks are identified, assessed, mitigated, and monitored.

The following table provides additional oversight and other information about the board and its five committees:

 

 

Board of directors

The board of directors is responsible for the stewardship of the corporation. The stewardship process is carried out by the board directly or through one or more of the committees of the board. The formal mandate of the board can be found within the Board of Directors Charter in Appendix A of this circular.

 

Directors   

  R.M. Kruger (chair)

  D.C. Brownell

  D.W. Cornhill

  K.T. Hoeg

 

  

  M.C. Hubbs

  J.M. Mintz

  D.S. Sutherland

  S.D. Whittaker

 

Number of

meetings

  

 

Seven meetings of the board of directors were held in 2018. There were no special meetings held this year. The independent directors hold executive sessions of the board in conjunction with every board meeting. These meetings are held in the absence of management. The independent directors held seven executive sessions in 2018.

 

Board

highlights in

2018

  

   Provided oversight in support of safety and environmental performance.

   Regularly discussed industry activity, market updates and company initiatives.

   Regularly discussed operational and project updates.

   Regularly discussed risk management and business controls environment.

   Regularly reviewed information technology, systems and cybersecurity strategies (including trends, risks, preparedness, mitigation, response and system improvements) to assess the security and integrity of the company’s information, systems and assets.

   Regularly assessed performance of the Kearl oil sands operations and monitored progress on funding for reliability improvements.

   Reviewed and approved funding for Aspen project.

   Expanded share buyback program to return surplus cash to shareholders.

   Discussed comprehensive company strategy for all business lines.

   Conducted a tour and information overview of the Kearl site.

   Appointed two new directors to the board.

   Approved name changes and updated charters for public policy and corporate responsibility committee and community collaboration and engagement committee to reflect expanded mandates of those committees.

 

Role in risk

oversight

  

 

The company’s financial, execution and operational risk rests with management and the company is governed by well-established risk management systems. The board of directors are responsible for reviewing the company’s principal risks and overseeing the implementation of the appropriate systems to manage these risks. The board carefully considers these risks in evaluating the company’s strategic plans and specific proposals for capital expenditures and budget additions. It also approves and monitors compliance with the code of ethics and business conduct, and ensures that executive officers create a culture of integrity throughout the company. The board reviews the company’s information technology, systems and cybersecurity to ensure they adequately protect the company’s corporate information and assets.

 

Disclosure

policy

  

 

The company is committed to full, true and plain public disclosure of all material information in a timely manner, in order to keep security holders and the investing public informed about the company’s operations. The full details of the corporate disclosure policy can be found on the company’s internet site at www.imperialoil.ca.

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Independence

  

 

The current board of directors is composed of eight directors, the majority of whom (six out of eight) are independent. The six independent directors are not employees of the company.

 

 

Audit committee

The role of the audit committee includes selecting and overseeing the independent auditor, reviewing the scope and results of the audit conducted by the independent auditor, assisting the board in overseeing the integrity of the company’s financial statements, the company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the quality and effectiveness of internal controls, approving any changes in accounting principles and practices, and reviewing the results of monitoring activity under the company’s business ethics compliance program. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the Audit Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular.

 

Committee

members

  

  K.T. Hoeg (chair)

  S.D. Whittaker (vice-chair)

  D.W. Cornhill

 

  

  M.C. Hubbs

  J.M. Mintz

  D.S. Sutherland

 

Number of

meetings

  

 

Five meetings of the audit committee were held in 2018. The committee members met in camera without management present and separately with the internal auditor and the external auditor at all regularly scheduled meetings. A pre-audit meeting also occurs prior to every regularly scheduled audit committee meeting with the chair of the audit committee and the chief financial officer and both the internal and external auditors.

 

Committee

highlights in

2018

  

 

   Reviewed and recommended for approval the interim and full year financial and operating results.

   Reviewed and assessed the company’s system of internal controls and auditing procedures, and the results of the internal auditor’s audit program.

   Reviewed and assessed the external auditor plan, performance and fees.

   Reviewed the committee’s mandate and completed the committee self-assessment.

   Reviewed evolving regulations and reporting obligations.

   Reviewed the asset impairment process.

   Reviewed the finance plan.

   Performed external auditor performance evaluation.

 

Financial

expertise

  

 

The company’s board of directors has determined that D.W. Cornhill, K.T. Hoeg, M.C. Hubbs, D.S. Sutherland and S.D. Whittaker meet the definition of “audit committee financial expert”. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that the designation of an audit committee financial expert does not make that person an expert for any purpose, or impose any duties, obligations or liability on that person that are greater than those imposed on members of the audit committee and board of directors in the absence of such designation or identification. All members of the audit committee are financially literate within the meaning of Multilateral Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees and the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC.

 

Role in risk

oversight

  

 

The audit committee also has an important role in risk oversight, and regularly receives updates from management on the company’s risk management systems. The audit committee oversees risks associated with financial and accounting matters, including compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and the company’s financial reporting and internal controls systems. In addition, it reviews the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers’ audit in light of risks associated with the energy industry, the regulatory environment and company-specific financial audit risks. The committee also reviews financial statements and internal and external audit results, and any changes proposed to accounting principles and practices.

 

Independence   

 

The audit committee is composed entirely of independent directors. All members met board approved independence standards, as that term is defined in Multilateral Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC.

 

 

115


Table of Contents

 

Executive resources committee

The executive resources committee is responsible for corporate policy on compensation and for specific decisions on the compensation of the chief executive officer and key senior executives and officers reporting directly to that position. In addition to compensation matters, the committee is also responsible for succession plans and appointments to senior executive and officer positions, including the chief executive officer. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the Executive Resources Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular.

 

Committee members   

  D.S. Sutherland (chair)

  D.W. Cornhill (vice-chair)

  D.C. Brownell

  K.T. Hoeg

 

  

 

  M.C. Hubbs

  J.M. Mintz

  S.D. Whittaker

 

    

 

None of the members of the executive resources committee currently serves as a chief executive officer of another company.

 

 

Number of meetings

 

   Six meetings of the executive resources committee were held in 2018.
Committee highlights in 2018   

 

   Reviewed executive compensation program and principles.

   Reviewed current and planned activities to address upcoming legislative changes impacting the workforce (cannabis legalization, employment and labour standards).

   Reviewed harassment policy and administrative process outcomes.

   Continued focus on succession planning for senior management positions.

   Appointment of senior vice president, finance and administration and controller.

   Appointment of director, corporate tax.

   Appointment of assistant general counsel downstream and corporate departments and corporate secretary.

 

Committee members relevant skills
and
experience
  

 

D.W. Cornhill, K.T. Hoeg, M.C. Hubbs, D.S. Sutherland and S.D. Whittaker had extensive and lengthy experience in managing and implementing their respective companies’ compensation policies and practices in their past role as chief executive officers or members of senior management. Mr. Cornhill, Ms. Hoeg, Dr. Mintz, Mr. Sutherland and Ms. Whittaker serve or have served on compensation committees of one or more public companies. Accordingly, committee members are able to use this experience and knowledge derived from their roles with other companies in judging the suitability of the company’s compensation policies and practices.

 

 

Role in risk oversight

 

   The executive resources committee oversees the compensation programs and practices that are designed to encourage appropriate risk assessment and risk management.
Independence   

 

The members of the executive resources committee are independent, with the exception of D.C. Brownell, who is not considered to be independent under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Canadian securities rules and the rules of the NYSE American LLC due to his employment with Exxon Mobil Corporation. However, the Canadian Coalition for Good Governance’s policy, “Governance Differences of Equity Controlled Corporations” – October, 2011, would view Mr. Brownell as a related director and independent of management and who may participate as a member of the company’s executive resources committee. Mr. Brownell’s participation helps to ensure an objective process for determining compensation of the company’s officers and directors and assists the deliberations of this committee by bringing the views and perspectives of the majority shareholder.

 

Public policy and corporate responsibility committee

The role of the public policy and corporate responsibility committee is to review and monitor the company’s policies and practices in matters of the environment, health and safety and to monitor the company’s compliance with legislative, regulatory and corporate standards in these areas. The committee monitors trends and reviews current and emerging public policy. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the Public Policy and Corporate Responsibility Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular.

 

116


Table of Contents
Committee members   

 

  J.M. Mintz (chair)

  D.S. Sutherland (vice-chair)

  D.C. Brownell

  D.W. Cornhill

 

  

 

  K.T. Hoeg

  M.C. Hubbs

  S.D. Whittaker

 

 

 

Number of meetings

 

   Three meetings of the public policy and corporate responsibility committee were held in 2018.
Committee highlights in 2018   

 

  Personnel and process safety review.

  Health review.

  Risk management review.

  Emissions and environmental incident review.

  Operations integrity management system review.

  Key issue reviews on climate policy, NAFTA, market access, regulatory reform and corporate reporting.

 

Role in risk oversight   

 

The public policy and corporate responsibility committee reviews and monitors the company’s policies and practices in matters of environment, health and safety, which policies and practices are intended to mitigate and manage risk in these areas. The committee receives regular reports from management on these matters.

 

Independence   

 

The members of the public policy and corporate responsibility committee are independent, with the exception of D.C. Brownell.

 

Nominations and corporate governance committee

The role of the nominations and corporate governance committee is to oversee issues of corporate governance as they apply to the company, including the overall performance of the board, review potential nominees for directorship and review the charters of the board and any of its committees. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular.

 

Committee members   

 

  S.D. Whittaker (chair)

  J.M. Mintz (vice-chair)

  D.C. Brownell

  D.W. Cornhill

 

  

 

  K.T. Hoeg

  M.C. Hubbs

  D.S. Sutherland

 

 

 

Number of meetings

 

   Four meetings of the nominations and corporate governance committee were held in 2018.
Committee highlights in 2018   

 

  Board succession planning and recommendation to appoint a new director.

  Board and committee charter revisions.

  Approval of the statement of corporate governance practices.

  Completion of the board and committee self-assessment.

  Review of director compensation principles.

  Recommended name changes and updated charters for the public policy and corporate responsibility committee and the community collaboration and engagement committee to reflect expanded mandates of those committees.

 

 

117


Table of Contents

 

Role in risk oversight

 

   The nominations and corporate governance committee oversees risk by implementing an effective program for corporate governance, including board composition and succession planning.
Independence   

 

The members of the nominations and corporate governance committee are independent, with the exception of D.C. Brownell, who is not considered to be independent under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Canadian securities rules and the rules of the NYSE American LLC due to his employment with Exxon Mobil Corporation. However, the Canadian Coalition for Good Governance’s policy, “Governance Differences of Equity Controlled Corporations” – October, 2011, would view Mr. Brownell as a related director and independent of management and who may participate as a member of the company’s nominations and corporate governance committee. Mr. Brownell’s participation helps to ensure an objective nominations process and assists the deliberations of this committee by bringing the views and perspectives of the majority shareholder.

 

Community collaboration and engagement committee

The role of the community collaboration and engagement committee is to oversee all of the company’s community investment activities, including charitable donations. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the Community Collaboration and Engagement Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular.

 

Committee members   

 

  D.W. Cornhill (chair)

  K.T. Hoeg (vice-chair)

  D.C. Brownell

  M.C. Hubbs

 

  

 

  R.M. Kruger

  J.M. Mintz

  D.S. Sutherland

  S.D. Whittaker

 

 

Number of meetings

 

   Two meetings of the community collaboration and engagement committee were held in 2018.
Committee highlights in 2018   

 

  Imperial contributed $16 million to communities across Canada in 2017 as assessed by London Benchmarking Group (LBG) – a value leveraged through employees and community partners at a higher rate than industry average.

  Partnered with Mount Royal University in environment, sustainability and governance reporting research to improve industry’s understanding of stakeholder expectations and best practices.

  Increased contributions and sponsorship support for Indigenous leadership and capacity building in operating communities including on-reserve training, industry research on employment barriers and relationship building with Indigenous social media influencers.

  Successfully signed Indigenous Community Benefit Agreements for Kearl and Aspen.

  Contributed $3.2 million in 2018 to support Imperial’s United Way partners across Canada.

 

Independence   

 

The majority of the members of the community collaboration and engagement committee are independent (six out of eight) with the exception of R.M. Kruger and D.C. Brownell.

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Director compensation

Director compensation discussion and analysis

 

 

Directors’ compensation is intended to align the long-term

financial interests of the directors with those of the shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

Nonemployee director compensation levels are reviewed by the nominations and corporate governance committee each year, and resulting recommendations are presented to the full board for approval. The nominations and corporate governance committee decided not to use an external research firm to assemble the comparator data to determine compensation for the July 1, 2018 - June 30, 2019 period. The committee relied instead on an internally-led assessment to provide competitive compensation and market data for directors’ compensation, which assisted the committee in making a compensation recommendation for the company’s directors. The internal assessment maintained the compensation design philosophy, objectives and principles, and was consistent with previous methodology used in this analysis.

Employees of the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation receive no extra pay for serving as directors. Nonemployee directors receive compensation consisting of cash and restricted stock units. Since 1999, the nonemployee directors have been able to receive all or part of their cash directors’ fees in the form of deferred share units. The purpose of the deferred share unit plan for nonemployee directors is to provide them with additional motivation to promote sustained improvement in the company’s business performance and shareholder value by allowing them to have all or part of their directors’ fees tied to the future growth in value of the company’s common shares. The deferred share unit plan is described in more detail on page 121.

 

119


Table of Contents

Compensation decision making process and considerations

The nominations and corporate governance committee relies on market comparisons with a group of 18 major Canadian companies with national and international scope and complexity. The company draws its nonemployee directors from a wide variety of industrial sectors and, as such, a broad sample is appropriate for this purpose. The nominations and corporate governance committee does not target any specific percentile among comparator companies at which to align compensation for this group.

The 18 comparator companies included in the benchmark sample are as follows:

 

 

Energy

 

   Non-Energy

 

Canadian Natural Resources Limited

 

  

 

Air Canada

 

 

Cenovus Energy Inc.

 

  

Bank of Nova Scotia

 

 

Encana Corporation

 

  

BCE Inc.

 

 

Enbridge Inc.

 

  

Canadian National Railway Company

 

 

Husky Energy Inc.

 

  

Royal Bank of Canada

 

 

Parkland Fuel Corporation

 

  

Sun Life Financial Inc.

 

 

Suncor Energy Inc.

 

  

Teck Resources Limited

 

 

TransCanada Corporation

 

  

TELUS Corporation

 

 
    

Thomson Reuters Corporation

 

 
    

The Toronto-Dominion Bank

 

Hedging policy

Company policy prohibits all employees, including executives, and directors, from purchasing or selling puts, calls, other options or futures contracts on the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation stock.

For a discussion on the process by which the compensation of the company’s executive officers is determined, see the Compensation discussion and analysis section starting on page 136.

Compensation details

Board and committee chair retainer

The compensation of the nonemployee directors is assessed annually.

Effective July 1, 2017, the nonemployee directors received an annual retainer for board membership of $110,000 per year and a retainer of $10,000 for each committee chaired. Nonemployee directors also received a grant of 2,600 restricted stock units. There were no committee membership retainers or fees for unscheduled meetings.

In 2018, the nominations and corporate governance committee recommended, and the board subsequently approved a change to the compensation paid to the nonemployee directors. Effective July 1, 2018, the nonemployee directors received an annual retainer for board membership of $110,000 per year. The retainer for each committee chaired was eliminated, and the grant of restricted stock units was increased from 2,600 to 3,000.

 

120


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the compensation terms for the nonemployee directors in 2018:

 

 

Director compensation

 

  Annual retainer terms: (a)

  

 

From July 1, 2017

to June 30, 2018

 

  

Effective July 1, 2018

 

  Cash retainer:

 

 

Board membership

 

  

 

$110,000 annually

  

 

$110,000 annually

Committee chair

 

  

$10,000 annually

  

None

 

  Equity based compensation:

 

Restricted stock units

  

 

2,600 units

(which vest on the 5th and 10th anniversary of date of grant)

  

 

3,000 units

(which vest on the 5th and 10th anniversary of date of grant)

 

  (a)

The nonemployee directors may elect to take all or a portion of the cash retainer in the form of deferred share units. Nonemployee directors who were appointed to the board during 2018 receive the full restricted stock unit grant and a prorated cash retainer based on the date of appointment.

Equity based compensation

Deferred share units

In 1999, an additional form of long-term incentive compensation (“deferred share units”) was made available to nonemployee directors. Nonemployee directors may elect to receive all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of deferred share units.

The following table shows the portion of the retainer each nonemployee director elected to receive in cash and deferred share units in 2018.

 

  Director   

 

Election for 2018 director’s fees
in cash

(%)

 

  

Election for 2018 director’s fees in  

deferred share units
(%)

  D.W. Cornhill

 

   75    25

  K.T. Hoeg

 

   0    100

  M.C. Hubbs (a)

 

   0    100

  J.M. Mintz

 

   0    100

  D.S. Sutherland

 

   0    100

  S.D. Whittaker

 

   50    50

  V.L. Young (b)

 

   100    0

 

  (a)

M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board and its committees on July 26, 2018.

  (b)

V.L. Young retired from the board and its committees on April 27, 2018.

The number of deferred share units granted to a nonemployee director is determined at the end of each calendar quarter for that year by dividing (i) the dollar amount of the nonemployee director’s fees for that calendar quarter that the director elected to receive as deferred share units, by (ii) the average of the closing price of the company’s shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the five consecutive trading days (“average closing price”) immediately prior to the last day of that calendar quarter. Those deferred share units are granted effective the last day of that calendar quarter.

 

121


Table of Contents

A nonemployee director is granted additional deferred share units in respect of the unexercised deferred share units on the dividend payment dates for the common shares of the company. The number of such additional deferred share units is determined for each cash dividend payment date by the following calculation: (i) the cash dividend payable for a common share of the company divided by the average closing price immediately prior to the payment date for that dividend; multiplied by (ii) the number of unexercised deferred share units held by the nonemployee directors on the dividend record date.

A nonemployee director may only exercise these deferred share units by the end of the calendar year following the year of termination of service as a director of the company, including termination of service due to death. No deferred share units may be exercised unless all of the deferred share units are exercised on the same date.

Restricted stock units

In addition to the cash fees described above, the company pays a significant portion of director compensation in restricted stock units to align director compensation with the long-term interests of shareholders. The restricted stock unit plan is described in more detail beginning on page 142.

Up until 2015, an award of 2,000 restricted stock units was granted annually with 50 percent vesting on the third anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 50 percent vesting on the seventh anniversary of the grant date. On the third anniversary, directors receive a cash payment for the units to be vested. On the seventh anniversary, directors may elect to receive one common share for each unit or a cash payment for the units.

In 2016, in order to better align the long-term financial interests of the directors with those of the shareholders, the vesting period of the restricted stock units was increased such that 50 percent vests on the fifth anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 50 percent vests on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. For all the units to be vested, directors may elect to receive one common share for each unit or a cash payment for the units. The vesting periods are not accelerated upon separation or retirement from the board, except in the event of death. In addition, in 2016, the number of restricted stock units granted annually was increased to 2,600 units. In 2018, the number of restricted stock units granted annually was increased to 3,000 units.

In contrast to the forfeiture provisions for restricted stock units held by employees of the company, the restricted stock units awarded to nonemployee directors are not subject to risk of forfeiture at the time a director leaves the company’s board. This provision is designed to reinforce the independence of these board members. However, while on the board and for a 24-month period after leaving the company’s board, restricted stock units may be forfeited if the nonemployee director engages in direct competition with the company or otherwise engages in any activity detrimental to the company. The board agreed that the word “detrimental” shall not include any actions taken by a nonemployee director or former nonemployee director who acted in good faith and in the best interest of the company.

Prior to vesting of the restricted stock units, the nonemployee directors receive amounts equivalent to the cash dividends paid to holders of common shares. The amount is determined for each cash dividend payment date by the following calculation: (i) the cash dividend payable for a common share divided by the average closing price immediately prior to the payment date for that dividend; multiplied by (ii) the number of unvested restricted stock units held by the nonemployee directors on the dividend record date.

Other reimbursement

Nonemployee directors are also reimbursed for travel and other expenses incurred for attendance at board and committee meetings.

 

122


Table of Contents

Components of director compensation

The following table sets out the details of compensation paid to the nonemployee directors in 2018.

 

Director

(a)

  

Annual

retainer for
board
membership

($)

(a)

  

 

Annual

retainer for
committee
chair

($)

(a)(b)

  

Restricted
stock units

(RSU)

(#)

  

Total
fees paid
in cash

($)

(c)

  

 

Total value
of deferred
share
units

(DSU)

($)

(d)

 

  

Total value
of restricted
stock units

(RSU)

($)

(e)

  

All other
compen-
sation

($)

(f)

  

Total
compen-
sation

($)

 

  D.W. Cornhill

 

   110,000    0    3,000    82,500    27,500    115,170    1,872    227,042

 

  K.T. Hoeg

 

   110,000    5,000    3,000    0    115,000    115,170    31,533    261,703

 

  M.C. Hubbs

 

   55,000    -    3,000    0    55,000    115,170    124    170,294

 

  J.M. Mintz

 

   110,000    5,000    3,000    0    115,000    115,170    28,505    258,675

 

  D.S. Sutherland

 

   110,000    5,000    3,000    0    115,000    115,170    26,613    256,783

 

  S.D. Whittaker

 

   110,000    5,000    3,000    57,500    57,500    115,170    47,340    277,510

 

  V.L. Young

 

   35,637    3,240    -    38,877    0    0    9,855    48,732

 

(a)

As directors employed by the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2018, R.M. Kruger, D.G. Wascom and D.C. Brownell did not receive compensation for acting as directors. M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board on July 26, 2018, and her “Annual retainer for board membership” has been pro-rated accordingly. Ms. Hubbs was not the chair of any committee. V.L. Young retired from the board on April 27, 2018 and his “Annual retainer for board membership” and “Annual retainer for committee chair” has been prorated accordingly. Mr. Young was the chair of the audit committee until retirement.

(b)

The “Annual retainer for committee chair” was eliminated on July 1, 2018 and amounts have been prorated accordingly.

(c)

“Total fees paid in cash” is the portion of the “Annual retainer for board membership” and “Annual retainer for committee chair” which the director elected to receive as cash. This amount is reported as “Fees earned” in the Director compensation table on page 124.

(d)

“Total value of deferred share units” is the portion of the “Annual retainer for board membership” and “Annual retainer for committee chair”, which the director elected to receive as deferred share units, as set out in the previous table on page 121. This amount plus the “Total value of restricted stock units” amount is shown as “Share-based awards” in the Director compensation table on page 124.

(e)

The values of the restricted stock units shown are the number of units multiplied by the closing price of the company’s shares on the date of grant, which was $38.39.

(f)

Amounts under “All other compensation” consist of dividend equivalent payments on unvested restricted stock units and the value of additional deferred share units granted in lieu of dividends on unvested deferred share units. In 2018, D.W. Cornhill received $1,404 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $468 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. K.T. Hoeg received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $23,789 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. M.C. Hubbs received additional deferred share units valued at $124 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. J.M. Mintz received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $20,761 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. D.S. Sutherland received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $18,869 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. S.D. Whittaker received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $39,596 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. V.L. Young received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $2,111 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units.

 

123


Table of Contents

Director compensation table

The following table summarizes the compensation paid, payable, awarded or granted for 2018 to each of the nonemployee directors of the company.

 

Name

(a)

   Fees
earned
($)(b)
  

 

Share-
based
awards
($) (c)

 

   Option-
based
awards
($)
   Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
   Pension
value
($)
   All other
compensation
($) (d)
  

Total  

($)

 

  D.W. Cornhill

 

   82,500    142,670    -    -    -    1,872    227,042  

 

  K.T. Hoeg

 

   0    230,170    -    -    -    31,533    261,703  

 

  M.C. Hubbs

 

   0    170,170    0    0    0    124    170,294  

 

  J.M. Mintz

 

   0    230,170    -    -    -    28,505    258,675  

 

  D.S. Sutherland

 

   0    230,170    -    -    -    26,613    256,783  

 

  S.D. Whittaker

 

   57,500    172,670    -    -    -    47,340    277,510  

 

  V.L. Young

 

   38,877    0    -    -    -    9,855    48,732  

 

  (a)

As directors employed by the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2018, R.M. Kruger, D.G. Wascom and D.C. Brownell did not receive compensation for acting as directors. M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board on July 26, 2018, and her compensation has been pro-rated accordingly. V.L. Young retired from the board on April 27, 2018 and his compensation has been prorated accordingly.

  (b)

Represents all fees awarded, earned, paid or payable in cash for services as a director, including retainer fees and committee chair fees. The nonemployee directors are able to receive all or part of their directors’ fees in the form of deferred share units.

  (c)

Represents the value of the restricted stock units (calculated by multiplying the number of units by the closing price of the company’s shares on the date of grant), plus the value of deferred share units (calculated by the portion of the “Annual retainer for board membership” and “Annual retainer for committee chair” which the director elected to receive as deferred share units as noted on page 121).

  (d)

Amounts under “All other compensation” consist of dividend equivalent payments on unvested restricted stock units and the value of additional deferred share units granted in lieu of dividends on unvested deferred share units. In 2018, D.W. Cornhill received $1,404 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $468 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. K.T. Hoeg received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $23,789 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. M.C. Hubbs received additional deferred share units valued at $124 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. J.M. Mintz received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $20,761 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. D.S. Sutherland received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $18,869 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. S.D. Whittaker received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $39,596 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units. V.L. Young received $7,744 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units and additional deferred share units valued at $2,111 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units.

 

 

            Five-year look back at  total compensation paid to nonemployee directors            

Year

 

  

Amount

 

 

2014

 

   $1,326,687

 

2015

 

   $1,206,084

 

2016

 

   $1,342,664

 

2017

 

   $1,351,454

 

2018

 

   $1,500,739

 

124


Table of Contents

Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards for directors

The following table sets forth all outstanding awards held by nonemployee directors of the company as at December 31, 2018 and does not include common shares owned by the director.

 

    

 

Option-based awards

   Share-based awards

Name

(a)

   Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
   Option
exercise
price
($)
   Option
expiration
date
   Value of
unexercised
in-the-money
options
($)
   Number of
shares or units
of shares that
have not
vested
(#) (b)
  

 

Market or
payout value of
share-based
awards that
have not vested  

($) (c)

 

  D.W. Cornhill

 

   -    -    -    -    6,690    231,407

  K.T. Hoeg

 

   -    -    -    -    46,990    1,625,384

  M.C. Hubbs

 

   -    -    -    -    4,454    154,064

  J.M. Mintz

 

   -    -    -    -    42,792    1,480,175

  D.S. Sutherland

 

   -    -    -    -    40,169    1,389,446

  S.D. Whittaker

 

   -    -    -    -    67,998    2,352,051

  V.L. Young

 

   -    -    -    -    9,200    318,228

 

(a)

As directors employed by the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2018, R.M. Kruger, D.G. Wascom and D.C. Brownell did not receive compensation for acting as directors. M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board on July 26, 2018. V.L. Young retired from the board on April 27, 2018.

(b)

Represents restricted stock units and deferred share units held as of December 31, 2018. For V.L. Young, the value represents restricted stock units held as of December 31, 2018, as his deferred share units were exercised by the end of the 2018.

(c)

Value is based on the closing price of the company’s shares on December 31, 2018, which was $34.59.

Incentive plan awards for directors – Value vested or earned during the year

The following table sets forth the value of the awards that vested or were earned by each nonemployee director of the company in 2018.

 

Name
(a)
  

 

Option-based awards –
Value vested during
the year
($)

   Share-based awards – Value
vested during the year
($) (b)
  

 

Non-equity incentive plan  

compensation – Value
earned during the year
($)

 

  D.W. Cornhill

 

   -    -    -

  K.T. Hoeg

 

   -    78,760    -

  M.C. Hubbs

 

   -    -    -

  J.M. Mintz

 

   -    78,760    -

  D.S. Sutherland

 

   -    78,760    -

  S.D. Whittaker

 

   -    78,760    -

  V.L. Young

 

   -    593,366    -

 

(a)

As directors employed by the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2018, R.M. Kruger, D.G. Wascom and D.C. Brownell did not receive compensation for acting as directors. M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board on July 26, 2018. V.L. Young retired from the board on April 27, 2018.

(b)

Represents restricted stock units granted in 2011 and 2015, which vested in 2018. Value is based on the average of the weighted average price (as determined by the Toronto Stock Exchange) of common shares of the company on the vesting date and the four consecutive trading days immediately prior to the vesting date. For V.L. Young, the value also includes 13,252.80 deferred share units that were exercised on May 1, 2018 after his retirement, at a price of $38.83 which was the weighted average price of common shares of the company on the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to the exercise date.

 

125


Table of Contents

Share ownership guidelines of independent directors and chairman, president and chief executive officer

Independent directors are required to hold the equivalent of at least 15,000 shares of Imperial Oil Limited, including common shares, deferred share units and restricted stock units. Independent directors are expected to reach this level within five years from the date of appointment to the board. The chairman, president and chief executive officer has separate share ownership requirements and must, within three years of his appointment, acquire shares of the company, including common shares and restricted stock units, of a value of no less than five times his base salary. The board of directors believes that these share ownership guidelines will result in an alignment of the interests of board members with the interests of all other shareholders. As of the date of this circular, the independent directors currently have holdings in excess of 286,943 shares which is more than three times the required guideline.

 

      Minimum share ownership
requirement
   Time to fulfill
Chairman, president and chief executive officer    5 x base salary    Within 3 years of appointment
Independent directors    15,000 shares    Within 5 years of initial appointment

The chart below shows the shareholdings of the independent directors and the chairman, president and chief executive officer of the company as of February 13, 2019, the record date of the management proxy circular.

 

Director    Director
since
   Amount
acquired
since last
report
(February 8,
2018 to
February 13,
2019)
(#)
   Total
holdings
(includes
common shares,
deferred share
units and
restricted stock
units)
(#)
   Market value
of total
holdings
(a) ($)
   Minimum
shareholding
requirement
  

Minimum

requirement  
met

 

  D.W. Cornhill

 

   November 29, 2017    3,736    19,190    684,315    15,000    Yes

 

  K.T. Hoeg

 

   May 1, 2008    4,649    46,990    1,675,663    15,000    Yes

 

  M.C. Hubbs (b)

 

   July 26, 2018    4,454    4,454    158,830    15,000    No (b)

 

  R.M. Kruger

 

   March 1, 2013    53,300    545,800    19,463,228    Five times
base salary
   Yes

 

  J.M. Mintz

 

   April 21, 2005    4,569    43,792    1,561,623    15,000    Yes

 

  D.S. Sutherland

 

   April 29, 2010    4,520    95,169    3,393,727    15,000    Yes

 

  S.D. Whittaker (c)

 

   April 19, 1996    3,550    77,348    2,758,230    15,000    Yes

  Total accumulated holdings (#)

  and value of directors’

  holdings ($)

 

      832,743    29,695,616      

 

  (a)

The amount shown in the column “Value of total holdings” is equal to the “Total holdings” multiplied by the closing price of the company’s shares on the proxy circular record date February 13, 2019 ($35.66).

  (b)

M.C. Hubbs was appointed to the board on July 26 2018 and is expected to meet the share ownership guidelines for independent directors of 15,000 shares within five years from the date of appointment.

  (c)

S.D. Whittaker is currently a director, but is not standing for re-election at the annual meeting of shareholders. Ms. Whittaker’s total holdings consist of 9,350 common shares (<0.01%), 55,798 deferred share units and 12,200 restricted stock units.

For information relating to compensation of the company’s named executive officers, see the Compensation discussion and analysis section starting on page 136.

 

126


Table of Contents

Ethical business conduct

 

 

The company is committed to high ethical standards through its policies and practices.

 

 

The board has adopted a written code of ethics and business conduct (the “Code”) which can be found on the company’s website at www.imperialoil.ca.

The Code is applicable to each of the company’s directors, officers and employees, and consists of the ethics policy, the conflicts of interest policy, the corporate assets policy, the directorships policy and the procedures and open door communication. There have been no material change reports filed in the past 12 months pertaining to conduct of a director or executive officer that constitute a departure from the Code. Under the company’s procedures and open door communication, employees are encouraged and expected to refer suspected violations of the law, company policy or internal controls procedures to their supervisors. Suspected violations involving a director or executive officer, as well as any concern regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters are to be referred directly to the internal auditor. The audit committee initially reviews all issues involving directors or executive officers, and then refers all issues to the board of directors. In the alternative, employees may also address concerns to individual nonemployee directors or to nonemployee directors as a group. In addition, the directors of the company must comply with the conflict of interest provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act, as well as the relevant securities regulatory instruments, in order to ensure that the directors exercise independent judgment in considering transactions and agreements in respect of which such director has a material interest.

Management provides the board of directors with a review of corporate ethics and conflicts of interest on an annual basis. Directors, officers and employees review the company’s standards of business conduct (which includes the Code) on an annual basis, with independent directors and employees in positions where there is a higher risk of exposure to ethical or conflict of interest situations being required to sign a declaration card confirming that they have read and are familiar with the standards of business conduct. In addition, every four years a business practices review is conducted in which managers review the standards of business conduct with employees in their respective work units.

The board, through its audit committee, examines the effectiveness of the company’s internal control processes and management information systems. The board consults with the external auditor, the internal auditor and the management of the company to ensure the integrity of the systems.

There are a number of structures and processes in place to facilitate the functioning of the board independently of management. The board has a majority of independent directors. Each committee is chaired by a different independent director and all of the independent directors are members of each committee. The audit committee is composed entirely of independent directors. Each other committee (except the community collaboration and engagement committee) is composed entirely of the independent directors and D.C. Brownell, who is an officer of Exxon Mobil Corporation, and is, therefore, independent of the company’s management. The agendas of each of the board and its committees are not set by management alone, but by the board as a whole and by each committee. A significant number of agenda items are mandatory and recurring. Board meetings are scheduled at least one full year in advance. Any director may call a meeting of the board or a meeting of a committee of which the director is a member. There is a board-prescribed flow of financial, operating and other corporate information to all directors.

The independent directors conduct executive sessions in the absence of members of management. These meetings are chaired by S.D. Whittaker, the independent director designated by the independent directors to chair and lead these discussions. Seven executive sessions were held in 2018.

The company’s delegation of authority guide provides that certain matters of the company are reviewed by functional contacts within ExxonMobil. The company’s employees are regularly reminded that they are expected to act in the best interests of the company, and are reminded of their obligation to identify any instances where the company’s general interest may not be consistent with ExxonMobil’s priorities. If such situations ever occurred, employees are expected to escalate such issues with successive levels of the company’s management. Final resolution of any such issues is made by the company’s chairman, president and chief executive officer.

 

127


Table of Contents

Restrictions on insider trading

 

 

Commitment to stringent safeguards with trading restrictions and reporting for company insiders.

 

 

Structures and processes are in place to caution, track and monitor reporting insiders, nonemployee directors and key employees with access to sensitive information with respect to personal trading in the company’s shares. The company has guidelines regarding insider trading prohibitions and trading bans that are available to all directors, officers and employees.

Nonemployee directors are required to pre-clear any trades in the company’s shares. Reporting insiders are required to give advance notice to the company of any sale of the company shares and advise the company within five days of any purchase of the company’s shares. Reporting insiders are required, under securities regulations, to publically disclose all transactions in the company’s shares on the System for Electronic Disclosure by Insiders (SEDI).

From time to time, the company advises its directors and officers, and those of Exxon Mobil Corporation, and employees in certain positions not to trade in the company’s shares. Trading bans occur in connection with the directors’ pending consideration of the financial statements of the company, including the unaudited financial statements for each quarter, and in connection with undisclosed pending events that constitute material information about the business affairs of the company.

Diversity

 

 

The company has a long history of diversity on the board.

 

 

Board diversity

The company has a longstanding commitment to diversity amongst its directors. The board nominee composition charts on page 104 show the diversity of our board nominees with respect to gender, experience and regional association. The company has had a woman on its board continuously since 1977. Today, three of the eight directors are women, representing 37 percent of the board and 50 percent of its independent directors. Two of the seven nominees for director are women, representing 29 percent of the nominees. The company has not adopted a target regarding women on its board. With the objective of fostering a diversity of expertise, viewpoint and competencies, the board charter provides that the nominations and corporate governance committee may consider a number of factors, including gender, in assessing potential nominees. The nominations and corporate governance committee assesses the work experience, other expertise, individual competencies and diversity of age, gender and regional association each existing director possesses and whether each nominee is able to fill any gaps amongst the existing directors. The company does not believe that any one of these dimensions should be considered, without due regard to all of these other factors, in determining the ability of potential directors to contribute to the work of the board of directors.

Executive officer diversity

In considering potential nominees for executive officer appointments, the executive resources committee considers diversity of gender, work experience, other expertise, individual competencies and other dimensions of diversity in addition to the other factors described on page 139. The company has not adopted a target regarding women in executive officer positions. The company does not believe that any one of these dimensions should be considered, without due regard to all of these other factors, in determining the ability of potential nominees to fill executive officers positions. Six out of the 18 executive officers of the company and its major subsidiary are women, representing 33 percent of the group.

 

128


Table of Contents

Shareholder engagement

 

 

Shareholder engagement strategy focuses on wide-ranging dialogue between shareholders and management.

 

 

The company’s senior management regularly meet with institutional investors and shareholders through industry conferences, roadshows and company hosted investor events. Materials from these conferences and hosted events are available on our website. For shareholders that are not able to attend our annual meeting in person, the company offers a webcast of the event. The webcast is available on the company website along with speeches and presentations from the annual general meeting and the outcome of the voting on each resolution. In July of 2018, the company began hosting quarterly earnings calls. These calls provide an opportunity for the company to provide more insight and context regarding the company’s performance, as well as directly address questions from the investment community.

The company annually solicits questions and comments from registered shareholders on the proxy form. The comments received are reviewed by senior management providing them with an indication of areas of interest to our shareholders and those requiring a response are answered individually. In addition, the company’s Investor Relations team proactively reaches out to shareholders to obtain their views on matters identified broadly by shareholders, and is available to respond to shareholder and investor queries throughout the year.

Largest shareholder

 

 

Exxon Mobil Corporation is the majority shareholder of the company, holding 69.6% of the company’s shares.

 

 

To the knowledge of the directors and executive officers of the company, the only shareholder who, as of February 13, 2019, owned beneficially, or exercised control or direction over, directly or indirectly, more than 10 percent of the outstanding common shares of the company is Exxon Mobil Corporation, 5959 Las Colinas Boulevard, Irving, Texas 75039-2298, which owns beneficially 541,192,585 common shares, representing approximately 69.6 percent of the outstanding voting shares of the company. As a consequence, the company is a “controlled company” for purposes of the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC and a “majority controlled company” for purposes of the TSX Company Manual.

Transactions with Exxon Mobil Corporation

The company has written procedures that provide that any transactions between the company and ExxonMobil and its subsidiaries are subject to review by the chairman, president, and chief executive officer. The board of directors receive an annual review of related party transactions with ExxonMobil and its subsidiaries.

On June 27, 2017, the company implemented a 12-month “normal course” share purchase program, and on April 27, 2018, the company amended the program to increase the number of common shares that may be purchased from up to three percent to up to five percent. Between June 27, 2017 and June 26, 2018, the company purchased 12,511,472 common shares on the open market and a corresponding 28,640,587 common shares from ExxonMobil concurrent with, but outside of the program to maintain its shareholding at approximately 69.6 percent. On June 27, 2018, a further 12-month normal course share purchase program was implemented. Under the current program, the company may purchase up to 40,391,196 common shares (five percent of its outstanding common shares as of June 13, 2018) from the open market, less the amount purchased from ExxonMobil concurrent with, but outside of the program to maintain its ownership percentage at approximately 69.6 percent. As of February 13, 2019, under the current program, the company has purchased 7,780,387 common shares on the open market and 17,808,069 common shares from ExxonMobil.

The amounts of purchases and sales by the company and its subsidiaries for other transactions in 2018 with ExxonMobil and its affiliates were $4,036 million and $6,364 million, respectively. These transactions were conducted on terms as favourable as they would have been with unrelated parties, and primarily consisted of the purchase and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum and chemical products, as well as technical, engineering and research and development services. Transactions with

 

129


Table of Contents

ExxonMobil also included amounts paid and received in connection with the company’s participation in a number of upstream activities conducted jointly in Canada. In addition, the company has existing agreements with affiliates of ExxonMobil to provide information technology and customer support services to the company and to share common business and operational support services to allow the companies to consolidate duplicate work and systems. The company has a contractual agreement with an affiliate of ExxonMobil in Canada to operate certain Western Canada production properties owned by ExxonMobil. There are no asset ownership changes.

The company and that affiliate also have a contractual agreement to provide for equal participation in new upstream opportunities. During 2007, the company entered into agreements with ExxonMobil and one of its affiliated companies that provide for the delivery of management, business and technical services to Syncrude Canada Ltd. by ExxonMobil.

As at December 31, 2018, the company had an outstanding loan of $4,447 million under an existing agreement with an affiliated company of ExxonMobil that provides for a long term, variable rate loan from ExxonMobil to the company of up to $7.75 billion (Canadian) at market interest rates. The agreement is effective until July 31, 2020, cancellable if ExxonMobil provides at least 370 days advance written notice. Additionally, the company had outstanding short-term loans of $75 million from an affiliated company of ExxonMobil. This loan is borrowed under an arrangement with ExxonMobil that provides for a non-interest bearing, revolving demand loan from ExxonMobil to the company of up to $75 million and represents ExxonMobil’s share of a working capital facility required to support purchasing, marketing and transportation arrangements for crude oil and diluent products undertaken by the company on behalf of ExxonMobil.

 

130


Table of Contents

 

Company executives and executive compensation

Named executive officers of the company

The named executive officers of the company at year end 2018 are listed below, all of whom remain in their positions as of February 13, 2019. D.E. Lyons was appointed senior vice-president, finance and administration, and controller on May 1, 2018, replacing B.A. Babcock who retired on April 30, 2018.

 

 

Richard M. Kruger, 59

Calgary, Alberta, Canada  

LOGO

 

 

Position held at the end of 2018 (date office held):

Chairman, president and chief executive officer

(2013 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

No other positions held in the past five years

 

Daniel E. Lyons, 56

Calgary, Alberta, Canada  

 

LOGO

 

Position held at the end of 2018 (date office held):

Senior vice-president, finance and administration, and controller

(2018 – Present)

 

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Vice-president, downstream business services and downstream treasurer, Exxon Mobil Corporation

(2015 – 2018) (Affiliate)

 

Vice-president, downstream business services and downstream controller, Exxon Mobil Corporation

(2010 – 2015) (Affiliate)

 

 

John R. Whelan, 53  
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  
LOGO  

Position held at the end of 2018 (date office held):

Senior vice-president, upstream

(2017 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Vice-president production, upstream

(2016 – 2017)

 

Production manager, mining, upstream

(2013 – 2015)

 

 

Theresa B. Redburn, 57  
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  
LOGO  

Position held at the end of 2018 (date office held):

Senior vice-president, commercial and corporate development

(2017 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Vice-president, upstream commercial

(2014 – 2016)

 

Commercial manager, upstream ventures, Exxon Mobil Corporation

(2011 – 2014), (Affiliate)

 

 

Peter M. Dinnick, 54  
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  

LOGO

 

Position held at the end of 2018 (date office held):

Vice-president and general counsel

(2017 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Assistant general counsel, upstream

(2012 – 2016)

 
 

 

131


Table of Contents

Other executive officers of the company

In addition to the named executive officers listed on the previous page, the following individuals are executive officers of the company as of February 13, 2019.

 

 

Jonathan R. Wetmore, 46    
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  

LOGO

 

 

Position held (date office held):

Vice-president, Imperial Oil downstream and manager, western Canada fuels

(2018 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Manager, supply and manufacturing

(June 2017 – December 2017)

 

Refinery manager, Fawley UK, UK Esso Petroleum Company Ltd

(2013 – 2017) (Affiliate)

Glenn R. Peterson, 58    
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  

LOGO

 

 

Position held (date office held):

Treasurer

(2017 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Senior business advisor, Treasurer’s

(2000 – 2017)

Jim E. Burgess, 44    
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  

LOGO

 

 

Position held (date office held):

Assistant controller

(2016 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Lead controller and financial accounting process manager, Thailand business support centre,

ExxonMobil Limited

(2014 – 2016), (Affiliate)

 

Senior financial advisor, Exxon Mobil Corporation

(2012 – 2014), (Affiliate)

 

Denise H. Hughes, 51    
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  
LOGO  

Position held (date office held):

Vice-president, human resources

(2013 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

No other positions held in the last five years

 

132


Table of Contents

 

Constance D. Gemmell, 52  
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  

LOGO

 

 

Position held (date office held):

Director, corporate tax

(2018 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Manager, income tax planning and advice

(2013 – 2018)

 

 

Ian R. Laing, 45  
Calgary, Alberta, Canada  
LOGO  

 

Position held (date office held):

Assistant general counsel, downstream and corporate departments, and Corporate secretary

(2019 – Present)

 

Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer):

Assistant general counsel, upstream

(2017 – 2018)

 

Assistant general counsel, downstream

(2014 – 2016)

 

133


Table of Contents

 

Letter to shareholders from the executive resources committee on executive compensation

Dear fellow shareholders:

The executive resources committee (“committee”) would like to outline for you the role of the committee in ensuring good governance in the management of executive compensation within the company.

Compensation governance

The committee is responsible for corporate policy on compensation and for specific decisions on the compensation of the chief executive officer, key senior executives and officers of the company. In exercising this responsibility, the committee views long-term orientation and the management of risk as integral elements of the compensation policies and practices of the company. These policies and practices are designed to keep management, including named executive officers, focused on the strategic objectives of the company over the long term and to effectively assess and mitigate risk in the execution of these objectives. The committee exercises oversight of a compensation program that supports the company’s objective to attract, develop and retain key talent needed to achieve its strategic objectives.

The compensation discussion and analysis (“CD&A”) section that follows describes the compensation program for the company’s named executive officers and how the program supports the business goals of the company. The company’s compensation program is designed to:

   

align the interests of its executives with long-term shareholder interests;

   

encourage executives to manage risk and take a long-term view when making investments and managing the assets of the business;

   

reinforce the company’s philosophy that the experience, skill and motivation of the company’s executives are significant determinants of future business success; and

   

promote career orientation and strong individual performance.

The compensation program design is aligned with the core elements of the majority shareholder’s compensation program, including linkage to short and mid-term aspects of incentive pay, long vesting periods, risk of forfeiture and alignment with the shareholder experience.

We execute our oversight responsibilities in this regard by ensuring the company’s program is built on sound principles of compensation design, including an annual assessment of comparator companies, appropriate risk assessment and risk management practices, sound governance principles, and support of the company’s business model. In exercising our oversight and decision making roles, the committee balances many factors each year in terms of impact on compensation decisions relative to the company’s performance.

2018 business performance results

The committee considers both business results and individual performance in its decisions. In 2018, financial performance continued to be affected by Canadian regulatory uncertainties, government decisions and low global crude prices. Notwithstanding the difficult business environment, the committee evaluated the company’s performance relative to its proven business model and strategies to deliver long-term shareholder value. Key 2018 business results include:

 

Strong safety, operational integrity and risk management performance

 

$2.3 billion in net income, $3.9 billion cash flow from operations, both the highest since 2014

 

$2.5 billion returned to shareholders through dividends and share purchases

 

$572 million in dividends paid and a 19 percent increase in per-share dividend declared in second quarter 2018, the 24th consecutive year of increase

 

$1,971 million in share purchases completed, representing 49 million shares or 6 percent of total outstanding

 

Strong performance across all business lines

 

383,000 barrels per day in total upstream production, up 2 percent versus 2017

 

Kearl production of 206,000 barrels per day (146,000 barrels per day Imperial’s share), which is a record high

 

Downstream earnings of $2,366 million, which is the highest in company history (excluding years with gains from asset sales)

 

Refinery throughput 392,000 barrels per day, up 2 percent versus 2017

 

Petroleum product sales 504,000 barrels per day, the highest in nearly 30 years

 

Secured number one retail market share position

 

134


Table of Contents
 

Chemical earnings of $275 million, the second highest ever

 

Petrochemical sales up 4 percent versus 2017

 

Progressed opportunities to add future value

 

Continuing Kearl investments to achieve 240,000 barrels per day annual production

 

Progressing Strathcona cogeneration project to improve energy efficiency

 

Approved 75,000 barrels per day Aspen in situ project, utilizing next generation oil sands recovery technology

 

Continued commitment to industry leadership in technology and innovation

 

Invested $150 million in research activities

Collectively these factors had an impact on 2018 compensation decisions for the named executive officers. The individual committee members, through their experience in stewarding compensation programs and their participation on board committees, are able to understand the company’s overall objectives, operating risks and financial risks. This understanding of the company’s objectives and range of business risks allows an appropriate calibration of the company’s compensation policies and practices to the business model.

The committee’s assessment is that the company’s compensation program is working as intended and has been effectively integrated over the long term with the company’s business model. The committee has recommended to the board that the CD&A be included in the company’s management proxy circular for the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders. We encourage you to read the comprehensive disclosure in the CD&A that follows. The committee is committed to overseeing all aspects of the executive compensation program in the best interests of the company and all shareholders.

Submitted on behalf of the executive resources committee,

Original signed by

D.S. Sutherland,

Chair, executive resources committee

D.W. Cornhill, Vice-chair

D.C. Brownell

K.T. Hoeg

M.C. Hubbs

J.M. Mintz

S.D. Whittaker

 

135


Table of Contents

 

Compensation discussion and analysis

Table of contents

 

Overview

    137  

Canadian business environment

    137  

Business model

    137  

Key business strategies

    137  

Key elements of the compensation program

    137  

Management of risk

    137  

Other supporting compensation and staffing practices

    139  

Hedging policy

    139  

Business performance and basis for compensation

    139  

Succession planning

    139  

Compensation program

    140  

Career orientation

    140  

Base salary

    141  

Annual bonus

    141  

Restricted stock units

    142  

Vesting of restricted stock units

    143  

Amendments to the restricted stock unit plan

    144  

Forfeiture and claw-back risk

    144  

Retirement benefits

    145  

Pension plan benefits

    145  

Savings plan benefits

    146  

Compensation considerations

    146  

Benchmarking

    146  

Comparator companies

    146  

Analytical tools – Compensation summary sheets

    148  

2018 named executive officer compensation assessment

    148  

2018 chief executive officer compensation assessment

    149  

Pay awarded to other named executive officers

    149  

Independent consultant

    150  

Performance graph

    150  

Frequently used terms

    151  

Executive compensation tables and narratives

    152  

Summary compensation table

    152  

Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards for named executive officers

    154  

Incentive plan awards for named executive officers – Value vested during the year

    155  

Equity compensation plan information

    156  

Restricted stock units as a percentage of outstanding shares

    156  

Annual burn rate

    157  

Status of prior long-term incentive compensation plans

    157  

Pension plan benefits

    157  

 

136


Table of Contents

Overview

 

 

The company takes a long-term view to managing its business.

 

 

Providing energy to help meet the demands of both Canada and the rest of North America is a complex business. The company meets this challenge by taking a long-term view to managing its business rather than reacting to short-term business cycles. As such, the compensation program of the company aligns with this long-term business outlook and supports key business strategies as outlined below:

Canadian business environment

   

Large, accessible upstream resources

   

Mature, competitive downstream markets

   

Evolving environmental, fiscal and energy policies impacting global competitiveness

   

Market access limitations, uncertainties

Business model

   

Long-life, competitively advantaged assets

   

Disciplined investment and cost management

   

Value-chain integration and synergies

   

High-impact technologies and innovation

   

Operational excellence and responsible growth

Key business strategies

   

Personnel safety and operational excellence

   

Grow profitable production and sales volumes

   

Disciplined and long-term focus on improving the productivity of the company’s asset mix

   

Best-in-class cost structure to support industry-leading returns on capital and superior cash flow

These key business strategies are the primary focus and support long-term growth in shareholder value.

Key elements of the compensation program

The key elements of the company’s compensation program that align with the business model and support key business strategies are:

   

long-term career orientation with high individual performance standards (see page 140);

   

base salary that rewards individual performance and experience (see page 141);

   

annual bonus grants to eligible executives based on company performance, as well as individual performance and experience (see page 141);

   

payment of a large portion of executive compensation in the form of restricted stock units with long vesting periods and risk of forfeiture (see pages 142 through 145); and

   

retirement benefits (pension and savings plans) that provide for financial security after employment (see pages 145 through 146).

Management of risk

The company is governed by a comprehensive and well-established risk management system, and the company’s success in managing risk over time has been achieved through emphasis on execution of this disciplined management framework. The company operates in an industry environment in which effective risk management is critical. The company’s risk management framework includes a process for identifying, prioritizing, measuring, and managing the principal risks across the company, as well as assessing the company’s response to these risks. This framework establishes common expectations for addressing risks inherent in our business and takes priority over other business and financial objectives. For further discussion on the company’s risk management system and oversight, see “Risk oversight” within the “Statement of corporate governance” on page 113.

 

137


Table of Contents

The company’s long-term orientation and compensation program design encourage the highest performance standards and discourage inappropriate risk taking. The compensation program components described below are designed to incent effective management of all operating and financial risk to:

   

protect the safety and security of our employees, the communities and the environment in which we operate;

   

manage risk and operate the business with effective business controls;

   

create value for company shareholders by increasing shareholder return, net income, return on average capital employed*; and

   

advance the long-term strategic direction of the company.

Due to the long vesting periods of restricted stock units and the linkage of compensation to overall company performance, including all aspects of risk management, executive compensation is inherently designed to support the sustainability of our operations and management of risk.

* For a definition of return on average capital employed, see the “Frequently used terms” section on page 151.

Compensation components

A substantial portion of total compensation (excluding compensatory pension value) to senior executives is in the form of an annual bonus and restricted stock units. In the judgment of the committee, the mix of short, medium and long-term incentives strikes an appropriate balance in aligning the interests of the senior executives with the business priorities of the company and sustainable growth in long-term shareholder value. Ongoing reviews of our compensation program, including incentives, ensure continued relevance of this mix and applicability for the company.

Annual bonus

 

   

Delayed payout – Payout of 50 percent of the annual bonus is delayed. The timing of the delayed payout is determined by earnings performance. This is a unique feature of the company’s program relative to many comparator companies.

 

   

Recoupment (“claw-back”) and forfeiture – The entire annual bonus is subject to recoupment (“claw-back”) and the delayed portion of the annual bonus is subject to forfeiture in the event of material negative restatement of the company’s reported financial or operating results. This reinforces the importance of the company’s financial controls and compliance programs. Claw-back and forfeiture provisions also apply if an executive resigns or engages in detrimental activity.

 

   

The company’s annual bonus program is described in more detail on pages 141 and 144.

Restricted stock units

 

   

Long holding periods – To further reinforce the importance of risk management and a long-term investment orientation, senior executives are required to hold a substantial portion of their equity incentive award for periods that far exceed the typical holding periods of comparator stock programs. The lengthy holding periods are tailored to the company’s business model.

 

   

Risk of forfeiture – During these long holding periods, the restricted stock units are at risk of forfeiture for resignation or detrimental activity. The long vesting periods on restricted stock units and the risk of forfeiture together support an appropriate risk/reward profile that reinforces the long-term orientation expected of senior executives.

 

   

The company’s restricted stock unit program is described in more detail on pages 142 through 145.

Common programs

 

   

All executives employed by the company, including the named executive officers, participate in common programs (the same salary, incentive and retirement programs). Similar compensation design features and allocation of awards within the programs discourage inappropriate risk taking. The compensation of executives is differentiated based on individual performance assessment, level of responsibility and individual experience.

 

   

All executives on assignment from an affiliate of the company, including the named executive officers on assignment from Exxon Mobil Corporation, ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. and Esso Australia Pty Ltd., also participate in common programs, which are administered by Exxon Mobil Corporation or such affiliates. The named executive officers on assignment receive the company’s restricted stock units.

 

   

The executive resources committee reviews and approves compensation recommendations for each named executive officer prior to implementation.

 

138


Table of Contents

Pension

   

The company’s defined benefit pension plan and supplemental pension arrangements are highly dependent on executives remaining with the company for a career and performing at the highest levels until retirement. This dimension of total compensation encourages executives to take a long-term view when making business decisions and to focus on achieving sustainable growth for shareholders.

Other supporting compensation and staffing practices

 

   

A long established program of management development and succession planning is in place to reinforce a career orientation and ensure continuity of leadership.

   

The use of perquisites at the company is very limited, and mainly composed of financial planning for senior executives and the selective use of club memberships which are largely tied to building business relationships.

   

Tax assistance is provided for employees on expatriate assignment. This assistance consists primarily of a tax equalization component designed to maintain the employees’ overall income tax burden at approximately the same level it would have otherwise been, had they remained in their home country. The expatriate relocation program is broad-based and applies to all executive, management, professional and technical transferred employees.

Hedging policy

Company policy prohibits all employees, including executives, and directors, from purchasing or selling puts, calls, other options or futures contracts on the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation stock.

Business performance and basis for compensation

The assessment of individual performance is conducted through the company’s employee appraisal program. Conducted annually, the appraisal process assesses performance against relevant business performance measures and objectives, including the means by which performance is achieved. These business performance measures may include:

 

   

safety, health and environmental performance;

   

risk management;

   

total shareholder return;

   

net income;

   

return on average capital employed*;

   

cash flow from operations and asset sales*;

   

operating performance of the upstream, downstream and chemical segments; and

   

progress on advancing government relations and long-term strategic interests.

* For a definition of return on average capital employed and cash flow from operations and asset sales, see the “Frequently used terms” section on page 151.

The appraisal process includes a comparative assessment of employee performance using a standard approach throughout the organization and at all levels. It is integrated with the compensation program, which results in significant pay differentiation between higher and lower performers. The appraisal process is also integrated with the executive development process. Both have been in place for many years and are the basis for planning individual development and succession for management positions. Decision-making with respect to compensation requires judgment, taking into account business and individual performance and responsibility. Quantitative targets or formulae are not used to assess individual performance or determine the amount of compensation.

Succession planning

The succession planning process fosters the company’s approach to a career orientation and promotion from within. This approach strengthens continuity of leadership and supports ongoing alignment with our long-term business model. This process helps to assess the competence and readiness of individuals for senior executive positions. The executive resources committee is responsible for approving specific succession plans for the position of chairman, president and chief executive officer and key senior executive positions reporting to him, including all officers of the company.

The executive resources committee regularly reviews the company’s succession plans for key senior executive positions. It considers candidates for these positions from within the company and certain candidates from Exxon Mobil Corporation and its affiliates. This is an in-depth review of succession plans, which includes the consideration of various aspects of diversity as well as plans to address gaps, if any, for key executives. For example, the company has a long-standing practice to regularly review with senior management the progress

 

139


Table of Contents

of women, which includes topics such as recruitment, attrition, relocation, training and development. The representation of female company executives is approximately one third. The chairman, president and chief executive officer also discusses the strengths, progress and development needs of key succession candidates each year. This provides the board an opportunity to confirm a pipeline of key and diverse talent exists to enable achievement of long-term strategic objectives. The executive resources committee makes recommendations to the board of directors for selection of all officers of the company, as well as other key senior executive positions reporting to the chairman, president and chief executive officer.

Compensation program

 

 

The company’s compensation program is designed to reward performance,

promote retention, and encourage long-term business decisions.

 

 

Career orientation

The company’s objective is to attract, develop and retain over a career the best talent available. It takes a long period of time and significant investment to develop the experienced executive talent necessary to succeed in the company’s business; senior executives must have experience with all phases of the business cycle to be effective leaders. The company’s compensation program elements are designed to encourage a career orientation among employees at all levels of the company. Career orientation among a dedicated and highly skilled workforce, combined with the highest performance standards, contributes to the company’s leadership in the industry and serves the interests of shareholders in the long term. The company service of the named executive officers is approximately 34 years and reflects this on-going career orientation strategy.

The compensation program emphasizes individual experience and sustained performance; executives holding similar positions may receive substantially different levels of compensation. Consistent with the company’s long-term career orientation, high-performing executives typically earn substantially higher levels of compensation in the later years of their careers. This pay practice reinforces the importance of a long-term focus on making decisions that are key to business success.

The company’s executive compensation program is composed of base salaries, cash bonuses and medium and long-term incentive compensation. The company does not have written employment contracts or any other agreement with its named executive officers providing for payments on change of control or termination of employment. The following chart provides an overview of the combined elements of the compensation program for executives, including the ‘pay at risk’ horizon for the executives.

 

LOGO

 

140


Table of Contents

Base salary

Salaries provide executives with a base level of income. The level of annual salary is based on the executive’s responsibility, performance assessment and career experience. Individual salary increases vary depending on each executive’s performance assessment and other factors such as time in position and potential for advancement. Salary decisions also directly affect the level of retirement benefits since salary is included in the retirement benefits calculation. Thus, the level of retirement benefits is also performance-based, like other elements of compensation. The salary program in 2018 maintained the company’s desired competitive orientation in the marketplace.

Annual bonus

The bonus program is established annually by the executive resources committee based on earnings, and can be highly variable depending on these results.

In establishing the annual bonus program, the executive resources committee:

   

considers input from the chairman, president and chief executive officer on performance of the company and from the company’s internal compensation advisors regarding compensation trends as obtained from external consultants;

   

considers its linkage to majority shareholder bonus program given the company’s working interest is included in Exxon Mobil Corporation earnings;

   

considers annual net income of the company; and

   

uses judgment to manage the overall size of the annual bonus program taking into consideration the cyclical nature and long-term orientation of the business.

The annual bonus program incorporates unique elements to further reinforce retention and recognize performance. Awards under this program are generally delivered as:

 

LOGO

 

   

The annual bonus includes the combined value of the cash bonus and delayed earnings bonus unit portion, and is intended to be competitive with the annual bonus awards of other major comparator companies.

   

The cash component is intended to be a short-term incentive, while the earnings bonus unit is intended to be a medium-term incentive. Earnings bonus units are generally equal to and granted in tandem with cash bonuses. Individual bonus awards vary depending on each executive’s performance assessment.

   

Earnings bonus units are cash awards that are tied to future cumulative earnings per share. Earnings bonus units pay out when a specified level of cumulative earnings per share (or trigger) is achieved or in three years at a reduced level. The trigger is intentionally set at a level that is expected to be achieved within the three-year period and reinforces the company’s principle of sustained improvement in the company’s business performance and aligns the interests of executives with those of long-term shareholders.

   

If cumulative earnings per share do not reach the trigger within three years, the payment with respect to the earnings bonus units will be reduced to an amount equal to the number of units times the actual cumulative earnings per share over the three-year period. The amount of the award, once vested, will never exceed the original grant value. The delayed portion for the earnings bonus unit portion of the annual bonus puts part of the annual bonus at risk of forfeiture and thus reinforces the performance basis of the annual bonus grant.

In 2018, an annual bonus was granted to approximately 55 executives to reward their contributions to the business during the past year. The cost of the 2018 annual bonus program was $3.8 million versus $3.4 million in 2017. For earnings bonus units granted in 2018, the maximum settlement value (trigger) or cumulative earnings per share required for payout remained at $3.50.

 

141


Table of Contents

Restricted stock units

 

 

The vesting periods of the company’s long-term incentive program are greater

than those in use by comparator companies.

 

 

The company’s only long-term incentive compensation plan is a restricted stock unit plan, in place since December 2002. Restricted stock units are granted to selected employees of the company, selected employees of a designated affiliate and nonemployee directors of the company. The current plan’s vesting periods for employees are as follows:

 

   

for the chairman, president and chief executive officer:

 

LOGO

 

   

for all other employees:

 

LOGO

Granting compensation in the form of restricted stock units with long vesting periods as described above is aligned with the long-term nature of the company’s business. This stock program design helps keep executives focused on the key premise that decisions made today affect the performance of the organization and company stock for many years to come. This practice supports a risk/reward model that reinforces a long-term view, which is critical to the company’s business success, and discourages inappropriate risk taking.

The basis for the grant includes an annual assessment of individual performance including a review of business performance results as noted on page 148. The amount granted is intended to provide an incentive to promote individual contribution to the company’s performance and to remain with the company. Grant level guidelines for the restricted stock unit program award the same number of shares for the same level of individual performance and classification or level of responsibility, and may be adjusted periodically based on an assessment of the program’s competitive orientation. An individual’s grant amount may be reduced at time of grant, if recent performance is deemed to have changed significantly at that time. As a matter of principle, the company does not offset losses on prior grants with higher share awards in subsequent grants, nor does the company re-price restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are not included in pension calculations.

 

142


Table of Contents

The vesting periods, which are typically greater than those in use by other companies, reinforce the company’s focus on growing shareholder value over the long term by linking a large percentage of executive compensation and the shareholding net worth of executives to the value of the company’s stock. The long vesting periods ensure that a substantial portion of the compensation received by the chairman, president and chief executive officer, as well as other key senior executives, will be received after retirement. The value of this compensation is at risk in the event that their decisions prior to retirement negatively impact share market value after retirement. The objective of these aforementioned vesting periods is to hold senior executives accountable for many years into the future, and even into retirement, for investment and operating decisions made today. This type of compensation design removes employee discretion in the timing of exercising restricted stock units, reinforces retention objectives, and supports alignment with the long-term interests of shareholders.

In 2018, after a review of the competitive orientation of the company’s restricted stock unit program, it was determined that current levels of restricted stock units were appropriate and that the program continues to align with the design of the majority shareholder’s program. In 2018, 430 recipients, including 56 executives, were granted 739,870 restricted stock units.

Vesting of restricted stock units

Restricted stock units vest pursuant to the vesting provisions described in the previous section. Restricted stock units cannot be assigned. The vesting period for restricted stock unit awards is not subject to acceleration, except in the case of death.

Upon vesting, each restricted stock unit entitles the recipient to the right to receive an amount equal to the value of one common share of the company, based on the five day average closing price of the company’s shares on the vesting date and the four preceding trading days. For units granted to senior executives other than the chairman, president and chief executive officer, 50 percent of the units vest as a cash payment on the third and seventh anniversary of the grant date, with the following exception: for units granted to Canadian residents, the recipient may receive one common share of the company per unit or elect to receive a cash payment for the units that vest on the seventh anniversary. For all units granted to the chairman, president and chief executive officer, upon vesting, the recipient may receive one common share of the company per unit or elect to receive a cash payment for the units. During the restricted period, the recipient will also receive cash payments equivalent to the cash dividends paid to holders of regular common stock.

The company’s directors and officers as a group hold approximately 27 percent of the unvested restricted stock units that give the recipient the right to receive common shares that represent about 0.10 percent of the company’s outstanding common shares. Currently, the maximum number of common shares that any one person may receive from the vesting of restricted stock units is 545,800 common shares, which is about 0.07 percent of the outstanding common shares. In the case of any subdivision, consolidation, or reclassification of the shares of the company or other relevant change in the capitalization of the company, the company, in its discretion, may make appropriate adjustments in the number of common shares to be issued and the calculation of the cash amount payable per restricted stock unit.

Exxon Mobil Corporation has a plan similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan, under which grantees may receive restricted stock or restricted stock units, both of which are referred to herein as Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock. R.M. Kruger holds Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock granted in 2012 and previous years, as well as the company’s restricted stock units granted since 2013. D.E. Lyons holds Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock granted in 2017 and previous years, as well as the company’s restricted stock units granted in 2018. J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick hold Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock granted in 2016 and previous years, as well as the company’s restricted stock units granted since 2017.

 

143


Table of Contents

Amendments to the restricted stock unit plan

In 2008, the company’s restricted stock unit plan was amended to provide that the number of common shares of the company issuable under the plan to any insiders (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange) cannot exceed 10 percent of the issued and outstanding common shares, whether at any time or as issued in any one year. The Toronto Stock Exchange advised that this amendment did not require shareholder approval. Additionally, shareholders approved the following changes to the restricted stock unit plan:

   

In addition to the existing three and seven year vesting provisions, include an additional vesting period option for 50 percent of restricted stock units to vest on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, with the remaining 50 percent of the grant to vest on the later of the tenth anniversary of the date of grant or the date of retirement of the grantee. The recipient of such restricted stock units may receive one common share of the company per unit or elect to receive the cash payment for all units to be vested. The choice of which vesting period provision to use will be at the discretion of the company.

   

Set a vesting price based on the weighted average price of the company’s shares on the vesting date and the four consecutive trading days immediately prior to the vesting date.

   

Set out which amendments in the future will require shareholder approval, and which amendments will only require board of directors approval. The board of directors may amend the plan without shareholder approval for RSUs previously issued or to be issued in the future, unless the amendment is with respect to:

   

increasing the shares served for issuance;

   

increasing the vesting price;

   

extending eligibility to participate in the plan to persons not included in the plan;

   

extending the right of a grantee to transfer or assign RSUs; or

   

adjusting the vesting date for any RSUs previously granted.

In 2011, the restricted stock unit plan was amended to include language confirming the long-standing practice of not forfeiting any restricted stock units in the event that grantee’s continued employment terminates on or after the date grantee reaches the age of 65 in circumstances where grantee becomes entitled to an annuity under the company’s retirement plan.

In 2016, the restricted stock unit plan was amended to update provisions regarding forfeiture of restricted stock units in the event of detrimental activity and to provide a new vesting option in addition to the existing vesting options previously described, such that the second 50 percent of the restricted stock units may vest on the tenth anniversary following the grant date.

Forfeiture and claw-back risk

 

 

The company’s incentive plans include forfeiture and claw-back provisions that discourage

employees from taking inappropriate risks and engaging in detrimental activities.

 

 

The annual bonus is subject to forfeiture and claw-back if:

   

An executive retires or employment with the company terminates (for any reason, whether at initiative of employee, the company or otherwise).

   

The company has indicated its intention not to forfeit outstanding awards of employees who retire at age 65. In other circumstances, where a recipient retires or terminates employment, the company may determine that awards shall not be forfeited.

   

Risk of forfeiture and claw-back continues to exist for detrimental activity.

   

An executive, without the consent of the company, engages in any activity, during employment or after retirement or the termination of employment, which is detrimental to the company, including working for a competitor.

   

In 2016, the plan was amended to extend the forfeiture period for detrimental activity from two years to the life of the award.

   

There is a material negative restatement of the company’s reported financial or operating results. For executive officers of the company, some or all of any unvested earnings bonus units granted in the three years prior to the restatement are subject to forfeiture. In addition, any cash amounts received from bonus or earnings bonus units that were paid out up to five years prior to the restatement are subject to claw-back.

 

144


Table of Contents

Restricted stock units are subject to forfeiture and claw-back if:

   

A recipient retires or employment with the company terminates (for any reason, whether at initiative of employee, the company or otherwise).

   

The company has indicated its intention not to forfeit restricted stock units of employees who retire at age 65. In other circumstances, where a recipient retires or terminates employment, the company may determine that restricted stock units shall not be forfeited.

   

Risk of forfeiture and claw-back continues to exist for detrimental activity.

   

A recipient, without the consent of the company, engages in any activity, during employment or after retirement or termination of employment, which is detrimental to the company, including working for a competitor.

   

With respect to executives, at any time prior to vesting of the outstanding awards.

   

With respect to all other employees, for a period of up to three years after retirement or the termination of employment.

   

In 2016, the plan was amended to extend the forfeiture period for detrimental activity from two years to the periods noted.

Retirement benefits

Named executive officers participate in the same pension plan, including supplemental pension arrangements outside the registered plan, as other employees, except for R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick who participate in Exxon Mobil Corporation or respective affiliates’ pension plans.

Pension plan benefits

The company has provided defined benefit pension plans to its employees since 1919. The current plan provides a 1.5 percent accrual formula to all employees hired on and after September 1, 2015. All plan participants employed prior to the date of the change will continue to accrue pension benefits based on accrual formulae in place prior to September 1, 2015.

All named executive officers, except those who are a participant in the Exxon Mobil Corporation or affiliate pension plans (R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick), are participants in a historic 1.6 percent provision of the company’s plan that was closed to new participants at the end of 1997. Key features of this historic plan include:

   

An annual benefit equal to 1.6 percent x final average earnings x years of service, with a partial offset for applicable government pension benefits. Final average earnings consists of base salary over the highest 36 consecutive months in the 10 years of service prior to retirement.

   

An option to forego a portion of the company’s matching contributions to the savings plan to receive an additional 0.4 percent of final average earnings.

The company’s supplemental pension arrangements address any portions of the defined benefit that cannot be paid from the registered plan due to tax regulations. Any amounts paid to an eligible employee, in this regard, are subject to the employee meeting the terms of the registered pension plan and the criteria of the supplemental pension arrangements, as applicable.

For executive officers who receive an annual bonus, the company’s supplemental pension arrangements can also provide an annual benefit of 1.6 percent of final average bonus earnings times years of service. Final average bonus earnings include the average annual bonus for the three highest grants of the last five awarded prior to retirement for eligible executives, but do not include restricted stock units. Limiting the timeframe to the five years prior to retirement provides a strong incentive for executives to continue to perform at a high level. Annual bonus includes the cash amounts that are paid at grant and the maximum settlement value of any earnings bonus units received, as described on page 141. The value of the earnings bonus units are expected to pay out, subject to forfeiture provisions, and are therefore included for supplemental pension arrangement purposes in the year of grant rather than the year of payment.

The estimated benefits that would be payable upon retirement to each named executive officer under the company’s pension plan and the supplemental pension arrangements can be found in the pension plan benefits table beginning on page 157. The company does not grant additional pension service credit.

 

145


Table of Contents

R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick are not participants in the company’s pension plan, but are participants in the Exxon Mobil Corporation or respective affiliates’ pension plans. R.M. Kruger and D.E. Lyons participate in the Exxon Mobil Corporation defined benefit plan. Under this plan, the pension is payable in U.S. dollars and is calculated based on final average base salary over the highest 36 consecutive months in the 10 years of service prior to retirement, and the average annual bonus for the three highest grants of the last five awarded prior to retirement. J.R. Whelan participates in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined contribution plan. Under this plan, the pension is payable in Canadian dollars and the contribution to the plan is calculated based on average base salary. In 2018, J.R. Whelan’s participation was also confirmed in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined benefit supplemental pension arrangement which is payable in Canadian dollars and can provide a benefit of 1.5 percent of final average bonus earnings times years of service. Final average bonus earnings include the average annual bonus for the three highest grants of the last five awarded prior to retirement for eligible executives, but do not include restricted stock units. P.M. Dinnick participates in the Esso Australia Pty Ltd. defined benefit plan. Under this plan, the pension is payable in Australian dollars and is calculated based on final average base salary over the highest 12 consecutive months in the 10 years of service prior to retirement.

Savings plan benefits

The company maintains a savings plan into which career employees with more than one year of service may contribute between one and 30 percent of normal earnings. The company provides contributions which vary depending on the amount of employee contributions and in which defined benefit pension arrangement the employee participates. All named executive officers are eligible to receive a company matching contribution of up to six percent, except for R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick, who participate in their respective affiliates’ savings plan, where applicable.

Employee and company contributions can be allocated in any combination to a non-registered (tax-paid) account, or a registered (tax-deferred) group retirement savings plan (RRSP). Employee contributions can be redirected from the tax-paid account to a tax-free savings account (TFSA). Both the RRSP and TFSA accounts are subject to contribution limits under the Income Tax Act.

Available investment options include cash savings, a money market mutual fund, a suite of four index-based equity or bond mutual funds and company shares. Assets in the RRSP account and company contributions to the tax-paid account may only be withdrawn upon retirement or termination of employment, reinforcing the company’s long-term approach to total compensation. Income tax regulations require RRSPs to be converted into an eligible form of retirement income by the end of the calendar year in which the individual reaches age 71.

Compensation decision making process and considerations for named executive officers

Benchmarking

In addition to the assessment of business performance, individual performance and level of responsibility, the executive resources committee relies on market comparisons to a group of 22 major Canadian companies which typically have revenues (or the revenues of their parent companies) that exceed $1 billion a year.

Comparator companies

The following criteria are used to select comparator companies:

   

Canadian companies or Canadian affiliates;

   

large operating scope and complexity;

   

capital intensive; and

   

proven sustainability.

 

146


Table of Contents

The 22 companies benchmarked are as follows:

 

 

Energy

 

  

 

Non-Energy

 

 

Cenovus Energy Inc.

 

  

 

BCE Inc.

 

 

Chevron Canada Ltd.

 

  

 

Canadian Pacific Railway Limited

 

 

ConocoPhillips Canada

 

  

 

Canadian Tire Corporation, Limited

 

 

Devon Canada Corporation

 

  

 

General Electric Canada

 

 

Enbridge Inc.

 

  

 

IBM Canada Ltd.

 

 

Encana Corporation

 

  

 

Proctor & Gamble Inc.

 

 

Husky Energy Inc.

 

  

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

 

Nexen Energy ULC

 

  

 

NOVA Chemicals Corporation

 

  

 

Nutrien Ltd.

 

  

 

Obsidian Energy Ltd.

 

  

 

Repsol Oil & Gas Canada Inc.

 

  

 

Shell Canada Limited

 

  

 

Suncor Energy Inc.

 

  

 

TransCanada Corporation

 

  

The company is a national employer drawing from a wide range of disciplines. It is important to understand its competitive orientation relative to a variety of energy and non-energy employers. Compensation trends across industries, based on survey data, are prepared annually by an independent external consultant with additional analysis and recommendation provided by the company’s internal compensation advisors. Consistent with the executive resources committee’s practice of using well-informed judgment rather than formulae to determine executive compensation, the committee does not target any specific percentile among comparator companies to align compensation. The focus is on a broader and more flexible orientation, generally a range around the median of the comparator energy companies’ compensation. This approach applies to salaries and the annual incentive program that includes bonus and restricted stock units.

As a secondary source of data, the executive resources committee also considers a comparison with the majority shareholder when it determines the annual bonus program. For the restricted stock unit program, the executive resources committee also reviews a summary of data of the comparator companies provided by the same external consultant in order to assist in assessing total value of long-term compensation grants. As a result, grant level guidelines may be adjusted periodically to maintain the program’s competitive orientation. As a matter of principle, the company does not offset losses on prior grants with higher share awards in subsequent grants, nor does the company re-price restricted stock units.

This overall approach provides the company with the ability to:

   

better respond to changing business conditions;

   

manage salaries based on a career orientation;

   

minimize potential for automatic increasing of salaries, which could occur with an inflexible and narrow target among benchmarked companies; and

   

differentiate salaries based on performance and experience levels among executives.

Details of the compensation assessment for the named executive officers are outlined on pages 148 and 149.

 

147


Table of Contents

Analytical tools – Compensation summary sheets

The compensation summary sheet is a matrix used by the executive resources committee that shows the individual elements and total compensation for each senior executive. The summary sheet is used to understand how decisions on each individual element of compensation affect total compensation for each senior executive. The committee considers both current compensation recommendations and prior compensation results in its final determination.

The elements of the Exxon Mobil Corporation and respective affiliates’ compensation programs for R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick, including salary and annual bonus and equity (long-term) compensation considerations, are generally similar to those of the company. The data used for long-term compensation determination for R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick is as described previously, as they received company restricted stock units in 2018. The executive resources committee reviews and approves recommendations for each named executive officer prior to implementation. R.M. Kruger’s compensation determination is described in more detail on page 149.

2018 named executive officer compensation assessment

When determining the annual compensation for the named executive officers, the executive resources committee has reflected on the following business performance result indicators in its determination of 2018 salary and incentive compensation.

Business performance results for consideration

The operating and financial performance results listed below and the company’s continued maintenance of sound business controls and a strong corporate governance environment formed the basis for the salary and incentive award decisions made by the executive resources committee in 2018. The executive resources committee considered the results over multiple years, relative to the company’s proven business model and strategies, to deliver long-term shareholder value.

 

Strong safety, operational integrity and risk management performance

 

$2.3 billion in net income, $3.9 billion cash flow from operations, both the highest since 2014

 

$2.5 billion returned to shareholders through dividends and share purchases

  o

$572 million in dividends paid and a 19 percent increase in per-share dividend declared in second quarter 2018, the 24th consecutive year of increase

  o

$1,971 million in share purchases completed, representing 49 million shares or 6 percent of total outstanding

 

Strong performance across all business lines

  o

383,000 barrels per day in total upstream production, up 2 percent versus 2017

 

Kearl production of 206,000 barrels per day (146,000 barrels per day Imperial’s share), which is a record high

  o

Downstream earnings of $2,366 million, which is the highest in company history (excluding years with gains from asset sales)

 

Refinery throughput 392,000 barrels per day, up 2 percent versus 2017

 

Petroleum product sales 504,000 barrels per day, the highest in nearly 30 years

 

Secured number one retail market share position

  o

Chemical earnings of $275 million, the second highest ever

 

Petrochemical sales up 4 percent versus 2017

 

Progressed opportunities to add future value

  o

Continuing Kearl investments to achieve 240,000 barrels per day annual production

  o

Progressing Strathcona cogeneration project to improve energy efficiency

  o

Approved 75,000 barrels per day Aspen in situ project, utilizing next generation oil sands recovery technology

 

Continued commitment to industry leadership in technology and innovation

  o

Invested $150 million in research activities

Performance assessment considerations

The preceding results form the context in which the committee assesses the individual performance of each senior executive, taking into account experience and level of responsibility.

Annually, the chairman, president and chief executive officer reviews the performance of the senior executives in achieving business results and individual development needs.

 

148


Table of Contents

The same long-term key business strategies noted on page 137 and results noted above are key elements in the assessment of the chairman, president and chief executive officer’s performance by the executive resources committee.

The performance of all named executive officers is also assessed by the board of directors throughout the year during specific business reviews and board committee meetings that provide information on strategy development, operating and financial results, safety, health, and environmental results, business controls, and other areas pertinent to the general performance of the company.

The executive resources committee does not use quantitative targets or formulae to assess individual executive performance or determine compensation. The executive resources committee does not assign weights to the factors considered. Formula-based performance assessments and compensation typically require emphasis on two or three business metrics. For the company to be an industry leader and effectively manage the technical complexity and integrated scope of its operations, most senior executives must advance multiple strategies and objectives in parallel, versus emphasizing one or two at the expense of others that require equal attention.

Senior executives and officers are expected to perform at the highest level or they are replaced. If it is determined that another executive is ready and would make a stronger contribution than one of the current incumbents, a replacement plan is implemented.

2018 chief executive officer compensation assessment

R.M. Kruger was appointed chairman, president and chief executive officer of the company on March 1, 2013. Mr. Kruger has worked for Exxon Mobil Corporation and its predecessor companies since 1981. His level of salary was determined by the executive resources committee based on his individual performance and to align with that of his peers in ExxonMobil. It was also the objective of the executive resources committee to ensure appropriate internal alignment with senior management in the company. The committee approved a salary increase of $49,000 U.S. to $948,000 U.S., effective January 1, 2019.

Mr. Kruger’s 2018 annual bonus was based on his performance as assessed by the executive resources committee since his appointment to the position of chairman, president and chief executive officer. His long-term incentive award was granted in the form of company restricted stock units, not Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock, to reinforce alignment of his interests with that of the company’s shareholders. His company restricted stock units are subject to vesting periods longer than those applied by most companies conducting business in Canada. Fifty percent of the restricted stock units awarded vest in five years and the other 50 percent vest on the later of 10 years from the date of grant or the date of retirement. The purpose of these long vesting periods is to reinforce the long investment lead times in the business and to link a substantial portion of Mr. Kruger’s shareholding net worth to the performance of the company. As such, the payout value of the long-term incentive grants may differ from the amounts shown in the summary compensation table, depending on how the company actually performs at time of future vesting. During these vesting periods, the awards are subject to risk of forfeiture based on detrimental activity or leaving the company before normal retirement.

The executive resources committee has determined that the total compensation of Mr. Kruger is appropriate based on the company’s financial and operating performance, and its assessment of his effectiveness in leading the organization relative to the business performance measures outlined on page 139. Taking all factors into consideration, the committee’s decisions on compensation of the chief executive officer reflect judgment, rather than the application of formulae or targets.

Pay awarded to other named executive officers

Within the context of the compensation program structure and performance assessment processes previously described, the value of 2018 incentive awards and salary adjustments align with:

   

performance of the company;

   

individual performance;

   

long-term strategic plan of the business; and

   

annual compensation of comparator companies.

Taking all factors into consideration, the executive resources committee’s decisions on pay awarded to other named executive officers reflect judgment, rather than the application of formulae or targets. The executive resources committee approved the individual elements of compensation and the total compensation as shown in the summary compensation table on page 152.

 

149


Table of Contents

Independent consultant

In fulfilling its responsibilities during 2018, the executive resources committee did not retain an independent consultant or advisor in determining compensation for any of the company’s officers or any other senior executives. The company’s management retained an independent consultant to provide an assessment of competitive compensation and market data for all salaried levels of employees of the company. While providing this data, they did not provide individual compensation recommendations or advice for the compensation of the chairman, president and chief executive officer or other senior executives.

Performance graph

The following graph shows changes over the past 10 years in the value of $100 invested in (i) Imperial Oil Limited common shares, (ii) the S&P/TSX Composite Index, and (iii) the S&P/TSX Composite Energy Index. The S&P/TSX Composite Energy Index is currently made up of share performance data for 43 oil and gas companies including integrated oil companies, oil and gas producers and oil and gas service companies.

The year-end values in the graph represent appreciation in share price and the value of dividends paid and reinvested. The calculations exclude trading commissions and taxes. Total shareholder returns from each investment, whether measured in dollars or percent, can be calculated from the year-end investment values shown beneath the graph.

During the past 10 years, the company’s cumulative total shareholder return was negative 5 percent, for an average annual return of nearly zero percent. Over the past five years, the cumulative total shareholder return was negative 21 percent. Total direct compensation for named executive officers generally reflects the trend in total shareholder returns as the largest single component of executive compensation is awarded in the form of restricted stock units with long holding periods. This design reinforces the long-term linkage between executive compensation and the shareholding net worth of executives to the return on the company’s stock realized by shareholders. Total direct compensation includes salary, the annual bonus grant (cash and earnings bonus unit awards), and the grant date fair value of the restricted stock unit award which is equal to the price for the company’s stock on the date of grant.

 

LOGO

 

150


Table of Contents

Frequently used terms

Return on average capital employed is a measure of capital productivity, and equals net income excluding the after-tax cost of financing divided by total average capital employed. Capital employed is property, plant and equipment, and other assets, less liabilities, excluding both short-term and long-term debt, plus the company’s share of equity company debt.

Cash flow from operating activities and asset sales is the sum of the net cash provided by operating activities and proceeds from asset sales reported in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

For additional information and reconciliation with respect to the terms, see the “Frequently used terms” section of the company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

151


Table of Contents

Executive compensation tables and narratives

Summary compensation table

The following table shows the compensation for the chairman, president and chief executive officer; the senior vice-president, finance and administration, and controller; and the three other most highly compensated executive officers of the company who were serving as at the end of 2018. In 2018, B.A. Babcock served as senior vice-president, finance and administration, and controller until her retirement on April 30, 2018. Effective May 1, 2018, D.E. Lyons succeeded her in the position. This information includes the Canadian dollar value of base salaries, cash bonus awards and earnings bonus unit payments, long-term incentive compensation and certain other compensation. Amounts in the Summary compensation table pertain to the named executive officers’ respective periods of assignment with the company.

 

  Name and principal  
  position at the end  

  of 2018   

       Year  

Salary

($)

(b)

 

Share-
based
awards

($)

(c)

 

Option-
based
awards

($)

(d)

 

Non-equity incentive
plan compensation

($)

 

Pension
value

($)

(g)

 

All other
compensation

($)

(h)

 

  Total  
  compensation  

  ($)  

  (i)  

 

Annual
incentive
plans

(e)

 

Long-
term
incentive
plans

(f)

R.M. Kruger (a)

Chairman, president and chief executive officer

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

1,164,834

 

 

3,800,610

 

 

-

 

 

561,038

 

 

798,806

 

 

(1,254,381)

 

 

2,799,146

 

 

7,870,053

 

 

 

2017

 

 

1,129,782

 

 

3,908,520

 

 

-

 

 

488,923

 

 

620,727

 

 

(1,159,234)

 

 

1,850,506

 

 

6,839,224

 

 

 

2016

 

 

1,139,328

 

 

4,979,700

 

 

-

 

 

356,371

 

 

0

 

 

(379,289)

 

 

1,481,708

 

 

7,577,818

 

 

B.A. Babcock

Senior vice-president, finance and administration, and controller (until April 30, 2018)

 

     

 

2018

 

 

168,667

 

 

0

 

 

-

 

 

0

 

 

106,880

 

 

1,000

 

 

149,218

 

 

425,765

 

 

 

2017

 

 

502,250

 

 

868,560

 

 

-

 

 

89,400

 

 

166,597

 

 

204,300

 

 

116,802

 

 

1,947,909

 

 

 

2016

 

 

495,750

 

 

995,940

 

 

-

 

 

74,700

 

 

0

 

 

(12,700)

 

 

113,294

 

 

1,666,984

 

D.E. Lyons (a)

Senior vice-president, finance and administration, and controller (since May 1, 2018)

      2018   419,807   737,088   -   165,202   94,588   (102,873)   573,059   1,886,871

 

J.R. Whelan (a)

Senior vice-president, upstream

 

     

 

2018

 

 

484,167

 

 

844,580

 

 

-

 

 

124,905

 

 

137,431

 

 

311,288

 

 

170,206

 

 

2,072,577

 

 

 

2017

 

 

476,583

 

 

868,560

 

 

-

 

 

103,758

 

 

153,810

 

 

586,051

 

 

178,832

 

 

2,367,594

 

 

 

2016

 

 

458,250

 

 

936,806

 

 

-

 

 

58,159

 

 

0

 

 

(176,471)

 

 

169,591

 

 

1,446,335

 

 

T.B. Redburn

Senior vice-president, commercial and corporate development

 

     

 

2018

 

 

471,600

 

 

844,580

 

 

-

 

 

123,700

 

 

82,411

 

 

442,200

 

 

66,967

 

 

2,031,458

 

 

 

2017

 

 

458,000

 

 

868,560

 

 

-

 

 

99,000

 

 

128,566

 

 

549,400

 

 

55,817

 

 

2,159,343

 

 

 

2016

 

 

444,167

 

 

733,374

 

 

-

 

 

57,600

 

 

0

 

 

(136,000)

 

 

60,241

 

 

1,159,382

 

 

P.M. Dinnick (a)

Vice-president and general counsel

 

     

 

2018

 

 

447,923

 

 

399,256

 

 

-

 

 

55,067

 

 

42,043

 

 

140,299

 

 

513,700

 

 

1,598,288

 

 

 

2017

 

 

437,167

 

 

410,592

 

 

-

 

 

39,997

 

 

29,163

 

 

182,213

 

 

546,595

 

 

1,645,727

 

 

 

2016

 

 

397,757

 

 

439,489

 

 

-

 

 

21,594

 

 

0

 

 

105,426

 

 

437,998

 

 

1,402,264

 

 

152


Table of Contents

Footnotes to the Summary compensation table for named executive officers

 

(a)

R.M. Kruger has been on expatriate assignment from Exxon Mobil Corporation, an affiliate in the U.S., since 2013. D.E. Lyons has been on expatriate assignment from Exxon Mobil Corporation, an affiliate in the U.S., since May 1, 2018. P.M. Dinnick has been on expatriate assignment from Esso Australia Pty Ltd., an affiliate in Australia, since 2012. J.R. Whelan has been on domestic loan assignment from ExxonMobil Canada Ltd., an affiliate in Canada, since 2013. Their compensation is paid directly by Exxon Mobil Corporation and respective affiliates, with the exception of the compensation related to the vesting of the company’s restricted stock units and dividend equivalents on outstanding restricted stock units. They also receive employee benefits under their respective affiliates’ employee benefit plans, and not under the company’s employee benefit plans. The company reimburses the respective affiliates for applicable compensation paid and employee benefits provided to them. The company does not reimburse Exxon Mobil Corporation for the cost of incentive awards granted by Exxon Mobil Corporation.

(b)

The amounts listed in the “Salary” column for each named executive officer on expatriate assignment (R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons and P.M. Dinnick) are paid in their local currency, but disclosed in Canadian dollars. R.M. Kruger’s and D.E. Lyons’ salaries are paid in U.S. dollars and were converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957. In 2017 and 2016 the average exchange rate was 1.2986 and 1.3248 respectively. P.M. Dinnick’s salary is paid in Australian dollars and was converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 0.9687. In 2017 and 2016 the average exchange rate was 0.9951 and 0.9852, respectively.

(c)

The grant date fair value equals the number of restricted stock units multiplied by the closing price of the company’s shares on the date of grant. The closing price of the company’s shares on the grant date in 2018 was $38.39, which is the same as the accounting fair value for the restricted stock units on the date of grant. The closing price of the company’s shares on the grant date in 2017 was $39.48 and in 2016 was $45.27, which is the same as the accounting fair value for the restricted stock units on the date of grant. The company chose this method of valuation as it believes it results in the most accurate representation of fair value. In 2016, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. The closing price of Exxon Mobil Corporation stock on the grant date in 2016 was $87.30 U.S. and is converted to Canadian dollars at the annual average exchange rate of 1.3248.

(d)

The company has not granted stock options since 2002. The stock option plan expired in 2012.

(e)

The amounts listed in the “Annual incentive plans” column for each named executive officer represent their 2018 cash bonus. R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick participate in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s annual cash bonus program, which is similar to the company’s plan, and is paid in U.S. dollars, but disclosed in Canadian dollars. Amounts paid in U.S. dollars were converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957. In 2017 and 2016 the average exchange rate was 1.2986 and 1.3248 respectively.

(f)

The amounts listed in the “Long-term incentive plans” column represent earnings bonus units related to prior year grants that paid out in 2018. These are paid when the maximum settlement value (trigger) or cumulative earnings per share is achieved, or after three years. The amounts in this column do not include the value of earnings bonus units granted in 2018, the value of which will be approximately equal to the cash bonus amount disclosed in the “Annual incentive plans” column for 2018 should the maximum settlement value (trigger) be achieved, or at a reduced level after three years. The earnings bonus unit program is described on page 141. R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons, J.R. Whelan and P.M. Dinnick participate in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s earnings bonus unit program, which is similar to the company’s plan, and is paid in U.S. dollars, but disclosed in Canadian dollars. Amounts paid in U.S. dollars were converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957. In 2017 and 2016 the average exchange rate was 1.2986 and 1.3248 respectively. Their payouts are also subject to a maximum settlement value (trigger) or cumulative earnings per share.

(g)

“Pension value” is the “Compensatory change” in pensions as of December 31, 2018 as set out in the “Pension plan benefits” table on page 157. In addition to J.R. Whelan’s participation in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined contribution pension plan, in 2018, his participation was confirmed in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined benefit supplemental pension arrangement. This supplemental pension arrangement is described beginning on page 145. The cumulative value of the compensatory change in 2018 was $1,587,500 reflecting his eligibility in the supplemental pension arrangement for his total 22.4 years of credited service. However, for comparison purposes, the annual compensatory value for 2018 has been reported as though J.R. Whelan had participated in the supplemental pension arrangement prior to 2018. In 2018, the value includes $312,300 for the supplemental pension arrangement and ($1,012) for the defined contribution pension plan. Similarly, the annual compensatory values previously reported for 2017 and 2016 have been adjusted for comparison purposes, as though J.R. Whelan had participated in the supplemental pension arrangement prior to 2018. In 2017, the value includes $513,300 for the supplemental pension arrangement and $72,751 for the defined contribution plan, and in 2016, the value includes ($256,400) for the supplemental pension arrangement and $79,929 for the defined contribution plan.

(h)

The amounts listed in the “All other compensation” column include dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units granted, savings plans contributions, expatriate assignment costs, parking and the cost of perquisites including financial planning and business club memberships, as well as security costs and costs associated with participation in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s executive life insurance benefit plan, as applicable.

   

For each named executive officer, the aggregate value of perquisites received in 2018 was not greater than $50,000 or 10 percent of the named executive officer’s base salary.

   

It is noted that in 2018, the actual dividend equivalent payments on the company restricted stock units were $328,910 for R.M. Kruger, $77,780 for B.A. Babcock, $11,880 for J.R. Whelan, $57,591 for T.B. Redburn and $5,616 for P.M. Dinnick. The dividend equivalent payments on Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock granted in previous years were $495,936 for R.M. Kruger, $160,805 for D.E. Lyons, $126,390 for J.R. Whelan and $55,243 for P.M. Dinnick; these amounts were converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957.

   

For the named executive officers on expatriate assignment (R.M. Kruger, D.E. Lyons and P.M. Dinnick), “All other compensation” also includes expatriate assignment costs which consist of expatriate allowances and the net effect of tax equalization costs in the year. Tax equalization costs include the net effect of taxes paid by the companies to local taxing authorities on behalf of the named executive officer offset by a withholding from their income that approximates the amount of tax they would pay if they had not gone on expatriate assignment. Tax equalization is an integral part of the expatriate relocation program and is designed to maintain an individual’s overall tax burden at approximately the same level it would have otherwise been, had they remained in their home country. Tax equalization amounts vary from one year to the next and the net impact may be positive or negative in the year.

(i)

“Total compensation” consists of the total dollar value of “Salary”, “Share-based awards”, “Option-based awards”, “Non-equity incentive plan compensation”, “Pension value” and “All other compensation”.

 

153


Table of Contents

Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards for named executive officers

The following table sets forth all share-based and option-based awards outstanding for each named executive officer of the company as at December 31, 2018.

 

   

 

Option-based awards

     

 

Share-based awards

Name   Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
  Option
exercise
price
($)
  Option
expiration
date
  Value  of
unexercised
in-the-
money
options
($)
  Number of
shares or
units of
shares that
have not
vested
(#)
(e)
 

 

Market or
payout value
of share-
based awards
that have not
vested
($)
(e)

  Market or
payout value of
vested share-
based awards
not paid out or
distributed
($)

 

R.M. Kruger (a)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

545,800

 

 

18,879,222

 

 

-

 

 

B.A. Babcock

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

88,750

 

 

3,069,863

 

 

-

 

 

D.E. Lyons (b)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

19,200

 

 

664,128

 

 

-

 

 

J.R. Whelan (c)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

44,000

 

 

1,521,960

 

 

-

 

 

T.B. Redburn

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

90,950

 

 

3,145,961

 

 

-

 

 

P.M. Dinnick (d)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

20,800

 

 

719,472

 

 

-

 

 

(a)

R.M. Kruger was granted restricted stock units from 2013 to 2018 under the company’s plan. With respect to previous years, R.M. Kruger participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. Under that plan, R.M. Kruger held 118,500 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock whose value on December 31, 2018 was $11,023,439 based on a closing price for Exxon Mobil Corporation shares on December 31, 2018 of $68.19 U.S., which was converted to Canadian dollars at the December 31, 2018 close rate of 1.3642 provided by the Bank of Canada.

(b)

D.E. Lyons was granted restricted stock units in 2018 under the company’s plan. With respect to previous years, D.E. Lyons participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. Under that plan, D.E. Lyons held 40,150 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock whose value on December 31, 2018 was $3,734,946 based on a closing price for Exxon Mobil Corporation shares on December 31, 2018 of $68.19 U.S., which was converted to Canadian dollars at the December 31, 2018 close rate of 1.3642 provided by the Bank of Canada.

(c)

J.R. Whelan was granted restricted stock units in 2017 and 2018 under the company’s plan. With respect to previous years, J.R. Whelan participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. Under that plan, J.R. Whelan held 23,200 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock whose value on December 31, 2018 was $2,158,175 based on a closing price for Exxon Mobil Corporation shares on December 31, 2018 of $68.19 U.S., which was converted to Canadian dollars at the December 31, 2018 close rate of 1.3642 provided by the Bank of Canada.

(d)

P.M. Dinnick was granted restricted stock units in 2017 and 2018 under the company’s plan. With respect to previous years, P.M. Dinnick participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. Under that plan, P.M. Dinnick held 10,000 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock whose value on December 31, 2018 was $930,248 based on a closing price for Exxon Mobil Corporation shares on December 31, 2018 of $68.19 U.S., which was converted to Canadian dollars at the December 31, 2018 close rate of 1.3642 provided by the Bank of Canada.

(e)

Represents the total of the outstanding restricted stock units received from the company plan in 2012 through 2018. The value is based on the closing price of the company’s shares on December 31, 2018 of $34.59. For B.A. Babcock all restricted stock units outstanding were granted prior to her retirement on April 30, 2018.

 

154


Table of Contents

Incentive plan awards for named executive officers – Value vested or earned during the year

The following table sets forth the value of the incentive plan awards that vested in the year for each named executive officer of the company.

 

Name  

Option-based awards –
Value vested during

the year
($)

 

 

Share-based awards – Value
vested during the year
($)
(e)

 

 

Non-equity incentive plan
compensation – Value

earned during the year
($)
(f)

 

  R.M. Kruger (a)

 

 

-

 

 

1,806,064

 

 

-

 

 

  B.A. Babcock

 

 

-

 

 

876,170

 

 

106,880

 

 

  D.E. Lyons (b)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

  J.R. Whelan (c)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

  T.B. Redburn

 

 

-

 

 

586,944

 

 

206,111

 

 

  P.M. Dinnick (d)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(a)

R.M. Kruger received restricted stock units under the company’s plan from 2013 to 2018. In previous years, R.M. Kruger participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. In 2018, no restrictions were removed on restricted stock granted under the Exxon Mobil Corporation plan. R.M. Kruger received an annual bonus from Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2018 and participates in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s earnings bonus unit plan, which is similar to the company’s earnings bonus unit plan. R.M. Kruger received $1,359,844 with respect to the annual cash bonus received in 2018 and earnings bonus units granted in 2015 and 2016 and paid out in 2018, which amount was paid in U.S. dollars and converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957.

(b)

Although D.E. Lyons received restricted stock units under the company’s plan in 2018, these restricted stock units have not vested. In previous years, D.E. Lyons participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. In 2018, restrictions were removed on 10,300 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock having a value as at December 31, 2018 of $958,155 based on the closing price of Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares of $68.19 U.S., which was converted to Canadian dollars at the December 31, 2018 close rate of 1.3642 provided by the Bank of Canada. D.E. Lyons received an annual bonus from Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2018 and participates in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s earnings bonus unit plan, which is similar to the company’s earnings bonus unit plan. D.E. Lyons received $259,790 with respect to the annual cash bonus received in 2018 and earnings bonus units granted in 2016 and paid out in 2018, which amount was paid in U.S. dollars and converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957.

(c)

Although J.R. Whelan received restricted stock units under the company’s plan in 2017 and 2018, these restricted stock units have not vested. In previous years, J.R. Whelan participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. In 2018, restrictions were removed on 7,000 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock having a value as at December 31, 2018 of $651,174 based on the closing price of Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares of $68.19 U.S., which was converted to Canadian dollars at the December 31, 2018 close rate of 1.3642 provided by the Bank of Canada. J.R. Whelan received an annual bonus from Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2018 and participates in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s earnings bonus unit plan, which is similar to the company’s earnings bonus unit plan. J.R. Whelan received $262,336 with respect to the annual cash bonus in 2018 and earnings bonus units granted in 2015 and 2016 and paid out in 2018, which amount was paid in U.S. dollars and converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957.

(d)

Although P.M. Dinnick received restricted stock units under the company’s plan in 2017 and 2018, these restricted stock units have not vested. In previous years, P.M. Dinnick participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. In 2018, restrictions were removed on 3,200 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock having a value as at December 31, 2018 of $297,679 based on the closing price of Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares of $68.19 U.S., which was converted to Canadian dollars at the December 31, 2018 close rate of 1.3642 provided by the Bank of Canada. P.M. Dinnick received an annual bonus from Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2018 and participates in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s earnings bonus unit plan, which is similar to the company’s earnings bonus unit plan. P.M. Dinnick received $97,110 with respect to the annual cash bonus in 2018 and earnings bonus units granted in 2015 and 2016 and paid out in 2018, which amount was paid in U.S. dollars and converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957.

(e)

These values show restricted stock units granted by the company that vested in 2018. The value is based on the five day average closing price of the company’s shares, which includes the vesting date and the four preceding trading days. For R.M. Kruger the value represents restricted stock units granted in 2013 which vested in 2018. For B.A. Babcock and T.B. Redburn the value represents restricted stock units granted in 2011 and 2015, which vested in 2018. For B.A. Babcock, the value includes restricted stock units that vested after her retirement from the company on April 30, 2018.

(f)

These values include amounts paid by the company with respect to the 2018 annual cash bonus and earnings bonus unit granted in 2015 which paid out in 2018. It does not include the value of earnings bonus units granted in 2018, the value of which will be approximately equal to the cash bonus amounts disclosed in the Summary compensation table “Annual incentive plans” column in 2018, should the maximum settlement value (trigger) be achieved, or at a reduced level after three years. For B.A. Babcock, the value includes earnings bonus units that paid out after her retirement from the company on April 30, 2018.

 

155


Table of Contents

Equity compensation plan information

The following table provides information on the common shares of the company that may be issued as of the end of 2018 pursuant to compensation plans of the company.

 

Plan category   

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(#)

(c)

 

  

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
($)

 

  

Number of securities remaining  

available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in the first column)
(#)

(c)

  Equity compensation

  plans approved by

  security holders (a)

  

 

-

 

   -    -

 

  Equity compensation   plans not approved by

  security holders (b)

  

 

2,893,515

 

   -    7,588,872

 

  Total

 

  

 

2,893,515

 

   -    7,588,872

 

(a)

The company’s stock option plan expired in 2012.

(b)

This is a restricted stock unit plan, which is described starting on page 142.

(c)

The Number of securities to be issued represents the total number of restricted stock units issued since 2008 and still outstanding (5,302,825) minus the outstanding restricted stock units that are only eligible for cash (and not common shares) upon vesting (2,409,310). The Number of securities remaining available for future issuance represents the restricted stock units not yet granted (5,179,562) plus the number of outstanding restricted stock units that are only eligible for cash (and not common shares) upon vesting (2,409,310).

Restricted stock units as a percentage of outstanding shares

The following table provides information on the restricted stock unit plan, expressed as a number and as a percentage of the common shares of the company as of the end of 2018.

 

     

Maximum number of
restricted stock units
issuable under the plan
(#)

(b)

 

Total number of
restricted stock units
awarded and
outstanding

(#)

 

Total number of restricted
stock units available for grant  

(#)

 

 

  Number

 

   10,482,387   5,302,825   5,179,562

 

  Percent of outstanding

  common shares (a)

 

   1.34%   0.68%   0.66%

 

  (a)

As of December 31, 2018, the number of common shares outstanding was 782,564,834.

  (b)

The Maximum number of restricted stock units issuable under the company plan is the number as of December 31, 2017 (10,484,512) minus the common shares issued in 2018 pursuant to the vesting of restricted stock units under the plan (2,125 common shares).

 

156


Table of Contents

Annual burn rate

The following table provides the annual burn rate associated with the restricted stock unit plan for each of the company’s three most recent fiscal years.

 

                                                

Number of restricted
stock units granted
under the plan

(#)

(a)

  

Weighted average
number of securities
outstanding

(#)

(b)

  

Annual burn rate

(%)

(c)

 

 

  2018

 

   739,870    807,517,306    0.09%

 

  2017

 

   758,990    842,943,735    0.09%

 

  2016

 

   815,870    847,599,011    0.10%

 

(a)

The Number of restricted stock units granted under the plan in the applicable fiscal year.

(b)

The Weighted average number of securities outstanding during the period is the number of securities outstanding at the beginning of the period, adjusted by the number of securities bought back or issued during the period multiplied by a time-weighting factor.

(c)

The Annual burn rate percent is the Number of restricted stock units granted under the plan divided by the Weighted average number of securities outstanding.

Status of prior long-term incentive compensation plans

The company’s only long-term incentive compensation plan is the restricted stock unit plan described on pages 142 through 145. There are no units outstanding for any historical plan.

Pension plan benefits

The following table provides information for each named executive officer of the company participating in a defined benefit pension plan. Information for named executive officers on assignment from affiliates of the company who participate in a plan provided by such affiliates is disclosed in the footnotes.

 

Name   

Number

of years
credited
service

(as of
December

31, 2018)
(#)

(a)

  

Annual benefits
payable
($)

 

  

Opening
present
value of
defined
benefit
obligation
($)
(d)

 

  

Compensatory
change
($)
(e)

 

  

Non-

compensatory
change
($)
(f)

 

 

Closing
present
value of
defined
benefit
obligation  

($)
(d)

  

At year-
end
(b)

 

  

At age
65
(c)

 

 

  R.M. Kruger

 

   -    -    -    -    -    -   -

 

  B.A. Babcock

 

   31.0    96,000    91,300    7,074,800    1,000    (5,368,600)   1,707,200

 

  D.E. Lyons

 

   -    -    -    -    -    -   -

 

  J.R. Whelan (g)

 

   -    -    -    -    -    -   -

 

  T.B. Redburn

 

   33.6    388,200    490,400    6,871,800    442,200    (52,000)   7,262,000

 

  P.M. Dinnick (g)

 

   -    -    -    -    -    -   -

 

157


Table of Contents
(a)

R.M. Kruger and D.E. Lyons participate in the Exxon Mobil Corporation defined benefit pension plan including tax-qualified and non-qualified plans. Benefits under this plan are payable in U.S. dollars and have been converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 1.2957. Under this plan, R.M. Kruger had 37.5 years of credited service and D.E. Lyons had 28.5 years of credited service. J.R. Whelan participates in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined contribution pension plan and defined benefit supplemental pension arrangement. Benefits under these plans are payable in Canadian dollars. Under these plans, J.R. Whelan had 22.4 years of credited service. P.M. Dinnick participates in the Esso Australia Pty Ltd. defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans. Benefits under these plans are payable in Australian dollars and have been converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2018 exchange rate of 0.9687. Under these plans, P.M. Dinnick had 24.4 years of credited service.

(b)

For members of the company’s pension plan, the annual benefits include the amount of the accrued annual lifetime pension from the company’s registered pension plan and supplemental pension arrangement. Benefits under the supplemental pension arrangement can be paid as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. For members of the Exxon Mobil Corporation pension plan, the annual benefits include the accrued annual lifetime pension from the tax-qualified and the annual amount calculated under the non-qualified plans. For R.M. Kruger this value was $1,332,017. For D.E. Lyons this value was $423,705. Non-qualified plan benefits are payable only as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. For members of the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined benefit supplemental pension arrangement, benefits are payable only as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. For J.R. Whelan this lump-sum value was $1,649,446. For members of the Esso Australia Pty Ltd. pension plan, benefits are payable only as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. For P.M. Dinnick this lump-sum value was $2,587,314.

(c)

For members of the company’s pension plan, the annual benefits include the amount of the accrued annual lifetime pension from the company’s registered pension plan and supplemental pension arrangement that would be earned to age 65 assuming final average earnings as at December 31, 2018. For members of the Exxon Mobil Corporation pension plan, the annual benefits include the annual lifetime pension from the tax-qualified and the annual amount calculated under the non-qualified plans that would be earned to age 65 assuming final average earnings as at December 31, 2018. For R.M. Kruger this value was $1,517,821. For D.E. Lyons this value was $556,792. Non-qualified plan benefits are payable only as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. For members of the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined benefit supplemental pension arrangement, benefits are payable only as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. For J.R. Whelan the lump-sum value that would be earned to age 65 assuming final average earnings as of December 31, 2018 was $2,122,328. For members of the Esso Australia Pty Ltd. pension plan, benefits are payable only as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. For P.M. Dinnick the lump-sum value that would be earned to age 65 assuming final average earnings as of December 31, 2018 was $3,830,366.

(d)

For members of the company’s pension plan, the opening and closing defined benefit obligation is defined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and values are calculated on a basis that is consistent with the valuation that was performed for accounting purposes for the company’s plans. The value is calculated based on estimated earnings eligible for pension as described previously and Yearly Maximum Pensionable Earnings (YMPE) as defined by the Canada Revenue Agency, projected to retirement and pro-rated on service to the date of valuation. The calculations assume that the Canada Pension Plan offset is based on the annual maximum benefit at retirement and the Old Age Security (OAS) offset is based on the OAS benefit at the date of valuation, projected to retirement. For members of the Exxon Mobil Corporation, ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. and the Esso Australia Pty Ltd. pension plan respectively, the opening and closing defined benefit obligation is defined under GAAP and values are consistent with the valuation performed for accounting purposes for the applicable affiliate plan. The values are calculated based on estimated earnings eligible for pension as described previously. For R.M. Kruger the opening value was $18,513,387 and the closing value was $17,157,500. For D.E. Lyons the opening value was $5,764,244 and the closing value was $5,593,956. For J.R. Whelan, the opening value was nil. However, for comparison purposes only, had he been confirmed in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined benefit supplemental pension arrangement prior to 2018, the opening value would have been $1,234,700. The closing value was $1,587,500, reflecting his eligibility in the year for the supplemental pension arrangement for his total years of credited service. For P.M. Dinnick the opening value was $2,269,694 and the closing value was $2,520,883.

(e)

The value for “Compensatory change” includes service cost for 2018 and the impact of change in earnings on the projected benefit obligation. For members of the company’s plan, these values are calculated using the individual’s additional pensionable service in 2018 and the actual salary and bonus received in 2018. For members of the Exxon Mobil Corporation, ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. and Esso Australia Pty Ltd. pension plans, these values are calculated using the individual’s additional pensionable service in 2018 and earnings as described previously. For R.M. Kruger this value was ($1,254,381). For D.E. Lyons this value was ($102,873). For J.R. Whelan the compensatory value was $1,587,500, reflecting his confirmation in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. supplemental pension arrangement in 2018. Had J.R. Whelan participated in this arrangement prior to 2018, the compensatory value for the year would have been $312,300. For P.M. Dinnick this value was $140,505.

(f)

The value for “Non-compensatory change” includes the impact of experience not related to earnings, benefit payments and change in measurement assumptions. With respect to the company pension plan, the discount rate used to determine the closing present value of defined benefit obligation at the end of 2018 increased to 3.9 percent, from 3.4 percent at the end of 2017, which had a negative impact on the non-compensatory change element. For B.A. Babcock who retired on April 30, 2018, the change in non-compensatory obligation reflects her supplemental pension arrangement payment option election upon retirement. For members of the Exxon Mobil Corporation, ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. and Esso Australia Pty Ltd. pension plans, the value for “Non-compensatory change” includes the impact of experience not related to earnings or service. For the Exxon Mobil Corporation plan this includes the effect of interest based on a discount rate of 4.4 percent at the end of 2018, up from 3.8 percent at the end of 2017. For the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. plan this includes the effect of interest based on a discount rate of 3.9 percent at the end of 2018, up from 3.4 percent at the end of 2017. For the Esso Australia Pty Ltd. plan this includes the effect of interest based on a discount rate of 3.7 percent at the end of 2018, down from 3.8 percent at the end of 2017. For R.M. Kruger this value was ($101,506). For D.E. Lyons this value was ($67,415). For J.R. Whelan the non-compensatory value was nil, reflecting his confirmation in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. supplemental pension arrangement. Had J.R. Whelan participated in this arrangement prior to 2018, the non-compensatory value for the year would have been $40,500. For P.M. Dinnick this value was $110,684.

(g)

J.R. Whelan participates in the ExxonMobil Canada Ltd. defined contribution plan. Under this plan, the affiliate contributes a percent of base pay to the fund monthly, subject to regulatory limits. The “Accumulated value at start of year” was $589,562, the “Compensatory value” was ($1,012) reflecting affiliate contribution and investment earnings, and the “Accumulated value at year-end” was $588,550. P.M. Dinnick is a member of the Esso Australia Pty Ltd. defined contribution plan. Contribution limits under this plan have been reached. The “Accumulated value at start of year” was $53,673, the “Compensatory value” was ($206) reflecting investment earnings, and the “Accumulated value at year-end” was $53,467.

 

158


Table of Contents

 

Appendix A – Board of director and committee charters

 

 

Board of Directors Charter

 

 

The structure, process and responsibilities of the board of directors of the corporation shall include the following items and matters:

1. Responsibility

The directors shall be responsible for the stewardship of the corporation.

2. Duty of care

The directors, in exercising their powers and discharging their duties, shall:

 

  (a)

act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation; and

 

  (b)

exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

3. Stewardship process

In order to carry out their responsibility for stewardship within their duty of care, the directors shall, directly or through one or more committees of directors,

 

  (a)

contribute to the formulation of and approve strategic plans on at least an annual basis;

 

  (b)

identify the principal risks of the corporation’s business where identifiable and oversee the implementation of appropriate systems to manage such risks;

 

  (c)

oversee succession planning for senior management, including the appointing, training and monitoring thereof;

 

  (d)

approve the corporate disclosure guidelines and monitor the external communications of the corporation;

 

  (e)

monitor the integrity of the corporation’s internal control and management information systems;

 

  (f)

monitor the integrity of the corporation’s information technology and systems to ensure the security and integrity of the corporation’s electronic information, systems and assets;

 

  (g)

consider management’s recommendations regarding major corporation decisions and actions, which have significant societal implications;

 

  (h)

monitor compliance with major corporate policies;

 

  (i)

charge the chief executive officer of the corporation with the general management and direction of the business and affairs of the corporation;

 

  (j)

monitor the performance of the chief executive officer;

 

  (k)

satisfy itself as to the integrity of the chief executive officer and other executive officers and ensure that the chief executive officer and the other executive officers create a culture of integrity throughout the company;

 

159


Table of Contents
  (l)

annually review and approve the corporation’s code of ethics and business conduct;

 

  (m)

monitor compliance with the code of ethics and business conduct, provided that any waivers from the code that are granted for the benefit of the issuer’s directors or executive officers should be granted by the board only;

 

  (n)

determine appropriate measures are in place for receiving feedback from stakeholders;

 

  (o)

by appropriate charter resolutions, establish the audit, executive resources, nominations and corporate governance, public policy and corporate responsibility and community engagement and collaboration committees of the board with specific duties defined and the corporation provide each board committee with sufficient funds to discharge its responsibilities in accordance with its charter;

 

  (p)

determine membership of each committee, including its chair and vice-chair, after receiving the recommendation of the nominations and corporate governance committee;

 

  (q)

direct the distribution to the board by management of information that will enhance their familiarity with the corporation’s activities and the environment in which it operates, as set out in section 5;

 

  (r)

review the corporation’s process in respect of employee conflicts of interest and directorships in non-affiliated commercial, financial and industrial organizations and the disclosures thereof;

 

  (s)

review the mandates of the board and of the committees and their effectiveness at least annually; and

 

  (t)

undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate.

4. Range of items to be considered by the board

The following categories and specific items shall be referred to the board for information or decision on a regularly scheduled basis, to the extent appropriate:

Organization/legal

 

fixing of the number of directors

 

director appointments to fill interim vacancies

 

director slate for election by the shareholders

 

officer appointments

 

board governance processes

 

by-laws and administrative resolutions

 

changes in fundamental structure of the corporation

 

shareholder meeting notice and materials

 

nonemployee director compensation

 

policies adopted by the board

 

investigations and litigation of a material nature

Financial

 

equity or debt financing

 

dividend declarations

 

financial statements and the related management discussion and analysis, annual and quarterly

 

status of the corporation’s retirement plan and employee savings plan

 

160


Table of Contents

Strategic/investment/operating plans/performance

 

near-term and long-range outlooks

 

capital, lease, loan and contributions budgets annually

 

budget additions over $250 million individually

 

quarterly updates of actual and projected capital expenditures

 

capital expenditures or dispositions in excess of $250 million individually

 

entering into any venture that is outside of the corporation’s existing businesses

 

financial and operating results quarterly

 

Canadian and world economic outlooks

 

regional socio-economic reviews

 

information technology, systems and cybersecurity

In addition to the items which are specific to the categories identified above, the chief executive officer shall refer to the board for information or decision all other items of corporate significance; and any member of the board may request a review of any such item. Items to be referred to the committees of the board are specified in their respective charters.

5. Information to be received by the board

Material shall be distributed to directors through the office of the corporate secretary. Corporate policies, board calendars, contact information and other company processes, are updated on the board portal site and accessible to all directors.

Material under the following general headings, including the specific items listed below and only other similar items, shall be distributed to directors on a regular basis:

Organization/legal

 

articles of incorporation, by-laws and administrative resolutions

 

corporate policies

 

corporate data

 

board and management processes

 

financial and operating report

 

organization outline

Social/political/economic environment

 

public issues updates

 

economic outlook

 

external communications packages

 

information technology, systems and cybersecurity updates

Major announcements

 

press releases

 

speeches by management

 

organization changes

Communications to shareholders

Other significant submissions, studies and reports

6. Meetings of the board

  (a)

The board normally holds seven (7) regular meetings per year. Additional meetings may be scheduled as required to consider the range of items charged for consideration by the board.

 

  (b)

An agenda for each board meeting and briefing materials will, to the extent practicable in light of the timing of matters that require board attention, be distributed to each director approximately five to seven days prior to each meeting. The chairman, in consultation with the chair of the executive sessions will normally set the agenda for board meetings. Any director may request the inclusion of specific items.

 

161


Table of Contents
  (c)

It is expected that each director will make every effort to attend each board meeting and each meeting of any committee on which he or she sits. Attendance in person is preferred but attendance by teleconference is permitted if necessary.

 

  (d)

Each director should be familiar with the agenda for each meeting, have carefully reviewed all other materials distributed in advance of the meeting, and be prepared to participate meaningfully in the meeting, and to discuss all scheduled items of business.

 

  (e)

The proceedings and deliberations of the board and its committees are confidential. Each director will maintain the confidentiality of information received in connection with his or her service as a director, and the chief executive officer, or those whom he or she has designated, will speak for the corporation.

7. Independent directors

  (a)

The board shall be composed of a majority of independent directors. The board may also include one or more directors who are not independent, but who, as officers of the majority shareholder, may be viewed as independent of the company’s management.

 

  (b)

In respect of each director to be appointed to fill a vacancy and each director to be nominated for election or re-election by the shareholders, the board shall make an express determination as to whether he or she is an independent director and, for a director who may become a member of the audit committee, whether he or she is an audit committee financial expert or financially literate.

 

  (c)

The term “independent”, shall have the meaning as set out in applicable law, including on the basis of the standards specified by Multilateral Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees, the US. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC.

 

  (d)

Independent directors will have full access to senior management of the corporation and other employees on request to discuss the business and affairs of the corporation. The board expects that there will be regular opportunities for directors to meet with the chief executive officer, and other members of management in board and committee meetings and in other formal or informal settings.

 

  (e)

Compensation for independent directors will be determined by the board on the recommendation of the nominations and corporate governance committee and will be reviewed annually. Non-employee director compensation will be set at a level that is consistent with market practice, taking into account the size and scope of the corporation’s business and the responsibilities of its directors. A substantial portion of the compensation paid to independent directors for service on the board will be paid in restricted stock units of the corporation.

8. Independent legal or other advice

It is normally expected that information regarding the corporation’s business and affairs will be provided to the board by the corporation’s management and staff and by its independent auditors. However, the board and, with the approval of the board, any director, may engage independent counsel and other advisors at the expense of the corporation. The fees and expenses of any such advisor will be paid by the corporation.

9. Meetings of the independent directors in the absence of members of management

  (a)

Meetings of the independent directors (“executive sessions of the board”) shall be held in conjunction with all board meetings including unscheduled telephonic board meetings. Additional executive sessions may be convened by the chair or the executive sessions at his or her discretion and will be convened if requested by any other director. Any independent director may raise issues for discussion at an executive session.

 

  (b)

The chair of the executive sessions of the board shall be chosen by the independent directors.

 

162


Table of Contents
  (c)

The chair of the executive sessions of the board, or in the chair’s absence an independent director chosen by the independent directors, shall

  (i)

preside at executive sessions of the board;

 

  (ii)

ensure that meetings of the independent directors are held in accordance with this charter;

 

  (iii)

review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of the board in advance to ensure that the board may successfully carry out its duties; and

 

  (iv)

act as a liaison with the chairman, including providing feedback from the executive sessions to the chairman, provided that each director will also be afforded direct and complete access to the chairman at any time as such director deems necessary or appropriate.

 

  (d)

The purposes of the executive sessions of the board shall include the following:

  (i)

to raise substantive issues that are more appropriately discussed in the absence of management;

 

  (ii)

to discuss the need to communicate to the chairman of the board any matter of concern raised by any committee or any director;

 

  (iii)

to address issues raised but not resolved at meetings of the board and assess any follow-up needs with the chairman of the board;

 

  (iv)

to discuss the quality, quantity, and timeliness of the flow of information from management that is necessary for the independent directors to effectively and responsibly perform their duties, and advise the chairman of the board of any changes required; and

 

  (v)

to seek feedback about board processes.

10. Selection and tenure of directors

The nominations and corporate governance committee shall recommend to the board a slate of director candidates for election at each annual meeting of shareholders and shall recommend to the board directors to fill vacancies, including vacancies created as a result of any increase of the size of the board.

The guidelines for selection and tenure of directors shall be as follows:

 

  (a)

         Selection

In considering the qualifications of potential nominees for election as directors, the nominations and corporate governance committee considers the work experience and other areas of expertise of the potential nominees with the objective of providing for diversity among non-employee directors. The following key criteria are considered to be relevant to the work of the board of directors and its committees:

Work Experience

 

Experience in leadership of businesses or other large organizations (Leadership of large organizations)

 

Operations/technical experience (Operations/technical)

 

Project management experience (Project management)

 

Experience in working in a global work environment (Global experience)

 

Experience in development of business strategy (Strategy development)

Other Expertise

 

Audit committee financial expert

 

Expertise in financial matters (Financial expertise)

 

Expertise in managing relations with government (Government relations)

 

Experience in academia or in research (Academic/research)

 

Expertise in information technology and cybersecurity (Information technology/Cybersecurity)

 

Expertise in executive compensation policies and practices (Executive compensation)

 

163


Table of Contents

In addition, the nominations and corporate governance committee may consider the following additional factors:

   

possessing expertise in any of the following areas: law, science, marketing, administration, social/political environment or community and civic affairs;

   

individual competencies in business and other areas of endeavour in contributing to the collective experience of the directors; and

   

providing diversity in age, gender or regional association.

The nominations and corporate governance committee shall then assess what work experience and other expertise each existing director possesses. The nominations and corporate governance committee shall identify individuals qualified to become new board members and recommend to the board the new director nominees. In making its recommendations, the nominations and corporate governance committee shall consider the work experience and other expertise that the board considers each existing director to possess and which each new nominee will bring. The nominations and corporate governance committee may also consider the additional factors noted above and any other factors which it believes to be relevant.

A candidate may be nominated for directorship after consideration has been given as to his or her degree of compatibility with the following criteria, i.e., as to whether he or she:

 

   

will not adversely affect the requirements with respect to citizenship and residency for the directors imposed by the Canada Business Corporations Act;

 

   

will not adversely affect the corporation’s status as a foreign private issuer under U.S. securities legislation;

 

   

possesses the ability to contribute to the broad range of issues with which the directors and any one or all of the committees of directors must deal;

 

   

will serve on the boards of other public companies only to the extent that such services do not detract from the director’s ability to devote the necessary time and attention as a director;

 

   

is able to devote the necessary amount of time to prepare for and attend all meetings of the directors and committees of directors, and to keep abreast of significant corporate developments;

 

   

is free of any present or apparent potential legal impediment or conflict of interest, such as:

 

serving as an employee or principal of any organization presently providing a significant level of service to the corporation or which might so provide to the corporation, for example, institutions engaged in commercial banking, underwriting, law, management consulting, insurance, or trust companies; or of any substantial customer or supplier of the corporation;

 

 

serving as an employee or director of a competitor of the corporation, such as petroleum or chemical businesses, or of a significant competitor of corporations represented by a director of this corporation;

 

 

serving as the chief executive officer or a top administrator of an organization that has the chief executive officer or a top administrator of this corporation serving as director;

 

   

is expected to remain qualified to serve for a minimum of five years;

 

   

will not, at the time that he or she stands for election or appointment, have attained the age of 72;

 

   

if an independent director, is, or will become within a period of five years of becoming a director, the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of not less than 15,000 common shares, deferred share units or restricted stock units of the corporation.

 

164


Table of Contents
(b)

Tenure

(i) Re-nomination

An incumbent director shall be supported for re-nomination as long as he or she:

 

   

does not suffer from any disability that would prevent the effective discharge of his or her responsibilities as a director;

 

   

makes a positive contribution to the effective performance of the directors;

 

   

regularly attends directors’ and committee meetings;

 

   

has not made a change with respect to principal position or thrust of involvement or regional association that would significantly detract from his or her value as a director of the corporation;

 

   

is not otherwise, to a significant degree, incompatible with the criteria established for use in the selection process;

 

   

in a situation where it is known that a director will become incompatible with the criteria established for use in the selection process within a three-month period of election, such as retirement from principal position at age 65, this information would be included in the management proxy circular, and where possible, information regarding the proposed replacement would also be included;

 

   

will not, at the time that he or she stands for re-election, have attained the age of 72; however, under exceptional circumstances, at the request of the chairman, the nominations and corporate governance committee may continue to support the nomination.

(ii) Resignation

An incumbent director will resign in the event that he or she:

 

   

experiences a change in circumstances such as a change in his or her principal occupation, including an officer of the corporation ceasing to hold that position, but not merely a change in geographic location;

 

   

displays a change in the exercise of his or her powers and in the discharge of duties that, in the opinion of at least 75 percent of the directors, is incompatible with the duty of care of a director as defined in the Canada Business Corporations Act;

 

   

has made a change in citizenship or residency that will adversely affect the requirements for directors with respect to those areas imposed by the Canada Business Corporations Act;

 

   

has made a change in citizenship or residency that adversely affects the corporation’s status as a foreign private issuer under U.S. securities legislation;

 

   

develops a conflict of interest, such as

 

assuming a position as an employee or principal with any organization providing a significant level of service to the corporation, for example, institutions engaged in commercial banking, underwriting, law, management consulting, insurance, or trust companies; or with any substantial customer or supplier of the corporation;

 

 

assuming a position as an employee or director of any competitor of the corporation, such as petroleum or chemical businesses, or of a competitor of corporations represented by a director of this corporation;

 

 

assuming the position of chief executive officer or a top administrator of an organization that has the chief executive officer or a top administrator of this corporation serving as a director;

 

 

becomes unable to devote the necessary amount of time to prepare for and regularly attend meetings of the directors and committees of directors, and to keep abreast of significant corporate developments,

and the nominations and corporate governance committee will make a recommendation to the board as to whether to accept or reject such resignation.

 

165


Table of Contents

11. Election of Directors

All directors will stand for election at the annual meeting of shareholders. If the majority shareholder’s holdings were ever to fall below 50% for any non-contested elections of directors, any director nominee who receives a greater number of votes “withheld” from his or her election than votes “for” in such election shall tender his or her resignation. Within 90 days after certification of the election results, the board will decide, through a process managed by the nominations and corporate governance committee and excluding the nominee in question, whether to accept the resignation. Absent a compelling reason for the director to remain on the board, the board shall accept the resignation. The board will promptly disclose and, if applicable, the reasons for rejecting the tendered resignation.

12. Director Orientation and Continuing Education

  (a)

Orientation

New non-employee directors will receive a comprehensive orientation from appropriate executives regarding the corporation’s business and affairs.

 

  (b)

Continuing Education

Reviews of aspects of the corporation’s operations will be presented by appropriate employees from time to time as part of the agenda of regular board meetings. The board will also normally conduct an on-site visit to a location other than the corporation’s headquarters in conjunction with one or more regular board meetings every year.

13. Chairman and chief executive officer

The board currently believes that it is appropriate and efficient for the corporation’s chief executive officer to also act as chairman of the board. However, the board retains the authority to separate those functions if it deems such action appropriate in the future.

 

  (a)

Position description

The chairman and chief executive officer shall:

 

   

plan and organize all activities of the board of directors;

 

   

ensure that the board receives sufficient, timely information on all material aspects of the corporation’s operations and financial affairs;

 

   

chair annual and special meetings of the shareholders;

 

   

conduct the general management and direction of the business and affairs of the corporation;

 

   

recommend to the board of directors a strategic plan for the corporation’s business and, when approved by the board of directors, implement this strategic plan and report to the board of directors on the implementation of this strategic plan;

 

   

develop and implement operational policies to guide the corporation within the limits prescribed by the corporation’s by-laws and the directions adopted by the board of directors;

 

   

identify, for review with the board of directors, the principal risks of the corporation’s business, where identifiable, and develop appropriate systems to manage such risks;

 

   

under the oversight of the board of directors, develop plans for succession planning for senior management, including the appointing, training and monitoring thereof, and implement those plans;

 

   

ensure compliance with the corporation’s code of ethics and business conduct so as to foster a culture of integrity throughout the company; and

 

   

ensure effective internal controls and management information systems are in place.

 

  (b)

Minimum shareholding requirements

The chairman and chief executive officer shall hold, or shall, within three years after his appointment as chairman and chief executive officer, acquire shares of the corporation, including common shares and restricted stock units, of a value no less than five times his base salary.

 

166


Table of Contents

 

Audit Committee Charter

 

 

1. Purpose of the Committee

The primary purpose of the audit committee (the “committee”) is oversight. The committee shall assist the board of directors (the “board”) in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee:

 

   

management’s conduct of the corporation’s financial reporting process,

 

   

the integrity of the financial statements and other financial information provided by the corporation to Canadian securities regulators, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the public,

 

   

the corporation’s system of internal accounting and financial controls,

 

   

the corporation’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements,

 

   

the performance of the corporation’s internal audit function,

 

   

the independent auditors’ qualifications, performance, and independence, and

 

   

the annual independent audit of the corporation’s financial statements.

The corporation’s management is responsible for preparing the corporation’s financial statements. The independent auditors are responsible for auditing those financial statements. Management, including the internal audit function, and the independent auditors, have more time, knowledge, and detailed information about the corporation than do committee members. Consequently, in carrying out its oversight responsibilities, the committee is not providing any expert or special assurance as to the corporation’s financial statements, or any professional certification as to the independent auditors’ work, including with respect to auditor independence. Each member of the committee shall be entitled to rely on the integrity of people and organizations from whom the committee receives information and the accuracy of such information, including representations by management and the independent auditors regarding non-audit services provided by the independent auditors.

2. Committee Membership

The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members. Committee members shall be appointed by the board from among its independent members who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she continues to be a directors of the corporation and is independent. Each member of the committee must satisfy such criteria of independence as the board may establish and such additional regulatory or listing requirements as the board may determine to be applicable or appropriate. Each member of the committee shall serve only so long as he or she continues to be a director of the corporation and is independent. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board.

Accordingly, each member of the committee shall be financially literate within a reasonable period of time after appointment to the committee; must be “independent” as defined in the board charter; and may not serve on more than two other public company audit committees unless the board determines that such simultaneous service would not impair the ability of the member to serve effectively on the committee. In addition, at least one member of the committee shall be an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable laws.

3. Committee Structure and Operation

The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of the committee. In addition to the regular meeting schedule established by the committee, the chair of the committee may call a special meeting at any time.

 

167


Table of Contents

The chair, or in that person’s absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair’s absence, an alternate designated by the committee, shall:

 

  (a)

preside at committee meetings;

 

  (b)

ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and

 

  (c)

review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure that the committee may effectively carry out its duties.

A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

The committee shall designate its secretary.

Meetings of the committee may be called by any member or by the external auditors of the corporation, and notice of every meeting shall be given to the external auditors.

The external auditors and the internal auditor of the corporation shall report directly to the audit committee.

The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by unanimous written consent.

The committee may establish sub-committees to carry out such duties as the committee may assign.

4. Committee Activities

The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purposes. These activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as appropriate given the circumstances.

The committee shall:

 

  (a)

recommend the external auditors to be appointed by the shareholders, review and recommend their remuneration to the board, approve advances on such remuneration, which shall be paid by the corporation, and oversee their work, including the resolution of disagreements between management and the external auditor regarding financial reporting.

 

  (b)

approve the proposed current year audit program of the external auditors and assess the results of the program after the end of the program period.

 

  (c)

approve in advance any non-audit services that are permitted by applicable law to be performed by the external auditors after considering the effect of such services on their independence.

 

  (d)

receive from the external auditors a formal written statement delineating all relationships between the external auditor and the corporation consistent with Independence Standards Board Standard 1, and shall actively engage in a dialogue with the external auditor with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the external auditor and shall recommend that the board take any appropriate action to oversee the independence of the external auditor.

 

  (e)

maintain hiring policies for employees and former employees of the independent auditors.

 

  (f)

establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the corporation of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

  (g)

approve the proposed current year audit program of the internal auditors and assess the results of the program after the end of each quarter.

 

168


Table of Contents
  (h)

review the adequacy of the corporation’s system of internal controls and auditing procedures.

 

  (i)

review the accounting and financial reporting processes of the corporation.

 

  (j)

approve changes proposed by management in accounting principles and practices, and review changes proposed by the accounting profession or other regulatory bodies which impact directly on such principles and practices.

 

  (k)

review the quarterly news release of financial and operating results, the annual and quarterly financial statements of the corporation, any accounting items affecting the statements and the overall format and content of the statements, and the related management discussion and analysis, prior to approval of such news release and financial statements by the board of directors.

 

  (l)

review the results of the corporation’s business ethics compliance program.

 

  (m)

review annually a summary of senior management expense accounts.

 

  (n)

evaluate, along with the other members of the board, management, the controller, and the general auditor, the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent auditors, including the performance of the lead audit partner.

 

  (o)

require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct.

 

  (p)

undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate.

5. Committee Evaluation

The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee’s own performance and effectiveness and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate.

6. Resources and Authority of the Committee

The committee has exclusive authority with respect to the retention of the independent auditors described in section 4 of this charter. In discharging its oversight role, the committee is empowered to investigate any matter brought to its attention with full access to all books, records, facilities, and personnel of the corporation. The committee also has the authority to retain outside advisors, including legal counsel, auditors, or other experts, as it deems appropriate; to approve the fees and expenses of such advisors; and to incur such other ordinary administrative expenses as are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties.

 

 

Public Policy and Corporate Responsibility Committee Charter

 

 

1. Purpose of the Committee

The primary purpose of the public policy and corporate responsibility committee (the ‘committee’) is to review and provide advice, as the committee deems appropriate, regarding the corporation’s policies, programs and practices on public issues of significance including their effects on safety, health and the environment. This includes environmental, health and safety performance, along with compliance with legislation, and the assessment of long term impacts of public policy on corporate performance.

2. Committee Membership

The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, to be appointed by the board of directors from among (a) the independent directors; and (b) the non-independent directors who are not members of the corporation’s management, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she continues to be a director of the corporation. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board. Members of the committee should be suitably knowledgeable in matters pertaining to public issues.

 

169


Table of Contents

3. Committee Structure and Operation

The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of the committee.

The chair, or in that person’s absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair’s absence, an alternate designated by the committee, shall:

 

  (a)

preside at committee meetings;

 

  (b)

ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and

 

  (c)

review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure that the committee may effectively carry out its duties.

A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

The committee shall designate its secretary.

Meetings of the committee may be called by any member.

The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by unanimous written consent.

The committee may establish subcommittees consisting of one or more members to carry out such duties as the committee may delegate.

4. Committee Activities

The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purpose. These activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as appropriate given the circumstances.

The committee shall:

 

  (a)

review and monitor the effectiveness of the corporation’s policies, programs and practices on safety, health and environment, and make such recommendations to the board with respect thereto as it may deem advisable.

 

  (b)

monitor the corporation’s compliance with legislative, regulatory and corporation standards for environmental, health and safety practices and matters, and advise the directors on the results and adequacy thereof.

 

  (c)

monitor trends and review current and emerging public policy issues relating to matters of significance to the corporation, including environment, health and safety issues as they may impact the corporation’s operations.

 

  (d)

review the impact of proposed legislation relating to matters of significance to the corporation, including the impact of the environment, health and safety on the operations of the corporation and to advise the directors and management as to the appropriate response of the corporation thereto.

 

  (e)

recommend to the directors and management desirable policies and actions arising from its review and monitoring activity.

 

  (f)

require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct.

 

  (g)

undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate.

 

170


Table of Contents

5. Committee Evaluation

The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee’s own performance and effectiveness and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate.

6. Resources and Authority of the Committee

The committee has the authority to retain such outside advisors, including legal counsel or other experts, as it deems appropriate, and to approve the fees and expenses of such advisors.

 

 

Executive Resources Committee Charter

 

 

1. Purpose of the Committee

The primary purpose of the executive resources committee (the “committee”) is to discharge the board of directors’ (the “board”) responsibilities relating to the evaluation and compensation of the corporation’s chief executive officer (the “CEO”) and certain other key senior executive management positions reporting directly to the CEO, including all officers of the corporation, and to discharge the responsibilities of the committee under applicable rules and regulations. The committee also makes recommendations to the board regarding succession planning and development for senior executives and positions as needed.

2. Committee Membership

The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, to be appointed by the board of directors from among (a) the independent directors; and (b) the non-independent directors who are not members of the corporation’s management, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she continues to be a director of the corporation. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board. Members of the committee should be suitably knowledgeable in matters pertaining to executive compensation.

3. Committee Structure and Operation

The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of the committee.

The chair, or in that person’s absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair’s absence, an alternate designated by the committee, shall:

 

  (a)

preside at committee meetings;

 

  (b)

ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and

 

  (c)

review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure that the committee may effectively carry out its duties.

A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

The committee shall designate its secretary.

Meetings of the committee may be called by any member.

The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by unanimous written consent.

The committee may establish subcommittees consisting of one or more members to carry out such duties as the committee may delegate.

 

171


Table of Contents

4. Committee Activities

The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purposes. These activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as appropriate given the circumstances.

The committee shall:

 

  (a)

review and approve the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the CEO.

 

  (b)

review data on competitive compensation practices and review and evaluate policies and programs through which the corporation compensates its employees.

 

  (c)

at least annually evaluate the CEO’s performance as measured against the goals and objectives outlined above.

 

  (d)

approve salaries and other compensation (including supplemental compensation such as cash bonuses and incentive bonus units, long-term incentive compensation such as restricted stock units, and any other payments for service), for the CEO and other key senior executive management positions reporting directly to the CEO, including all officers of the corporation.

 

  (e)

at least annually review succession planning and development strategies for the CEO and key senior executive management positions reporting directly to the CEO, including all officers of the corporation.

 

  (f)

review the executive development system to ensure that it foresees the corporation’s senior management requirements and provides for early identification and development of key resources.

 

  (g)

review and approve an annual report on compensation for inclusion in the corporation’s management proxy circular in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

 

  (h)

make recommendations to the board with respect to incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans.

 

  (i)

review proposed terms of any new incentive program and any major amendment of an existing program, and make such recommendations to the board with respect thereto as it may deem advisable.

 

  (j)

review and report on risks arising from the corporation’s compensation policies and practices for employees as required by Canadian securities regulators and stock exchanges on which the corporation’s stock trades.

 

  (k)

consider factors that could affect the independence or represent a conflict of interest on the part of any compensation consultant, independent legal counsel, or other adviser the committee may retain and report thereon as required by Canadian securities regulators and stock exchanges on which the corporation’s stock trades.

 

  (l)

require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct.

 

  (m)

undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate.

5. Committee Evaluation

The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee’s own performance and effectiveness and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate.

6. Resources and Authority of the Committee

The committee and, with the approval of the committee, any member, may engage independent counsel, compensation consultants or other advisors at the expense of the corporation. The committee shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any independent legal counsel, compensation consultant or other advisor retained by the committee. The committee may select outside legal counsel, a compensation consultant or other advisor (an “Advisor”) to the committee only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to the Advisor’s independence from management, including the following:

 

172


Table of Contents
   

the provision of other services to the corporation by the person that employs the Advisor;

 

   

the amount of fees received from the corporation by the person that employs the Advisor as a percentage of such that person’s total revenue;

 

   

the policies and procedures of the person that employs the Advisor that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest;

 

   

any business or personal relationship of the Advisor with a member of the committee;

 

   

any stock of the corporation owned by the Advisor; and

 

   

any business or personal relationship of the Advisor or the person employing the Advisor with an executive officer of the corporation.

 

 

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

 

 

1. Purpose of the Committee

The primary purpose of the nominations and corporate governance committee (the ‘committee’) is to monitor compliance with good corporate governance standards; to identify individuals qualified to become board members; to recommend to the board director nominees for election at the annual meeting of shareholders or for election by the board to fill open seats between annual meetings; to recommend to the board committee appointments for directors, including appointments as chair and vice chair of such committees; to review and make recommendations to the board regarding non-employee director compensation; and to develop and recommend to the board corporate governance guidelines applicable to the corporation.

2. Committee Membership

The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, to be appointed by the board of directors from among (a) the independent directors; and (b) the non-independent directors who are not members of the corporation’s management, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she continues to be a director of the corporation. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board. Members of the committee should be suitably knowledgeable in matters pertaining to corporate governance.

3. Committee Structure and Operation

The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of the committee.

The chair, or in that person’s absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair’s absence, an alternate designated by the committee, shall:

 

  (a)

preside at committee meetings;

 

  (b)

ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and

 

  (c)

review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure that the committee may effectively carry out its duties.

A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

The committee shall designate its secretary.

Meetings of the committee may be called by any member.

The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by unanimous written consent.

 

173


Table of Contents

The committee may establish subcommittees consisting of one or more members to carry out such duties as the committee may delegate.

4. Committee Activities

The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purpose. These activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as appropriate given the circumstances.

The committee shall:

 

  (a)

oversee issues of corporate governance as they apply to the corporation, including the effectiveness of the system of corporate governance, and the board’s relationship with management, and report to the board on such matters.

 

  (b)

oversee the annual assessment of the effectiveness and contribution of the board, its committees and each individual director.

 

  (c)

make recommendations to the board as to the appropriate size of the board with a view to facilitating effective decision-making.

 

  (d)

review and recommend to the board of directors any modifications to the charters of the board or any of its committees.

 

  (e)

review qualifications of existing directors and individuals suggested as potential candidates for director of the corporation, including candidates suggested by shareholders, and consider for nomination any of such individuals who are deemed qualified pursuant to the provisions of the board charter.

 

  (f)

recommend to the board the nominees to be proposed by the board for election as directors of the corporation at the annual meeting of shareholders.

 

  (g)

recommend to the board candidates for election as directors of the corporation to fill open seats on the board between annual meetings, including vacancies created by an increase in the authorized number of directors.

 

  (h)

consider resignations tendered by directors in the event of:

 

  (i)

the majority shareholder’s holdings falling below 50%, for any non-contested election of directors in the event a nominee standing for election by shareholders in a non-contested election receives a greater number of votes withheld from his or her election than votes for such election and, in any such case, refer the matter to the board with the committee’s recommendation whether such resignation should be accepted, or

  (ii)

a change of circumstance as described in section 10(b)(ii) of the board charter.

 

  (i)

review the remuneration of independent directors and make such recommendations to the board with respect thereto as it may deem advisable.

 

  (j)

review present plans, programs or arrangements, and any proposed terms of any new plans, programs or arrangements, for the benefit of independent directors, and make such recommendations to the board with respect thereto as it may deem advisable.

 

  (k)

review and recommend to the board guidelines to be adopted relating to tenure of independent directors.

 

  (l)

provide recommendations to the board concerning committee structure of the board, committee operations, committee member qualifications, and committee member appointment.

 

  (m)

review any allegation that an executive officer or director may have violated the corporation’s Standards of Business Conduct and report its findings to the board and the general auditor.

 

  (n)

require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct.

 

  (o)

undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate.

5. Committee Evaluation

The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee’s own performance and effectiveness and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate.

 

174


Table of Contents

6. Resources and Authority of the Committee

The committee has the authority to retain such outside advisors, including legal counsel or other experts, as it deems appropriate, and to approve the fees and expenses of such advisors. Without limiting the foregoing, the committee will have sole authority to retain and terminate any search firm to be used by the committee to identify director candidates and any consultant used by the committee to evaluate non-employee director compensation.

 

 

Community Collaboration and Engagement Committee Charter

 

 

1. Purpose of the Committee

The primary purpose of the community engagement and collaboration committee (the ‘committee’) is to review and provide advice on the corporation’s guidelines, procedures and performance supporting public awareness and consultation efforts, government, community and Indigenous relations, and community partnership and investment programs.

2. Committee Membership

The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members to be appointed by the board from among its members who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she continues to be a director of the corporation. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board. Members of the committee should be suitably knowledgeable in matters pertaining to issues relating to corporate contributions and community investment.

3. Committee Structure and Operation

The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of the committee. In addition to the regular meeting schedule established by the committee, the chair of the committee may call a special meeting at any time.

The chair, or in that person’s absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair’s absence, an alternate designated by the committee, shall:

 

  (a)

preside at committee meetings;

 

  (b)

ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and

 

  (c)

review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure that the committee may effectively carry out its duties.

A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

The committee shall designate its secretary.

Meetings of the committee may be called by any member.

The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by unanimous written consent.

The committee may establish subcommittees consisting of one or more members to carry out such duties as the committee may delegate.

4. Committee Activities

The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purpose. These activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as appropriate given the circumstances.

The committee shall:

 

175


Table of Contents
  (a)

review and monitor the effectiveness of the corporation’s programs and practices supporting public awareness and consultation activities.

 

  (b)

monitor trends and review current and emerging issues related to government, stakeholder and Indigenous relations.

 

  (c)

review and provide advice on the corporation’s overall community investment strategies and programs, which consists of:

 

  (i)

charitable contributions;

 

  (ii)

local community contributions by business units on community-serving projects that also benefit the corporation, which are charitable in nature;

 

  (iii)

funding for public policy groups;

 

  (iv)

university research awards;

 

  (v)

sponsorships whose primary purpose is to promote community support and corporate recognition; and

 

  (vi)

expenditures required under socio-economic agreements to support the development of mutually-beneficial long-term relationships.

 

  (d)

approve all grants or contributions for charitable contributions and local community contributions; as described in section 4(c)(i) above, in excess of $300,000.

 

  (e)

require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct.

 

  (f)

undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate.

5. Committee Evaluation

The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee’s own performance and effectiveness and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate.

6. Resources and Authority of the Committee

The committee has the authority to retain such outside advisors, including legal counsel or other experts, as it deems appropriate, and to approve the fees and expenses of such advisors.

 

176